Ashgate

Gower New Titles

Lund Humphries January – June 2009
Variorum
Front-cover illustration:
Copyright © Terry Setch
Playwith Heart - Valentine 1963
Oil and emulsion paints, leather,
metal, plastic. 152 x 152 x 30 cm
Highlights Contents
Art About this Catalogue, Services & Information .................................................2
Peter Blake
(see page 3)
New & Forthcoming (January – June 2009)
Tennyson Transformed
(see page 4) Art History & Fine Art (including Lund Humphries)..........................................3
Titian, Tintoretto, Veronese Business, Management & Training (including Gower)......................................6
(see page 4)
Economics...............................................................................................................9
Business & Management History (including Variorum)...............................................................................10
Beyond Employer Branding Human Factors & Aviation..................................................................................16
(see page 6)
Human Geography...............................................................................................18
The Contract Scorecard
(see page 6) Law & Legal Studies.............................................................................................21
Emotional Intelligence Librarianship & Information Management.......................................................26
(see page 6)
Literary Studies....................................................................................................26
The Global Business Handbook
(see page 6) Music......................................................................................................................30
Philosophy.............................................................................................................35
Social Sciences Politics & International Relations......................................................................36
Air Transport and the Environment Religion & Theology.............................................................................................40
(see page 16)
Sociology, Social Policy & Social Work.............................................................45
Defining Civil and Political Rights
(see page 22)

Disaster Management in Archives, Recently Published (July – December 2008)

Libraries and Museums
(see page 26)
Art History & Fine Art Librarianship & Information
The Geopolitics of South Asia (including Lund Humphries).......... 49 Management.................................... 59
(see page 19)
Business, Management Literary Studies............................... 59
& Training (including Gower)......... 50
Music................................................. 61
Humanities
Economics........................................ 51
Philosophy........................................ 62
Popular Culture in Early
History (including Variorum).......... 51
Modern Europe Politics & International Relations 63
(see page 13)
Human Factors & Aviation............. 54
Religion & Theology........................ 65
Shaping Church Law Around Human Geography.......................... 55
the Year 1000 Sociology, Social Policy
(see page 14) Law & Legal Studies........................ 56 & Social Work................................... 66
As Heard on TV: Popular Music
in Advertising Agents & Distribution..............................................................Inside Back Cover
(see page 30)

Reconstrucing Practical Theology

(see page 44)
About this Catalogue eBooks
This catalogue now includes details of all those
Welcome to the Ashgate ‘New Titles’ Catalogue for January – June 2009. titles where an eBook version is available.
Ashgate and Gower now have over 1000 titles
Inside you will find details of new and forthcoming books from Ashgate, plus titles from the following
available in eBook format and our constantly
Ashgate imprints:
expanding eBook programme adds dozens of
new titles each month, making digital and print
• Gower • Lund Humphries • Variorum
formats available simultaneously.
The first section of this catalogue includes details of our newly published and forthcoming titles up until Visit: www.ashgate.com/ebooks to find a
June 2009, listed by subject area. For your convenience, the second section of the catalogue includes complete listing of our new and selected backlist
details of our recently published backlist (July – December 2008). ebooks and discover how to access them.

The next Ashgate ‘New Titles’ Catalogue will feature titles published between July and December 2009.
Trade Customers
Catalogues 2009 The inside back cover of this catalogue provides
details of our representatives and agents across
Ashgate, Gower and Lund Humphries also produce a range of subject based catalogues. the world. If you require any additional material
If you would like to receive specific subject catalogues, please tick the appropriate box and fax a copy or information, please contact your local
of this page to: +44 (0)1252 736736 representative.
o Art History & Visual Studies 2009 o Religion & Theology 2009 Book orders should be addressed to:
o Law & Legal Studies 2009 o Sociology & Social Policy 2009 Bookpoint Limited,
Ashgate Publishing Direct Sales,
o Human Geography 2009 o Business & Economics 2009 130 Milton Park, Abingdon,
o Politics & International Relations 2009 o Early Modern History 2009 Oxon, OX14 4SB, UK

o Variorum 2009 o Music 2009 Trade Sales UK Tel: 01235 400580

o Lund Humphries (Fine Art) 2009
o Literary Studies 2009
o Modern History Catalogue 2009
Trade Sales UK Fax: 01235 400500
o Philosophy 2009 Trade Sales Export Tel: +44 (0)1235 400573
Trade Sales Export Fax: +44 (0)1235 400530
o Medieval Studies 2009
Email: ashgate@bookpoint.co.uk
o Aviation & Human Factors 2009

Alternatively email your request to: info@ashgatepublishing.com or go online: www.ashgate.com General Information
For more detailed information on any of the titles
featured here visit:
www.ashgate.com
or contact us via:
Electronic Data Supply info@ashgatepublishing.com
Ashgate Publishing can now offer information electronically on our titles direct to our customers.
Information can be supplied in a variety of formats such as Excel and .csv, via e-mail, CD-Rom or via FTP. Librarians
Data can be sent monthly or quarterly. We can send details of all of our titles, titles 6 months in advance,
titles as and when delivered or even titles within a given subject only. We can also supply .jpg scans of
You can find details of our latest reference and
our jackets for most of our new titles.
reprint collections within each subject area. To
As well as providing regular title information the Electronic Data Supply service can provide you with find out more about our reference titles contact:
our New Book Information Sheet’s in Word format, PDF’s of our catalogues and subscription to our
Sarah Stilwell, Promotion Manager
e-mail newsletters – which provide regular information on new and forthcoming titles. This particular
sstilwell@ashgatepublishing.com
service can be limited to the subject of your choice.
If you would like to start receiving electronic information on our titles, please contact:
Rights
Keith Towndrow, Sales Executive
ktowndrow@ashgatepublishing.com If you have a query on the availability of rights for
titles featured in this catalogue, please contact:
Contact Us Elina Vartto, Rights Executive
evartto@ashgatepublishing.com
At Ashgate we pride ourselves in our product knowledge and our ability to provide information to
our customers. Whether it be new book information packs, subject listings, jacket scans or account
information – our Sales Department is here to help. We are also on hand to discuss any special Pricing & Availability
promotional campaigns our customers may wish to undertake and offer support where we can.
If you have a specific query or requirement you would like to discuss, please contact: Whilst every effort is made to ensure the
information in this catalogue is accurate at the
Richard Dowling, Sales Director time of going to print (January 2009), prices and
rdowling@ashgatepublishing.com publication detail may vary and are subject to
change without notice.

About this Catalogue, Services & Information


Ann Stokes
Artists’ Potter
Tanya Harrod with
contributions by Grey Gowrie,
Richard Morphet and
Hilary Spurling
Largely self-taught, Stokes took
up pottery in the 1960s and
immediately attracted interest
within the art world.
Her sculptural pieces possess a physicality that reflects
Stokes’ love of nature and her continuing desire to
capture the natural grace of her subjects, while her
extraordinary output of plates shows her sensitivity as
a painter and colourist. Stokes’ work draws on many
sources, from Mediterranean vernacular pottery to the
work of Alfred Wallis to archaic Cretan ceramics.
Includes 70 colour and 30 b&w illustrations
June 2009 290 x 245 mm 128 pages
Hardback 978-1-84822-007-2 c. £35.00
Published by Lund Humphries
The Art and Life
of Josef Herman
‘In Labour my Spirit Finds
Itself’
Monica Bohm-Duchen
Born in Warsaw in 1911 into
a working-class Jewish family,
Josef Herman arrived in Britain
in 1940. By the early 1950s,
known mainly for his images of Welsh miners, he had
established himself as a major figure in contemporary
British art. This monograph is the first book to look at all
aspects and phases of Herman’s career in equal detail,
and to place his life and work in a broader cultural
context.
Includes 100 colour and 50 b&w illustrations
March 2009 260 x 220 mm 200 pages
Hardback 978-0-85331-945-0 c. £35.00
Published by Lund Humphries
Caspar David
Friedrich and the
German Romantic
Landscape
Mikhail B. Piotrovsky,
Ernst W. Veen, Henk van Os,
Jeroen Stumpel, Boris
Asvarishch, Maria Shlikevich
and Mikhail Dedinkin
Caspar David Friedrich (1774-1840), the leading artist
of the German Romantic Movement, provides the focus
for this book which contextualises the artist’s work in
relation to his German predecessors, contemporaries
and followers while also examining the important role
which Russian collectors played in the development of
this naturalistic genre.
Inhospitable, ancient and timeless landscapes
characterise Friedrich’s haunting paintings, and while
there are clear stylistic differences between his works
and those of his contemporaries, the significance of
nature versus the insignificance of man is the common
theme that links the images reproduced here. This
Romantic sensibility was shared by active Russian
patrons, among them Emperor Nicholas I and the poet
Vasily Zhukovsky.
Presenting magnificient works held in the State
Hermitage Museum in St Petersburg, Caspar David
Friedrich and the German Romantic Landscape
combines sumptuous imagery with an insightful,
scholarly narrative.
Includes 75 colour illustrations
February 2009 240 x 170 mm 128 pages
Hardback 978-1-84822-017-1 £19.99
Published by Lund Humphries
Not available through Lund Humphries in The Netherlands
and Belgium
Art History & Fine Art
Cyril Power Linocuts
A Complete Catalogue
Philip Vann
Cyril E. Power (1872-1951) was a
leading member of the Grosvenor
School of Modern Art in London
in the 1920s and 1930s under
the inspirational leadership of
Claude Flight. Flight’s Grosvenor
School artists were responsible for the remarkable rise
of the colour linocut print during this period, and their
significance as a major contribution to modern British
art between the wars has not yet been fully and widely
appreciated.
This book assesses Cyril Power’s achievement as a
dynamic avant-garde printmaker, and shows how in
his work the potential of linocut printmaking as a
semi-abstract language was realised to an impressively
original degree. It is the first book to establish Power
as an extraordinarily creative printmaker in his own
right, cataloguing and illustrating in colour for the first
time all 46 of his linocuts. Philip Vann traces the many
sources for Power’s work: the linocuts of the German
Expressionists, the inspiring influence of the Italian
Futurists, Vorticist prints and paintings, and works by
Mark Gertler, Frantisek Kupka and Duchamp, as well
as contemporary literature and film. The complete
catalogue is followed by a selection of posters that
Power designed for London Underground with Sybil
Andrews, under the name of Andrew Power.
Cyril Power Linocuts is an essential resource for all those
with a specialist or amateur interest in the vibrant prints
of this period.
Includes 82 colour and 20 b&w illustrations
January 2009 265 x 228 mm 112 pages
Paperback 978-1-84822-018-8 £25.00
Published by Lund Humphries in association with Osborne
Samuel Ltd
The Darker Side
of Light
Arts of Privacy, 1850-1900
Peter Parshall with
contributions by S. Hollis
Clayson, Christiane Hertel and
Nicholas Penny
For many today, the art of the late
nineteenth century is dominated
by Impressionism and Post-
impressionism. By explicating a
range of highly engaging, often mysterious and beautiful
prints, drawings and small sculptures, The Darker Side
of Light evokes the shadowed interiors and private
introspections that compose a far less familiar history of
late nineteenth century art.
Includes 86 colour illustrations
April 2009 279 x 191mm 192 pages
Hardback 978-1-84822-021-8 c. £35.00
Published by Lund Humphries in association with the National
Gallery of Art, Washington, DC
Graham Crowley
Martin Holman
Graham Crowley (b.1950)
became a painter in the early
1970s out of conviction for
the validity of painting, at a
time when artists of the ‘1968
generation’ were seeking to
break the link with painting and
its traditions. This book is the
first to review the achievement of a highly regarded
contemporary artist. Martin Holman’s engaging
text surveys the artist’s entire career to date and is
accompanied by colour reproductions of key works.
Includes 80 colour and 20 b&w illustrations
April 2009 295 x 245 mm 128 pages
Hardback 978-1-84822-024-9 c. £30.00
Published by Lund Humphries
Madness and
Modernity
Mental illness and the
visual arts in Vienna 1900
Edited by Gemma Blackshaw
and Leslie Topp with
contributions by Nicola Imrie,
Luke Heighton, Sabine Wieber
and Geoffrey C. Howes
Madness and Modernity sets out to chart the theme of
madness across a variety of territories in Vienna 1900,
including art and design, society and architecture,
literature and psychiatry. This journey into what
madness meant in the Austro-Hungarian capital at the
turn of the twentieth century covers new ground and is
essential reading for anyone interested in the history of
modern European culture.
The book plots the nexus between the study of mental
illness and the modernist ideals of groups such as the
Seccessionts (including Gustav Klimt, Koloman Moser,
Josef Hoffmann and Otto Wagner). Designs by Wagner
for the Steinhof mental hospital are juxtaposed with
portraits by Oskar Kokoschka of patients interned there;
self-portraits by Egon Schiele are shown alongside
photographs of neurological disorder; art works by
patients are explored in the context of the spaces they
inhabited and the treatments they received. Over
100 arresting images give voice to these dialogues
that existed between psychiatrists, writers, visual art
practitioners and patients.
Taken in parts or as a whole, it is essential reading
for anyone wanting to understand how psychiatry
influenced early modernism in the visual arts, and how
modernism has since influenced our attitudes to the
mentally ill.
Includes 76 colour and 44 b&w illustrations
April 2009 260 x 220 mm 168 pages
Hardback 978-1-84822-020-1 c. £35.00
Published by Lund Humphries
Peter Blake
One-man Show
Marco Livingstone
Since his emergence in the early
1960s as a key member of the
Pop Art movement, Peter Blake
(b.1932) has been one of the
best-known and widely loved
artists of his generation. Though
primarily a painter, he has
produced collages, drawings, watercolours, sculpture,
prints, as well as commercial art in the form of graphics
and album covers, most notably his design for
The Beatles’ Sgt Pepper album in 1967.
Peter Blake: One-man Show considers the artist’s
remarkable diversity, assessing his work across all
media, from the 1950s to the present.
The directness with which Blake gave expression to
his enthusiasms for mass culture during the 1950s
brought him to the forefront of the Pop Art movement
before it had even been named, and independently of
the investigations into similar areas by other British,
American and European artists. The radical nature of his
collage paintings of 1959-62, in particular, made him a
singularly influential figure within British Pop.
Blake’s parallel life as a voracious collector not only of
other art but of all kinds of artefacts is touched on in
the postscript as another manifestation of the concerns
behind much of his art, particularly his collages, as an
act of homage to the creativity of others. A separate
chapter on his commercial work examines how Blake
has been able to satisfy the demands of his clients while
preserving his own artistic identity.
Includes 200 colour and 25 b&w illustrations
May 2009 290 x 245 mm 240 pages
Hardback 978-0-85331-980-1 c. £35.00
Published by Lund Humphries
Art History & Fine Art 
Rose Hilton Terry Setch Winifred Nicholson
Something to Keep the In his Own Time Christopher Andreae
Balance Martin Holman Luminosity, open space and
Andrew Lambirth With a Preface by quick movements characterise
Michael Sandle and an Winifred Nicholson’s paintings.
Outlining Rose Hilton’s life and
Flowers on windowsills are a
career, this book, the first on the Afterword by Paul Greenhalgh
favourite subject, not only for
artist, draws heavily upon diaries This is the first full-scale their intrinsic beauty, or even
Hilton has kept sporadically survey of the art and life of their personalities, but above all
throughout her life. Skilfully Terry Setch (b.1936), a British for their living, translucent colour. The ways in which
interweaving diary entries throughout the narrative, painter recognised internationally as one of the most light divides into atmospheric rainbow colours was a
Andrew Lambirth has created an exceptionally frank consistently radical artists of his generation. It provides matter of childlike wonder to her throughout her long
portrayal of the emotional and psychological wellsprings a critical structure and historical perspective with which career.
of an artist who has had to fight for her identity, but to explore Setch’s artistic production over fifty years.
who has won through to genuine acclaim. Thoroughly This book shows Winifred Nicholson as much more
Martin Holman’s text considers Setch’s work in terms of
engrossing, Rose Hilton is essential reading for anyone than a ‘flower painter’. She managed an unusually
the themes that he has sustained over the course of his
interested in British art in the twentieth century. creative balance between motherhood and painting,
career, and the qualities that have made him admired by
Includes 120 colour and 30 b&w illustrations her children becoming subjects - as did her husband,
several generations of British artists. It places his art in
the artist Ben Nicholson. Too often given a cursory
June 2009 260 x 220 mm 176 pages the context of the work of his contemporaries (Michael
mention as his first wife, Winifred warrants independent
Hardback 978-1-84822-008-9 c. £35.00 Sandle, Patrick Caulfield, Julian Schnabel), the times
recognition for the striking originality of her own work.
Limited Edition Hardback 978-1-84822-025-6 c. £150.00 in which the paintings were made and exhibited, and
Published by Lund Humphries Setch’s dialogue with Modernism, international art and Born in 1893 into the aristocratic Howard family,
history. Winifred Nicholson, experimenting alongside Ben
Includes 70 colour and 70 b&w illustrations Nicholson, emerged as a ground-breaking painter in the
April 2009 245 x 195 mm 160 pages 1920s. In 1930s Paris she investigated abstraction. After
Rozanne Hawksley Hardback 978-1-84822-023-2 c. £30.00
the Second World War she continued to paint the world
immediately around her - in her native Cumberland and
Mary Schoeser Published by Lund Humphries
on many painting trips. She painted Greek landscapes
This is the first monograph on as settings for imagined Greek myths. Love of sunlight
Rozanne Hawksley, a formidable was joined by a sensitive affection for moonlight. In her
artist who has broken down
barriers through her body of
Titian, Tintoretto, final decade she discovered, by using prisms, ways of
interweaving the abstractness of spectrum colours with
mixed-media work that provides Veronese the reality of flower and landscape.
a powerful and mature narrative Rivals in This exciting book, which draws on Winifred’s extensive
about war and other world
Renaissance Venice correspondence and reproduces many previously
events, as well as the role and
Frederick Ilchman with unpublished paintings, offers a fresh and rounded view
fate of women.
of Winifred Nicholson’s life and art.
Includes 170 colour and 30 b&w illustrations contributions by Linda Borean,
Patricia Fortini Brown, Robert Includes 190 colour and 10 b&w illustrations
May 2009 297 x 210 mm 200 pages
Echols, John Garton, Rhona June 2009 270 x 228 mm 200 pages
Hardback 978-1-84822-026-3 c. £40.00
MacBeth, John Marciari, David Rosand Hardback 978-0-85331-972-6 c. £35.00
Published by Lund Humphries in association with the Ruthin
and Robert Wald Published by Lund Humphries
Craft Centre.
With over 150 stunning examples by the three masters
and their contemporaries, Titian, Tintoretto, Veronese

Tennyson
elucidates the technical and aesthetic innovations that The Feminine
helped define the uniquely rich ‘Venetian style’, as well
Transformed as the social, political and economic context in which Dynamic in English
Alfred Lord Tennyson and it flourished. By concentrating on the lives and careers Art, 1485–1603
of Venice’s three greatest painters, the volume paints
Visual Culture Women as Consumers,
a vibrant human portrait - one brimming with savage
Jim Cheshire, Colin Ford, rivalry, one-upmanship, humour and passion. Patrons and Painters
John Lord, Leonee Ormond, Includes 160 colour and 10 duotone illustrations Susan E. James, Freelance
Ben Stoker and Julia Thomas April 2009 292 x 254mm 304 pages Author and Researcher
Tennyson Transformed Hardback 978-1-84822-022-5 c. £40.00 Drawn principally from primary
explores how the life and work of the great Victorian Published by Lund Humphries in association with the sources, this book presents
Poet Laureate was interpreted by artists, illustrators, Museum of Fine Arts, Boston important new research which
photographers and other creative practitioners. This Not available from Lund Humphries in North America examines the contributions of Tudor women in the
book evaluates several strands of Tennyson’s influence formation, distribution and popularization of the visual
on Victorian visual culture, and sheds new light on this arts within an historical context. Susan James highlights
crucial aspect of his influence. women’s contributions to the art world of sixteenth-
century England across all social classes, examining not
Including discussion of well-known paintings such
only their role in the creation and commission of art,
as J.W. Waterhouse’s Lady of Shalott and other Pre-
but also the surprising and unexpected ways in which
Raphaelite masterpieces, the book looks beyond the
they exploited it.
obvious to uncover the breadth of media used to express
Tennysonian themes. Book illustration, photography, Includes 52 b&w illustrations
engraving and sculpture are examined alongside January 2009 376 pages
previously unpublished archival material, such as the Hardback 978-0-7546-6381-2 £60.00
proof woodcuts for the famous ‘Moxon Tennyson’ of
1857. Including essays by leading specialists in the field
and followed by a catalogue of seminal objects and
images, Tennyson Transformed is essential reading for
both the specialist and the enthusiast. Literary scholars
and art historians will find fascinating new connections
between the art and literature of the nineteenth century.
Includes 100 colour and 30 b&w illustrations
May 2009 260 x 220 mm 160 pages
Hardback 978-1-84822-003-4 c. £40.00
Published by Lund Humphries in association with The
Collection, Lincoln

 Art History & Fine Art

The Four Modes of
Seeing
Approaches to Medieval
Imagery in Honor of
Madeline Harrison
Caviness
Edited by Evelyn Staudinger
Lane, Wheaton College, USA,
Elizabeth Carson Pastan,
Emory University, USA and
Ellen M. Shortell, Massachusetts
College of Art and Design, USA
Borrowing its title from Madeline Harrison Caviness’s
influential work on the modes of seeing articulated by
the twelfth-century cleric Richard of Saint Victor, this
interdisciplinary collection brings together the work of
thirty scholars from England, France, Germany, Italy,
Switzerland, and the United States. Each author has
contributed an original article that engages with ideas
formulated in Caviness’s wide-ranging scholarship.
Includes 146 b&w illustrations
February 2009 c. 624 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6010-1 c. £65.00
Giacometti: Critical Essays
Edited by Peter Read, University of Kent, UK and
Julia Kelly, University of Manchester, UK
Subject/Object: New Studies in Sculpture
Giacometti: Critical Essays considers Giacometti’s work
and career from the 1920s to the 1960s via a series of
specific contextual studies.
Includes 70 b&w illustrations
March 2009 c. 272 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5446-9 c. £55.00
Glass Exchange between Europe
and China, 1550–1800
Diplomatic, Mercantile and Technological
Interactions
Emily Byrne Curtis, Independent Scholar
Transculturalisms, 1400-1700
In this study, Emily Byrne Curtis explores takes as her
subject lenses, spectacles, and windows found in China
from the sixteenth century. Tracing their technological
development back to the glassworks in Murano, Venice,
she also explores their significance in terms of Venice’s
commerce with China. Through analysis of gifts and
documents from archives in Rome and the Vatican,
this study touches to an extent on the history of the
Catholic Church in China.
Includes 4 colour and 25 b&w and illustrations
January 2009 170 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6316-4 £50.00
The Idol in the Age of Art
Objects, Devotions and the Early
Modern World
Edited by Michael W. Cole, University of
Pennsylvania, USA and Rebecca E. Zorach,
University of Chicago, USA
St Andrews Studies in Reformation History
In this volume, the notion of idols is approached from
a broad interdisciplinary front, that explores notions
art and religion, and shows how these perceptions
were exported to the new worlds being opened
up by European adventurers.
By presenting essays concerned with both European
subjects and European perceptions of other cultures,
The Idol in the Age of Art contributes to ongoing
attempts to globalize the study of European art.
Includes 1 colour and 96 b&w illustrations
February 2009 c. 250 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5290-8 c. £55.00
Landscape, Art and Identity
in 1950s Britain
Catherine Jolivette, Missouri State University, USA
In 1950s Britain landscape representation was a site
of profound instability. In an analysis of paintings,
sculpture, photography, fashion journalism, artists’
biographies, and the multi-media stage of the national
exhibition, Catherine Jolivette explores the shifting
concept of landscape as it intersects with a variety
of discourses including the role of women, the status
of immigrant artists, developments in science
and technology, and the promotion of British art
and culture abroad.
Includes 25 b&w illustrations
May 2009 c. 220 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6363-8 c. £55.00
Landscape and Philosophy in the
Art of Jan Brueghel the Elder
(1568–1625)
Leopoldine Prosperetti is an independent scholar
In this first comprehensive full length study in English
on the art of Jan Brueghel the Elder, Leopoldine
Prosperetti discloses the nature of the philosophical
culture of Antwerp at the time, show its importance
in the lives of cultivated citizens, and reveals the
patterns of thought and visual stratagems by which his
landscapes underwrite the pursuit of wisdom. The book
presents a new model for the interpretation of a range of
visual genres, including various types of landscape, that
were popular in the Antwerp picture trade.
Includes 12 colour and 57 b&w illustrations
January 2009 306 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6090-3 £65.00
Louis H. Sullivan and a
19th-Century Poetics of
Naturalized Architecture
Lauren S. Weingarden, Florida State University, USA
By giving equal weight to Louis Sullivan’s writings
and designs, Lauren Weingarden reveals his eloquent
articulation of nineteenth-century romantic practices;
literary, linguistic, aesthetic, spiritual, and nationalistic.
Her approach rescues Sullivan and his legacy from the
narrow role imposed on him as a pioneer of twentieth-
century modernism, restoring the integrity of his artistic
choices and his historical position as a culminating
figure within nineteenth-century romanticism.
Include 16 colour and 153 b&w illustrations
March 2009 c. 416 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6308-9 c. £65.00
Material Cultures, 1740–1920
The Meanings and Pleasures of Collecting
Edited by John Potvin, University of Guelph, Canada
and Alla Myzelev, Queen’s University at Kingston,
Canada
Interweaving considerations of identity and subjectivity,
spatial contexts, materiality and meaning, this collection
addresses the status and interpretation of visual and
material culture. It argues that objects are conduits
or signs of meanings, pleasures, and desires that are
deeply subjective; more often than not, they reveal
racial, gendered, and sexual identities. Through case
studies, contributors demonstrate material and visual
cultures to be less separate than current disciplinary
ethos indicates.
Includes 40 b&w illustrations
April 2009 c. 250 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6144-3 c. £55.00
Re-Reading Leonardo
The Treatise on Painting across Europe,
1550–1900
Edited by Claire Farago, University of Colorado, USA
Examining the historical reception of Leonardo’s Treatise
on Painting in a cross-cultural framework, this collection
represents the first attempt to chart the influence
of the work, an important resource for the academic
instruction of artists through four centuries and widely
read by intellectuals and lovers of art for three centuries,
when Leonardo’s ideas and art were known almost
exclusively through his book. The volume, dealing
specifically with the reception and influence of the
artist’s ideas, takes Leonardo studies to a new level
of historical inquiry.
Includes 4 colour and 169 b&w illustrations
March 2009 c. 460 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6532-8 c. £75.00
The Religious Patronage of the
Duke of Lerma, 1598–1621
Lisa A. Banner, The Hispanic Society
of America, USA
Introducing fresh archival evidence, author Lisa Banner
here demonstrates how Francisco Gómez de Sandoval
y Rojas, first Duke of Lerma, served as a vital link in
Habsburg architectural patronage. She traces how
Lerma embarked on a career of renovating or building
religious foundations in seventeenth-century Spain and
shows how his architectural patronage and involvement
connected the foundations of Lerma indelibly with the
traditions of noble patronage in Habsburg Spain.
Included 45 b&w illustrations
April 2009 c. 250 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6120-7 c. £55.00
Style and Function in
Roman Decoration
Living with Objects
and Interiors
Ellen Swift,
University of Kent, UK
This important book puts forward
a new interpretation of Roman
decorative art, focusing on the
function of decoration in the
social context. It examines the three principal areas
of social display and conspicuous consumption in the
Roman world: social space, entertainment and dress,
and discusses the significance of the decoration of
objects and interiors within these contexts, drawing
on examples from the early Imperial period to Late
Antiquity, including mosaics and other interior décor,
silver plate, glass and pottery vessels and jewellery and
other dress accessories.
Includes 18 colour and 70 b&w illustrations
April 2009 c. 270 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6563-2 c. £55.00
The Technology of Salvation and
the Art of Geertgen tot Sint Jans
John R. Decker, Georgia State University, USA
Visual Culture in Early Modernity
Investigating the complex interactions between
devotional imagery and Church doctrine in the Low
Countries during the fifteenth century, this book
demonstrates how the pictorial arts intersected with
popular religious practice. The author delves into the
complexity of the early modern system of personal
justification and argues that religious images and objects
were part of a larger ‘Technology of Salvation.’
Includes 5 colour and 19 b&w illustrations
May 2009 c. 200 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6453-6 c. £55.00
Art History & Fine Art 
Business, Management & Training
Beyond Employer
Branding
Keeping Faith with the Deal
Helen Rosethorn, Bernard
Hodes Group, UK
Employer branding is a complex
process that involves internal
and external customers,
marketing and human resource
professionals. Tom Crawford’s
book puts the whole topic into context, explores some
of the shortcomings of employer branding initiatives
to date and provides a practical guide to the kind of
strategy and technique organizations need to embrace
to make the most of their employer brand. At the heart
of the book is the concept of the strategic employee
lifecycle and ways in which an organization should
engage with potential, current and past employees.
Employer Branding is a book about marketing – and the
relationship of customers and employees; about culture
– and the need for fundamental change in the role of the
human resources function; about psychology – and the
changing aspirations of younger employees; and about
hard-nosed business – and the tangible and intangible
benefits of a successful employer branding strategy and
how to realize them.
May 2009 c. 150 pages
Hardback 978-0-566-08899-5 c. £49.50
eBook 978-0-7546-8171-7
Published by Gower
Blogging and Other
Social Media
Exploiting the Technology
and Protecting
the Enterprise
Alex Newson, with Deryck
Houghton and Justin Patten
Blogging and Social Media is an
excellent and highly practical
guide to the opportunities and
threats the emerging social media present for any
organization. The authors provide background on what
blogging is and how it has evolved along with practical
advice for setting up a blog and how to make it effective
as a communication tool. The book also covers the
legal issues associated with social media, including
areas such as defamation, copyright and trade mark
infringement, interference with the administration
of justice and employment law.
December 2008 202 pages
Hardback 978-0-566-08789-9 £60.00
Published by Gower
The Contract
Scorecard
Successful Outsourcing
by Design
Sara Cullen
An upfront investment in your
contracts, from a commercial
rather than legal perspective
is probably the single most
influential activity you can
undertake; one that will ensure your outsourcing
relationships have clear business goals as the focus of
the deal. Reading a copy of Sara Cullen’s, The Contract
Scorecard should be the first step in that investment.
April 2009 c. 200 pages
Hardback 978-0-566-08793-6 c. £70.00
Published by Gower
 Business, Management & Training
Controversies in Food
and Agricultural Marketing
Edited by Adam Lindgreen and Martin Hingley
A comprehensive collection of cutting-edge research
on controversies in food and agricultural marketing,
especially in terms of consequences for businesses and
appropriate marketing strategy plans.
June 2009 c. 230 pages
Hardback 978-0-566-08812-4 c. £55.00
Published by Gower
Corruption in International
Business
The Challenge of Cultural and Legal Diversity
Edited by Sharon Eicher, Friends University, Wichita,
Kansas, USA
Corporate Social Responsibility
The aspect of ethics discussed in this book is the
corruption experienced in international business
dealings, both political and private. On occasion, it
may be difficult to discern corruption versus different
sets of cultural norms. The authors examine corruption
as it pertains to the business sector and the campaigns
in emerging markets to curb corruption in both public
and private sectors.
January 2009 262 Pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7137-4 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9448-9
Published by Gower
The Durable
Corporation
Strategies for Sustainable
Development
Güler Aras, Yildiz Technical
University, Turkey and David
Crowther, De Montfort
University, UK
The Durable Corporation
combines rigorous applied
research with practical examples of best practice from
around the world as it explores the nature, value and
role of sustainability in business.
April 2009 c. 250 pages
Hardback 978-0-566-08819-3 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9216-4 men and women that make up its market; and how
Published by Gower
Emotional
Intelligence
Activities for Developing
You and Your Business
Ann Cartwright
This collection of training
activities provides managers
and employees with a series of
proven exercises for raising their
personal and social awareness,
self and relationship management. Each activity
includes detailed instructions for the user or facilitator
as well as copies of any handout materials.
April 2009 c. 250 pages
A4 Looseleaf 978-0-566-08836-0 c. £200.00
CD-ROM individual user 978-0-566-08909-1 c. £200.00 + VAT
Published by Gower
Enforcing Intellectual
Property Rights
A Concise Guide for Businesses, Innovative
and Creative Individuals
Jane Lambert
The development of a global ‘knowledge economy’
has encouraged organizations of all types to focus on
the opportunities for and the threats to the intellectual
property that they hold. The variety of intellectual assets
(designs, databases, patents, brands and trade marks),
the growth of new technology capable of exploiting
and protecting these assets, and the nature of the law
mean that intellectual property enforcement is a hugely
complex area. Jane Lambert’s Intellectual Property
Enforcement explains the threats and the remedies
(criminal and civil, as well as alternatives to litigation),
and provides a readable guide to the processes and the
systems available.
This is a must-have guide for all managers responsible
for acquiring, managing and protecting intellectual
assets and for students working in the area.
February 2009 c. 184 pages
Hardback 978-0-566-08714-1 c. £45.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9426-7
Published by Gower
Gender, Design and
Marketing
How Gender Drives our
Perception of Design
and Marketing
Gloria Moss
In this wide-ranging book
the author explores design,
visual aesthetics, language and
communication, by drawing on
an exhaustive range of primary sources of research from
psychology, design, branding and communication. The
lessons that emerge offer challenges to organizations
both in the way in which their design and marketing
is perceived by men and women, as well as how the
make-up of their workforce may limit their ability to
appreciate and address the diversity of customers’
preferences.
Gender, Design and Marketing offers researchers,
designers, brand and marketing specialists an enhanced
understanding of gender; the ways in which an
organization’s actions can engage or dissuade the
to increase the breadth and depth of appeal for all
products.
April 2009 c. 200 pages
Hardback 978-0-566-08786-8 c. £60.00
Published by Gower
The Global Business
Handbook
The Eight Dimensions of
International Management
Edited by David Newlands and
Mark J. Hooper
The Global Business Handbook is
based on the structure of the very
successful IÉSEG International
School of Management’s
programme on international management. It includes
a global focus representing East and West, North and
South, backed by the latest research on different aspects
of international business carried out in different parts of
the world.
February 2009 c. 544 pages
Hardback 978-0-566-08747-9 c. £35.00
Published by Gower
Globalization’s Limits
Conflicting National
Interests in Trade
and Finance
Dimitris Chorafas, Dimitris N.
Chorafas Foundation
Globalization, the
internationalization of trade,
and financial integration are three
key themes having enormous
implications for businesses as
well as for the whole economies of countries or blocks
of countries. In this book Dr Chorafas argues that
research is now producing evidence that there may
be limits to such globalization and integration and
that these need to be better defined and understood
if some of the problems now being identified are to be
prevented from not only applying the brakes, but putting
the process into reverse gear.
The author examines the impact on countries such as
the USA of occurrences like China’s emergence as a
massive manufacturing platform and the distortions of
trade that result, affecting countries’ GDP and creating
things like uncontrollable current account deficits.
He also considers the impact of Sovereign Wealth
Funds as new entrants on the scene. These, he
argues, are seen by some as ‘the Trojan horses of
state capitalism’, particularly in what he defines as
the ‘absence of a global sheriff’.
The EU and the Eurozone are here looked at as
a laboratory test of globalization and the author’s
conclusions about the effect on member states of
pan-European banking, and the Euro as common
currency, have implications for the rest of the world.
Issues relating to missed opportunities and leadership
beg questions such as ‘Who, if anybody, is or should
be in charge of global monetary policy?’
This thorough analysis of a range of interconnected
trade and finance related issues will be of interest to
those looking from a business perspective, or from
an academic; political; governmental; or social one.
May 2009 c. 250 pages
Hardback 978-0-566-08885-8 c. £60.00
Published by Gower
Images of Projects
Pragmatic Perspectives
for the 21st Century
Mark Winter and Tony
Szczepanek
This book highlights four key
areas of new thinking and
practice in project management:
value creation through projects
and programmes, business
projects vs technology projects,
the social complexity of projects, and the growing
importance of soft capabilities and reflective practice.
Drawing on real project experiences and other
developments in the field, the four key areas are
presented in ways that enable the reader to reflect on
their own personal knowledge and experience. As well
as this, the book also contains new practical tools and
approaches to assist practitioners working in complex
project environments.
June 2009 c. 200 pages
Hardback 978-0-566-08716-5 c. £39.50
Published by Gower
Improving Learning Making Ecopreneurs
Transfer Developing Sustainable
A Guide to Getting More Entrepreneurship
Out of What You Put Into Second Edition
Your Training Edited by Michael Schaper,
Cyril Kirwan Australian Competition &
Consumer Commission
Cyril Kirwan’s book addresses
Corporate Social Responsibility
this critical issue at a number
Bringing researchers,
of levels. Firstly, it explores what
policymakers and businesspeople
learning transfer actually is (it’s
up to date with the latest developments in the world of
about application of learning back at work, as well as
ecopreneurs, this timely new edition of Schaper’s book
maintenance of that learning over time). Secondly, it
updates and adds to the case studies of entrepreneurs
describes the main factors that affect transfer, in terms
engaged in sustainable business practice worldwide.
of trainee characteristics, training design factors, and
work environment characteristics. It also examines how May 2009 c. 276 pages
those factors exert their effect, which ones are more Hardback 978-0-566-08875-9 c. £60.00
important, how they interact with one another, and in Published by Gower
doing so constructs a practical learning transfer model
for practitioners. The book also describes in some detail
what the various factors working for or against learning
transfer look like in practice. Finally, using case studies, Making the Business
it points the way towards what can be done before,
during and after training to improve the rate of transfer.
Case
February 2009 c. 214 pages Proposals that Succeed for
Hardback 978-0-566-08844-5 c. £55.00 Projects that Work
Published by Gower Ian Gambles
A well-written and well-
researched business case will
Just-in-time Logistics secure funding; make sure any
project stays on the right side of
Kee-hung Lai and T.C.E Cheng, regulation; mobilize support for
Hong Kong Polytechnic the cause; provide the platform
University for managing the project and the benchmark against
To cope with the incessant rise which to measure progress.
in customer demand for better January 2009 198 pages
services, shrinking profit margins Paperback 978-0-566-08745-5 £25.00
and other challenges, many eBook 978-0-7546-9427-4
firms are looking for ways to Published by Gower
strengthen and preserve their
market positions. Logistics is
becoming increasingly popular as
a competitive weapon, among others, for firms to gain Managing Market
advantage in cost and services. This book extends the
JIT concept in manufacturing to business logistics, an
Relationships
area that has been observed to account for more than 30 Methodological and
per cent of sales revenue for some firms. Different from Empirical Insights
manufacturing logistics, which is primarily concerned Adam Lindgreen,
with the management of materials flows to support a Hull University Business
production line, business logistics concerns mainly School, UK
with move-store activities with a major focus on
the physical flows of finished products across Managing Marketing
Relationships explains what
organizational boundaries and to the end customers.
In managing the global supply chains, this book relationship marketing entails,
provides a useful reference for organizations seeking how it is implemented, how it
logistics performance improvements on JIT ways. evolves, and how it is controlled.
July 2009 c. 220 pages Readers are introduced to the buyer-seller market
Hardback 978-0-566-08900-8 c. £60.00 exchange model that recognizes the importance of
Published by Gower relationship marketing but argues that it should co-exist
with traditional marketing. To avoid the one-size-fits-
all approach to relationships, that so often leads to the
premature death of managers’ efforts, a relationship
Looking Beyond Profit management assessment tool is provided that helps
Small Shareholders and the companies to question, identify, and prioritize critical
aspects of relationship marketing.
Values Imperative
December 2008 246 Pages
Peggy Chiu, Massey University, New Zealand and Hardback 978-0-566-08883-4 £65.00
Chiu-Smith Investment Research, New Zealand Published by Gower
Corporate Social Responsibility
This fascinating in-depth study of small shareholders
provides both theoretical and empirical insights into
their personal values and attitudes to corporate social
responsibility (CSR). Peggy Chiu establishes that
personal values are a major influence on decisions
about the type of investments people make and about
which companies they choose to invest in. Financial
risk and return are far from being the only factors that
determine small shareholders’ investment decisions
- irresponsible behaviour is not acceptable and will not
attract investment from this significant group.
January 2009 218 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7337-8 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9180-8
Published by Gower
Business, Management & Training 
Managing Project Practical Schedule Supply Chain in
Uncertainty Risk Analysis the Pharmaceutical
David Cleden David Hulett Industry
Advances in Project Practical Schedule Risk Analysis, Strategic Influences and
Management contains a complete treatment Supply Chain Responses
This book addresses five of schedule risk analysis from
basic to advanced concepts. Rob Whewell
key questions: Why is there
uncertainty in projects? Benefits of the process, Rob Whewell’s cutting edge
How do you spot the symptoms relationship to traditional guide explains the nature of
uncertainty, preferably at an early critical path method scheduling the threats and opportunities to
stage? What can be done to avoid and to project management, the pharmaceutical supply chains
uncertainty? What strategies can be used to deal role of the corporate culture in ensuring success and the and provides the means to develop a strategic approach
with project uncertainty? How can both the individual criticality of collecting risk data are emphasized for the to supply chain that allows you to minimize risk and,
and the organisation learn to cope more effectively in benefit of the practitioner. at the same time, ensure flexibility and improved long-
the future? July 2009 c. 180 pages term profitability.
Hardback 978-0-566-08790-5 c. £65.00 May 2009 c. 200 pages
April 2009 c. 100 pages
eBook 978-0-7546-9196-9 Hardback 978-0-566-08695-3 c. £65.00
Paperback 978-0-566-08840-7 c. £26.50
Published by Gower eBook 978-0-7546-8892-1
eBook 978-0-7546-8174-8
Published by Gower
Published by Gower

Project Governance
Measuring the Value Ralf Müller
Training for Project
of the Supply Chain Advances in Project Management
Linking Financial Decisions Management Volume 1: Skills and
and Supply Chain Ralf Mueller’s book provides Principles
Performance a well-researched governance Second Edition
framework along with the Ian Stokes
Enrico Camerinelli best-practices, roles and
Enrico Camerinelli provides the responsibilities related to the This manual contains exercises
supply chain manager and the governance tasks. This concise and activities which stimulate
chief financial officer with the text is an important guide for learning about managing
means to link the value of supply project and programme managers, those managers projects, focusing particularly on the people and
chain to an organization’s bottom line. He explores concerned with corporate governance such as risk leadership aspects. They are intended not only to make
the problem with current supply chain metrics, shows managers and internal auditors, project sponsors learning more fun, but also to speed up the process.
how to close the gap between financial decisions and and project board members, as well as academics The activities in the collection cover five distinct areas:
supply chain performance, suggests a model to provide researching in organizational and project performance. Project Management Principle; Setting Objectives and
a lingua franca for supply chain, financial and other May 2009 c. 100 pages Assessing Requirement; Creativity and Problem-Solving;
managers throughout the company and points to ways Paperback 978-0-566-08866-7 c. £25.00
Communication, Negotiation and Co-ordination;
in which new technology can help measure the value Motivation, Teamwork and Leadership.
Published by Gower
of supply chain. Using case studies and interviews with December 2008 338 pages
supply chain and financial experts, this book is a call to A4 Looseleaf 978-0-566-08869-8 £199.00
arms for financial and supply chain managers seeking CD-ROM Individual user 978-0-566-08872-8 £199.00 + VAT
to achieve strategic advantage through effective supply Risk and Financial Published by Gower
chain management.
Management in
March 2009 c. 220 pages
Hardback 978-0-566-08794-3 c. £65.00 Construction
eBook 978-0-7546-8144-1 Simon A. Burtonshaw-Gunn,
Training for Project
Published by Gower University of Salford, UK Management
The book covers Risk Volume 2: Methods and
Management describing the Techniques
Outsourcing IT - tools and methods to reduce the Second Edition
occurrence and consequences
The Legal Aspects Ian Stokes
of risk, and the financial
Planning, Contracting, management of construction projects from raising Ready-to-use training activities
funding, to contract strategy and through to estimating, and exercises that explore the
Managing and the Law
budgeting and cost control. It includes a chapter standards, tools and techniques
Second Edition covering international project risk, bringing together the for planning, estimating, managing and measuring,
Rachel Burnett issues of risk management, prime contracting, and PFI successful projects. The collection includes: icebreakers,
Whether you are a supplier or funding for construction projects undertaken away from design exercises, questionnaires and assessments,
a customer, it is vital to have the contractors main home market. project plans, brain teasers and enigmas, team
a properly negotiated formal February 2009 200 pages challenges and discussion exercises.
contract between yourself and Hardback 978-0-566-08897-1 c. £47.50 December 2008 448 pages
the other party if you are entering into an outsourcing Published by Gower A4 Looseleaf 978-0-566-08870-4 £199.00
arrangement. A good contract needs careful planning CD-ROM Individual user 978-0-566-08873-5 £199.00 + VAT
and this book provides a comprehensive guide to the Published by Gower
whole process.
It starts with structuring the contract and then covers
Stock Market
services required, staff, location, software, costs, Efficiency, Insider
management liaison, allowing for change, security,
duration, termination and other vital provisions.
Dealing and
There is also advice relating to public procurement Market Abuse
and choosing a supplier. Paul Barnes
All parties involved in outsourcing contracts need This book discusses what
access to well informed and competent legal advice. makes stock market efficiency
Rachel Burnett’s book offers just that. so important for the economy,
March 2009 c. 276 pages looks at the theory and issues that
Hardback 978-0-566-08597-0 c. £70.00 underpin market abuse and why
eBook 978-0-7546-9415-1 an offence often dismissed as a victimless crime
Published by Gower is punished so severely. It explores the impact
of perception and other factors that distort the
market and outlines the extent of abuse.
February 2009 c. 220 pages
Hardback 978-0-566-08849-0 c. £65.00
Published by Gower

 Business, Management & Training


Training for Project
Management
Volume 3: Innovation, Value
and Performance
Ian Stokes, Metanaction,
France
This brand new collection of
activities enables your project
managers and team members
to improve the performance of their projects by
exploring topics such as benefit and value management,
stakeholder relations, critical and innovative thinking
and much more. The collection is a natural companion
volume to Training for Project Management Volumes
One and Two, by the same author, which seek to
develop the basic human and technical skills associated
with working in projects.
January 2009 300 pages
A4 Looseleaf 978-0-566-08871-1 c. £150.00
CD-ROM Individual user 978-0-566-08874-2 c. £150.00 + VAT
Published by Gower
Training for Project Management
Three Volume Set
Second Edition
This three-volume set of ready-to-use training activities
and exercises are designed to stimulate learning in
both the human and the technical aspects of project
management. The collection explores a huge range
of topics including areas such as benefit and value
management, stakeholder relations, critical and
innovative thinking and much more.
January 2009 c. 1000 pages
A4 Looseleaf 978-0-566-08901-5 c. £350.00
CD-ROM Individual user 978-0-566-08902-2 c. £350.00 + VAT
Published by Gower
Economics
The Crisis of Social Democratic Transition and Development
Trade Unionism in Western Europe in China
The Search for Alternatives Towards Shared Growth
Martin Upchurch, Middlesex University, UK, Yun Chen, Fudan University, China
Graham Taylor and Andrew Mathers, University of Transition and Development
the West of England, UK
China’s transition from a planned economy to a market
Contemporary Employment Relations economy has succeeded in producing more than a
There is a developing crisis of social democratic trade decade of phenomenal growth. How the difficult task of
unionism in Western Europe; this volume outlines balancing the diverse array of often competing concerns
the crisis and examines the emerging alternatives. has been achieved is the subject of this book, which
Examining the experience of Sweden, Germany, Britain examines the dismantling of the centrally planned
and France, the volume explores the historical rise and system and the mechanism of institutional change in
fall of social democratic trade unionism and probes Chinese transition
the policy and practice of the European Trade Union March 2009 c. 222 pages
Confederation. Hardback 978-0-7546-4834-5 c. £55.00
January 2009 244 pages eBook 978-0-7546-9083-2
Hardback 978-0-7546-7053-7 £55.00
Labour Unionism in the Financial
Services Sector
Fighting for Rights and Representation
Gregor Gall, University of Hertfordshire, UK
Up to about 10 years ago there was an identifiable
trajectory towards increased unionisation and
collectivism within the financial services sector.
However during the last decade two factors have
reversed this trend: employer strategies revolving around
HRM approaches, partnership and union exclusion; and
by the signficant restructuring of the sector.
This book examines these development in wider
historical terms and concludes that the fledgling forms
of collectivism have been overcome by the the changes
enacted by employers in the sector.
December 2008 222 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4223-7 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8995-9
The Manager’s Tale
Stories of Managerial Identity
Patrick Reedy, University of Nottingham, UK
What does being a manager mean to those who do
managerial work and why has becoming a manager
become so attractive for so many people? Using the
ideas of Heidegger, Sartre and Ricoeur this illuminating
and thoughtful book answers this question by
considering the extended life histories of ten managers,
allowing their own voices to be heard.
March 2009 c. 210 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4664-8 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8993-5
At www.ashgate.com you can find
further titles of interest and sample
pages of individual titles. Ashgate
provides an email update service which
offers information about new books,
conferences at which our books are
displayed, special offers and other
items of interest. To subscribe to this
service, email your request to:
AshgateUpdates@ashgatepublishing.com
Economics 
History
The Arctic Whaling Journals of
William Scoresby the Younger
(1789–1857) Volume II
The Voyages of 1814, 1815 and 1816
Edited by Ian Jackson, Timothy Dwight College, Yale
University, USA
Hakluyt Society, Third Series: 20
This second volume of William Scoresby’s journals
contains the unpublished accounts of his three voyages
in the Esk in 1814-16. These lengthy journals combine
scientific records and social and religious comment
as well as detailed descriptions of navigation and
whaling, and exemplify the dangers and dramas
inherent in sailing to the edge of the Arctic ice. In
addition to the journals and the editor’s introduction,
this volume also contains a unique ‘second view’
of the 1814 voyage: the journal kept by a young
supernumerary, Charles Steward, and an appendix
by George Huxtable, FRIN, on Scoresby’s
navigation methods.
January 2009 346 pages
Hardback 978-0-904180-92-3 £50.00
Before My Helpless Sight
Suffering, Dying and Military Medicine
on the Western Front, 1914-1918
Leo van Bergen, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam,
The Netherlands
The History of Medicine in Context
This book examines military victims of the First World
War, looking at what could happen to a soldier from
the moment he got on the train that brought him to the
front, until the instant he was killed and buried. In five
chapters – Battle, Body, Mind, Aid, Death – the varied
experiences of the wounding and suffering of soldiers
are explored, drawing on stories from both sides of
the Western Front in the First World War. Drawing on
British, French, German and Dutch sources it shows
the consequences of modern warfare on the human
individuals caught up in it, and the way it influences
our thinking on ‘humanitarian’ activities.
March 2009 c. 527 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5853-5 c. £35.00
British Conservatism and Trade
Unionism, 1945–1964
Peter Dorey, Cardiff University, UK
Modern Economic and Social History
This book examines the a brief period between
the end of the Second World War and the election
of Harold Wilson’s Labour government in 1964,
when the Conservative Party adopted a remarkably
constructive and conciliatory approach to the trade
unions, dubbed ‘voluntarism’. During this time the
party leadership made strenuous efforts to avoid, as
far as was politically possible, confrontation with, or
legislation against, the trade unions, even when this
incurred the wrath of some Conservative backbenchers
and the Party’s mass membership. Making extensive
use of primary and archival sources it explains why
the 1945-64 period was unique in the Conservative
Party’s relations with the unions, and why, after 1964,
things returned to a ‘business as usual’ confrontational
approach.
April 2009 c. 214 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6659-2 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9345-1
10 History
The British Consular Service in
the Aegean and the Collection of
Antiquities for the British Museum
Lucia Patrizio Gunning
The book tells the story of how the British consular
service in the Aegean, in the years of the British
protectorate of the Ionian Islands (1815-1864) became
an agency for the retrieval, excavation and collection
of antiquities eventually destined for the British
Museum. Exploring the historical, political and
diplomatic circumstances that allowed the consular
service to develop from a chartered company, into a
state run institution under the direction of the Foreign
Office, this book provides a unique perspective on
the intersection of state policy and the collecting
of antiquities.
April 2009 c. 268 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6023-1 c. £55.00
Byzantine Trade, 4th–12th Centuries
The Archaeology of Local, Regional and
International Exchange. Papers of the Thirty-
eighth Spring Symposium of Byzantine
Studies, St John’s college,
University of Oxford, March 2004
Edited by Marlia Mundell Mango,
University of Oxford, UK
Publications of the Society for the Promotion of
Byzantine Studies: 14
The papers here examine questions relating to the extent
and nature of Byzantine trade from Late Antiquity into
the Middle Ages. The Byzantine state was the only
political entity of the Mediterranean to survive Antiquity
and thus offers a theoretical standard against which
to measure diachronic and regional changes in trading
practices within the area and beyond. To complement
previous extensive work on late antique long-distance
trade within the Mediterranean (based on the grain
supply, amphorae and fine ware circulation), the papers
concentrate on local and international trade.
March 2009 c. 550 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6310-2 c. £60.00
Chatham Dockyard, 1815–1865
The Industrial Transformation
Edited by Philip MacDougall
Navy Records Society Publications
By the end of the Napoleonic Wars, the seven home
dockyards of the British Royal Navy employed
a workforce of nearly 16,000 men and some women.
From 1815-1865 the make-up of those workforces
changed with metal working skills replacing wood
working skills as dockyards fully harnessed the use
of steam and made the conversion from constructing
ships of timber to those of iron. The impact on industrial
relations and on the environment of the yards
was enormous.
Concentrating on the naval yard at Chatham, the book
examines how the day-to-day running of a major centre
of industrial production changed during this period
of transition.
May 2009 c. 500 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6597-7 c. £65.00
Crusaders and Crusading
in the Twelfth Century
Giles Constable, Institute for Advanced Study, USA
This volume brings together revised and up-dated
versions of Giles Constable’s classic essays on crusading
in the 12th century, along with two major new studies
on the cross of the crusaders and the Fourth Crusade,
and two excursuses on the terminology of crusading
and the numbering of the crusades. Together they show
the range and depth of the crusading movement at that
time and its influence on the broader history of the
period.
February 2009 c. 420 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6523-6 c. £60.00
Dilemmas of Internationalism
The American Association for the United
Nations and US Foreign Policy, 1941-1948
Andrew Johnstone, University of Leicester, UK
Dilemmas of Internationalism is a new political history
of the 1940s which charts and analyses the efforts
of private internationalist to define US internationalism
and promote the establishment of the United Nations.
Internationalists hoped that the United States would
shake off the fear of entangling alliances that had
characterised the nation’s history, replacing isolationism
and unilateralism with a new, involved and multilateral
approach to foreign affairs. During and after World War
II, a number of private individuals and organisations
were at the forefront of the fight to change the nature of
US foreign policy. This book focuses in particular
on the most important internationalist organisation: the
American Association for the United Nations (AAUN),
known as the League of Nations Association through
1944. It situates the AAUN in the vast network
of private organisations promoting an internationalist
foreign policy during and after World War II,
and analyses the connections between the AAUN
and the US government and key public figures who
proposed a more internationalist foreign policy.
January 2009 212 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6360-7 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9315-4
Dissident Identities in the Early
Modern Low Countries
Alistair Duke. Essays by by Judith Pollmann,
University of Leeiden, The Netherlands and Andrew
Spicer, Oxford Brookes University, UK
Alastair Duke has long been recognized as one of the
leading scholars of the early modern Netherlands,
known internationally for his important work on the
impact of religious change on political events which
was the focus of his Reformation and Revolt in the
Low Countries (1990). This new volume explores the
emergence of new political and religious identities
in the early modern Netherlands. Firstly it analyses
the emergence of a common identity amongst the
amorphous collection of states in northwestern Europe
that were united first under the rule of the Valois Dukes
of Burgundy and later the Habsburg princes, and traces
the fortunes of this notion during the political and
religious conflicts that divided the Low Countries during
the second half of the sixteenth century. A second group
of essays considers the emergence of dissidence and
opposition to the regime, and explores how this was
expressed and disseminated through popular culture.
Finally, the volume shows how in the age
of confessionalisation and civil war, challenging
issues of identity presented themselves to both
dissenting groups and individuals. Taken together
these essays demonstrate how these dissident identities
shaped and contributed to the development of the
Netherlands during the early modern period.
February 2009 c. 340 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5679-1 c. £60.00
Early Medieval Studies in Memory
of Patrick Wormald
Edited by Stephen Baxter, King’s College London,
UK, Catherine Karkov, Miami University, USA,
Janet Nelson and David Pelteret King’s College
London, UK
Studies in Early Medieval Britain
This collection is dedicated to Patrick Wormald
in honour of his long and distinguished contribution
to the field of early medieval history. Coving key theses
including, kingship, law, image, ideology and culture
the collection offers original contributions from
an international cast of leading medieval scholars.
This volume not only provides a fascinating cross-
section of the latest research, but provide a fitting
tribute to an outstanding and much missed historian.
February 2009 c. 600 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6331-7 £85.00
Ekphrasis, Imagination and
Persuasion in Ancient Rhetorical
Theory and Practice
Ruth Webb, Birkbeck College, University of
London, UK
This is a study of ekphrasis, the art of making listeners
and readers ‘see’ in their imagination through words
alone, as taught in ancient rhetorical schools and as
used by Greek writers of the Imperial period (2nd-
6th centuries CE). The author places the practice of
ekphrasis within its cultural context, emphasising
the importance of the visual imagination in ancient
responses to rhetoric, poetry and historiography. By
linking the theoretical writings on ekphrasis with ancient
theories of imagination and emotion and language,
she brings out the persuasive and emotive function
of vivid language in the literature of the period. In order
to explain the ancient understanding of ekphrasis and
its place within the larger system of rhetorical training,
the study includes a full analysis of the ancient technical
sources (rhetorical handbooks, commentaries) which
aims to make these accessible to non-specialists.
March 2009 c. 230 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6125-2 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9330-7 Gender and Rural Modernity
Empowering Interactions
Political Cultures and the Emergence
of the State in Europe 1300-1900
Edited by Wim Blockmans, University of Leiden, The
Netherlands, André Holenstein, University of Berne,
Switzerland and Jon Mathieu, University of Lucerne,
Switzerland
This volume explores the emergence of the state
in Europe between the fourteenth and nineteenth
centuries. Through a series of case studies and
historiographical, methodological and theoretical
essays, it challenges the traditional top-down model
of state development long held by historians. Instead
it explores the numerous ways in which non-elite groups
could influence the formation of national political
institutions
May 2009 c. 340 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6473-4 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9331-4 Ideas and Cultural Margins in Early
Essays on David Hume,
Medical Men and the Scottish
Enlightenment
Industry, Knowledge and Humanity
Roger L. Emerson, University of Western
Ontario, Canada
Science, Technology and Culture, 1700–1945
In this volume, Professor Emerson presents previously
unpublished material on the Scottish enlightenment,
setting it within its European context and particularly
considering the grass roots experiences of Scots.
This book provides a useful opportunity to step back
and reconsider the Scottish Enlightenment in its broader
context and to consider what new directions this field
of study might take.
March 2009 c. 294 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6628-8 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9338-3 immigrants after the end of the Cold War. The originality
The Fiscal-Military State in
Eighteenth-Century Europe
Essays in honour of P.G.M. Dickson
Edited by Christopher Storrs,
University of Dundee, UK
In recent decades, historians of early modern Europe,
and above all those who study the eighteenth century,
elaborated the concept of what has been called the
fiscal-military state. This volume of essays by leading
authorities, all of whom have published widely on
their chosen topic, explores the subject of the fiscal-
military state by focusing on its leading exemplars
in eighteenth-century Europe. In addition a further
chapter considers the fiscal-military state in a broader,
comparative international context, in the arena of
international relations. The differing patterns, and the
variety of models of fiscal-military state makes for ease
of comparison across Europe. The volume will therefore
be invaluable to both students and researchers alike.
January 2009 260 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5814-6 £55.00
Farm Women and the Politics of Labor in
Germany, 1871-1933
Elizabeth B. Jones, Colorado State
University, USA
Studies in Labour History
Gender and Rural Modernity explores how and why
women’s productive, reproductive and symbolic
roles on German family farms assumed ever larger
importance in the eyes of contemporary observers and
how German farm women themselves shaped debates
over agricultural labor and the nation’s future before,
during and after the First World War.
April 2009 c.214 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6499-4 c. £55.00
Greek Diaspora and Migration
Since 1700
Society, Politics and Culture
Edited by Dimitris Tziovas, University of
Birmingham, UK
The Greek diaspora is one of the paradigmatic historical
diasporas and essentially now a modern phenomenon.
Diaspora, exile and immigration represent three
successive phases in Modern Greek history and they
are useful vantage points from which to analyse
changes in Greek society, politics and culture over
the last three centuries. This volume charts the role
of territorial displacements as social and cultural
agents and examines their impact on communities,
politics, institutional attitudes and culture. The aim
is to map out the transformation of Greece from a
largely homogenous society with a high proportion
of emigrants to a more diverse society inundated by
of this book lies in the bringing together of diaspora,
exile and immigration and its focus on developments
both inside and outside Greece.
May 2009 c.280 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6609-7 c. £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9374-1
Henrietta Maria
Piety, Politics and Patronage
Edited by Erin Griffey, University of Auckland,
New Zealand
Women and Gender in the Early Modern World
Thoroughly interdisciplinary in scope, this collection
reconsiders Queen Henrietta Maria and her
multi-faceted roles and responsibilities, ranging
from her patronage of performing and visual arts to
her sentiments at the outbreak of the English Civil War.
What becomes strikingly evident is that Henrietta Maria
had a distinct and profound influence on material and
political culture that deserves the attention of art history,
literature, theatre, and musicology scholars.
July 2008 240 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6420-8 £55.00
Historical Directory of Trade Unions
Volume 6, Including unions in: Building
and Construction, Agriculture, Fishing,
Chemicals, Wood and Woodworking,
Transport, Engineering and Metal Working,
Government, Civil and Public Service,
Shipbuilding, Energy and Extraction in the
United Kingdom and Ireland
Edited by John B. Smethurst and J.P.H. Carter
This is the final volume in the Historical Directory of
Trade Unions series. It proves a comprehensive list of
all British unions that operated within the building,
construction, chemical, dock, maritime, engineering,
government, mining, quarry, and shipbuilding industries.
May 2009 c. 450 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6683-7 c. £80.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9323-9
Modern Germany
Essays in Honor of H.C. Erik Midelfort
Robin Barnes, Davidson College, USA and Marjorie
E. Plummer, Western Kentucky University, USA
Exploring the methodologies of cultural transmission
in early modern Germany, influenced by the scholarship
of H.C. Erik Midelfort, this volume brings together
a broad range of essays from leading scholars.
By examining the ways in which people expected ideas
to influence others, where influenced themselves, and
the unexpected ways that ideas could permeate through
society, the volume as a whole adds significant features
to our conceptual map of life in early modern Europe.
June 2009 c.346 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6568-7 c. £60.00
History 11
Jerome of Stridon
His Life, Writings and Legacy
Edited by Andrew Cain, University of Colorado, USA
and Josef Lössl, Cardiff University, UK
This book assembles eighteen studies that epitomize
the latest and best advances in research on Jerome
(c.346–420). Topics explored include the underlying
motivations behind Jerome’s work as a hagiographer,
letter-writer, theological controversialist, and Biblical
scholar, his competence in Greek, Hebrew, and Syriac,
his relations to contemporary Jews and Judaism,
and his reception in both the east and west in late
antiquity down through the Protestant Reformation.
Familiar debates are re-opened and problems old and
new are posed and solved with the use of innovative
methodologies. This volume is an indispensable
resource for students and scholars with interests
in the history, religion, society, and literature of
the late antique world.
April 2009 c.300 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6407-9 c. £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9329-1
The Language of Mineralogy
John Walker, Chemistry and the Edinburgh
Medical School, 1750-1800
Matthew D. Eddy, University of Durham, UK
Science, Technology and Culture, 1700–1945
The specific methods used to construct Enlightenment
systems of natural history have proven to be the bête
noir of studies that address eighteenth-century culture.
This book shows how the classification practices of a
defined institutional setting enabled naturalists to create
systems of natural history and, by explicitly connecting
eighteenth-century geology to the chemistry being
taught in medical settings, offers a new interpretation
of the nascent earth sciences as they were practiced
in Enlightenment Britain.
January 2009 332 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6332-4 £60.00
Magistrates, Madonnas
and Miracles
The Counter Reformation in the
Upper Palatinate
Trevor Johnson, formally of University of the West of
England, UK
St Andrews Studies in Reformation History
This book weaves together a narrative of events in
the south-German principality of the Upper Palatinate
with an examination of the structural transformations
within the religious culture from the early seventeenth
century to the mid-eighteenth. It argues that the
re-catholicisation of this territory was successful not
only because of the adroit management of the politics
of conversion by Maximilian of Bavaria, but also as a
consequence of the survival through some seventy years
of official Protestantism of a traditional popular religious
culture which the Counter-Reformation church found
easier to accommodate than had its confessional rivals.
Drawing both upon developments in the historiography
of early modern religion over the last twenty years,
and a wealth of documentary sources, the study
assess the main conversion strategies utilised over
a one-hundred year period, which ultimately lead
to the re-catholicisation of the Upper Palatinate.
June 2009 c.348 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6480-2 c. £55.00
12 History
The Making of Modern Greece
Nationalism, Romanticism, and the Uses
of the Past (1797–1896)
Edited by Roderick Beaton , King’s College London,
UK and David Ricks, King’s College London, UK
Publications of the Centre for Hellenic Studies, King’s
College London: 11
The Making of Modern Greece aims to situate the Greek
experience, as never before, within the broad context of
current theoretical and historical thinking about nations
and nationalism in the modern world. The book spans
the period from 1797, when Rigas Velestinlis published
a constitution for an imaginary ‘Hellenic Republic’, at
the cost of his life, to the establishment of the modern
Olympic Games, in Athens in 1896, an occasion which
sealed with international approval the hard-won
self-image of ‘Modern Greece’ as it had become
established over the previous century.
April 2009 c.288 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6498-7 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9339-0 political map of the globe, in testing management
The Medieval
Account Books of the
Mercers of London
An Edition and Translation
Lisa Jefferson
As the premier livery company,
the Mercers Company in
medieval England enjoyed a
prominent role in London’s
governance and exercised much
influence over England’s overseas trade and political
interests. Proving a comprehensive edition of the
surviving Mercers’ accounts from 1347 to 1464, this
substantial two-volume set opens a unique window
onto the day-to-day workings of one of England’s most
powerful institutions at the height of its influence.
The material is arranged in facing-page format, with
a faithful transcription of the original document
mirrored by a modern English translation. A substantial
introduction puts the material into its contexts and
explains the accounting system used by the Mercers and
the financial vocabulary associated with it. Exhaustive
name and subject indexes ensure that the complete
project is accessible and will become an essential
tool for all studying the social, cultural or economic
development of late-medieval England.
January 2009 1179 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6404-8 £200.00
Mental Illness, Medicine and Law
Edited by Martin Lyon Levine, University of Southern
California, Los Angeles, USA
The International Library of Medicine, Ethics and Law
As new medical technologies and treatments develop
with increasing momentum, the legal and ethical
implications of medicine are being called into
question as never before. Martin Levine’s collection
brings together the seminal papers written on the
nexus between mental illness, its treatment and its
relationship to the law. The volume also provides
an informative introduction, summarizing the area
and the relevance of the articles chosen.
January 2009 598 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2121-8 £150.00
Mining Tycoons in the Age
of Empire, 1870–1945
Entrepreneurship, High Finance, Politics and
Territorial Expansion
Edited by Raymond E. Dumett, Purdue University,
USA
Modern Economic and Social History
The years of the late nineteenth and early twentieth
centuries, aptly described by Mark Twain as the ‘Gilded
Age’ witnessed an unprecedented level of technological
change, material excess, untrammled pursuit of profit
and imperial expansion. Within this dynamic and
often ruthless environment many colorful characters
strode across the world stage, among them the great
mining tycoons, who constituted one of the major
spearheads of global capitalistic expansion and colonial
exploitation. This volume, which carries the epic story to
the mid-twentieth century provides a truly international
perspective on the role of mining entrepreneurs,
investors and engineers in shaping the economic and
techniques and in setting a vogue for extravagant
displays of wealth among the world’s rich.
January 2009
Hardback
276 pages
978-0-7546-6303-4 £55.00
Negotiating the French Pox in Early
Modern Germany
Claudia Stein, University of Warwick, UK
The History of Medicine in Context
This book explores the identity of the ‘French disease’
(or ‘Morbus Gallicus’) in the German Imperial city
of Augsburg between 1495 and 1630. Combing
medical, religious, economic, municipal and
institutional history this book offers a fascinating
insight into how early modern society came to terms
with disease both in a practical and theoretical sense.
February 2009 c. 310 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6008-8 c. £60.00
Pietism in Germany and North
America 1680–1820
Edited by Jonathan Strom, Emory University,
USA, Hartmut Lehmann, Max-Planck-Institut für
Geschichte, Germany and James Van Horn Melton,
Emory University, USA
This collection explores different approaches
to contextualizing and conceptualizing the history of
Pietism, particularly German-speaking Pietistic groups
who migrated to the British colonies in North America
during the long eighteenth century. Emerging in the
seventeenth century, Pietism was closely related
to Puritanism, sharing similar evangelical
and heterogeneous characteristics. The importance
of Pietism in shaping Protestant society and culture
in Europe and North America has long been recognized,
but as a topic of scholarly inquiry, it has until now
received little interdisciplinary attention. Offering essays
by leading scholars from a range of fields this volume
provides the first overview of the subject, helping to
situate Pietism in the broader Atlantic context, and
making an important contribution to understanding
religious life in Europe and colonial North America
during the eighteenth century.
April 2009 c. 296 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6401-7 c. £55.00
The Pilgrims’ Complaint
A Study of Popular Thought in the
Early Tudor North
Michael Bush
Catholic Christendom, 1300–1700
Thanks to its character as a rising of the commons, and
he survival of extensive documentary evidence, the
Pilgrimage of Grace offers a fascinating insight into
how the people of the north of England, on the eve
of the reformation, thought about religion, social
relations and politics. In this book, Michael Bush opens
up an alternative and dynamic means of exploring the
popular mentality of the time through an examination
of the wide variety of sources generated by the rebels,
rather than relying on the social, political and religious
views set out in contemporary treaties and sermons
towing the government’s line.
May 2009 c. 354 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6785-8 c. £55.00
The Political Economy of the
Dutch Republic
Edited by Oscar Gelderblom, University of Utrecht,
The Netherlands
In the first half of the seventeenth century the Dutch
Republic emerged as one of Europe’s leading maritime
powers. The political and military leadership of this
small country was based on large-scale borrowing from
an increasingly wealthy middle-class of merchants,
manufacturers and regents This volume presents the
first comprehensive account of the political economy
of the Dutch republic from the sixteenth to the early
nineteenth century. Building on earlier scholarship
and extensive new evidence it tackles two main
issues: the effect of political revolution on property
rights and public finance, and the ability of the nation
to renegotiate issues of taxation and government
borrowing in changing political circumstances.
The essays in this volume charts the Republic’s rise
during the seventeenth century, and subsequent
decline as other European nations adopted the Dutch
financial model and warfare bankrupted the state in the
eighteenth century. By charting the United Provinces’s
financial ability to respond to the changing national
and international circumstances across a three-hundred
year period, much can be learned not only about the
Dutch experience, but the wider European implications
as well.
February 2009 332
Hardback 978-0-7546-6159-7 £60.00
Pope Celestine III (1191–1198)
Diplomat and Pastor
Edited by John Doran, University of Chester, UK and
Damian J. Smith, St Louis University, USA
Church, Faith and Culture in the Medieval West
These fifteen studies elucidate the life of one of the
great figures of twelfth-century Europe, Hyacinth
Bobone, who became pope as Celestine III (1191-1198).
They deepen our understanding of the objectives of the
papacy and its relationship with Rome and the wider
world in the period before Innocent III.
January 2009 388 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5671-5 £60.00
Popular Culture in
Early Modern Europe
Third Edition
Peter Burke, University of
Cambridge, UK
Long neglected by historians, the
concept of cultural history has
in the last few decades come to
the fore of historical research
into early modern Europe. First
published in 1978, this study
examines the broad sweep of Europe’s pre-industrial
popular culture. From the world of the professional
entertainer to the songs, stories, rituals and plays of
ordinary people, it shows how the attitudes and values
of the otherwise inarticulate shaped - and were shaped
by - the shifting social, religious and political conditions
of European society between 1500 and 1800.
This third edition of Peter Burke’s groundbreaking study
provides a new introduction reflecting the growth
of cultural history, and its increasing influence on
‘mainstream’ history. It also provides an extensively
revised bibliography which further adds to the
information about new research in the area.
February 2009 c. 400 pages
Paperback 978-0-7546-6507-6 c. £25.00
Popularizing Science and
Technology in the European
Periphery, 1800–2000
Edited by Faidra Papanelopoulou, Maison des
Sciences de l’ Homme, Paris, France, Agustí Nieto-
Galan, Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, Spain,
Enrique Perdiguero, Miguel Hernández University,
Spain
Science, Technology and Culture, 1700–1945
In peripheral European countries with a weak scientific
culture, how was science and technology presented to
the wider public? The essays in this volume consider this
question and together provide a valuable insight into
the circulation of scientific knowledge in countries that
have never had a Newton, a Pasteur, or an Einstein.
March 2009 c.406 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6269-3 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9327-7
The Portfolio
of Villard de
Honnecourt
(Paris, Bibliothèque
nationale de France,
MS Fr 19093)
A New Critical Edition and
Color Facsimile with a
glossary by Stacey L. Hahn
Carl F. Barnes, Jr., Oakland University, USA
This new book by Carl Barnes presents the first high-
quality colour facsimile of a key manuscript of Gothic
art and architecture and medieval scientific thought, the
‘Portfolio’ of Villard de Honnecourt, and gives the first
complete codicological and palaeographical analysis of
the text. Barnes clearly identifies what is and what is not
known about Villard himself and the drawings and text
in the manuscript, so removing many of the multiple
layers of speculation that have clouded study of the
work. The book is completed by a full bibliography of
studies relating to Villard.
March 2009 c. 350 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5102-4 c. £75.00
Portuguese Colonial Cities in the
Early Modern World
Edited by Liam Matthew Brockey, Princeton
University, USA
Empires and the Making of the Modern World,
1650–2000
Portuguese Colonial Cities in the Early Modern World
is a collection of essays that has a global scope and a
chronological span of three centuries. The contributions
focus on the social, political, and economic aspects
of city life in settlements as far apart as Rio de Janeiro,
Mozambique Island, and Nagasaki. As well as sparking
further comparisons between cities found within the
Portuguese empire, this collection also raises important
issues that will be of interest to historians of other
European empires, as well as urban historians generally.
January 2009 298 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6313-3 £55.00
The Quest for the Invisible
Microscopy in the Enlightenment
Marc J. Ratcliff, University of Geneva, Switzerland
This study offers a definitive account of the state of
microscopy in the eighteenth century, of the main
concerns of those involved in the field and how
microscopists learned to communicate their findings to
each other. It will be essential reading for all historians
of microscopy and for those studying life sciences of the
modern period.
March 2009 c. 260 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6150-4 c. £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9006-1
Readers, Texts and Compilers
in the Earlier Middle Ages
Studies in Medieval Canon Law in Honour of
Linda Fowler-Magerl
Edited by Martin Brett, University of Cambridge, UK,
and Kathleen G. Cushing, University of Keele, UK
Church, Faith and Culture in the Medieval West
Reflecting the focus but also range of their honorand’s
work in medieval canon law in the era before Gratian,
the essays in this volume explore the creation and
transmission of canonical texts and the motives of their
compilers but also address the issues of how the law
was interpreted and used by diverse audiences in the
earlier middle ages, with especial focus on the eleventh
and early twelfth centuries.
February 2009 c. 230 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6235-8 c. £55.00
Rich Apparel
Clothing and the Law in
Henry VIII’s England
Maria Hayward, University of
Southampton, UK
English dress in the second
half of the sixteenth century
has been studied in depth, yet
remarkable little has been written
on the earlier years, or indeed
on male clothing for the whole
century. The few studies that do cover these neglected
areas have tended to be quite general, focusing upon
garments rather than the wearers. As such this present
volume will fill an important gap by providing a detailed
analysis of not only what people wore in Henry’s reign,
but why.
The book describes and analyses dress in England
through a variety of primary sources, particularly
sumptuary legislation, or the four ‘Acts of Apparel’
passed by Henry between 1509 and 1547. Combing
the consideration of such documents with modern
scholarly analysis, this book will prove invaluable
for anyone with an interest in the history of fashion,
clothing, consumption in Tudor society.
May 2009 c. 450 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4096-7 c. £55.00
History 13
Science and Spectacle in the
European Enlightenment
Edited by Bernadette Bensaude-Vincent, Université
Paris X, France and Christine Blondel, CNRS,
France
Science, Technology and Culture, 1700–1945
The essays in this volume consider the interplay of
science and spectacle in eighteenth-century Europe,
describing the variety of public demonstrations of
science in sites ranging from academies and laboratories
to shops and streets.
July 2008 176 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6370-6 £55.00
Shaping Church Law
Around the Year 1000
The Decretum of Burchard
of Worms
Greta Austin, University
of Puget Sound, USA
Church, Faith and Culture
in the Medieval West
This study of Burchard’s
‘Decretum’, a popular book of
Catholic canon law compiled just after the year
1000, sheds new light on the development of law
and theology long before the Gregorian Reform,
normally considered as a watershed in the history
of the Latin Church. Practical episcopal concerns and
an appreciation of new scholarly methods led Burchard
to be dissatisfied with the quality of contemporary
jurisprudence and particularly with the teaching
texts available to local bishops. Drawing upon new
manuscript discoveries, the author shows how Burchard
tried to create a new text that would address these
problems and suggests that the flowering of law and
theology in the medieval West began far earlier than
scholars have heretofore supposed.
February 2009 c. 340 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5091-1 c. £60.00
The Society of Princes
The Lorraine-Guise and the Conservation
of Power and Wealth in Seventeenth-Century
France
Jonathan Spangler, University of
Gloucestershire, UK
The princes étrangers were an influential group of
courtiers in early modern France, none more so than
the princes from the Lorraine-Guise family. This book
examines the Lorraine-Guise at the court of Louis
XIV and their renewed power, wealth and influence
after the turbulent Wars of Religion. It is a substantial
contribution to scholarship in court studies and will
add greatly to debates on the nature of crown-noble
relations in the era of absolutism.
March 2009 c. 340 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5860-3 c. £60.00
Transformations of Late Antiquity
Essays for Peter Brown
Edited by Philip Rousseau, Catholic University
of America, USA and Manolis Papoutsakis,
Princeton University, USA
‘Transformation’ is a notion apposite to essays in honour
of Peter Brown. ‘The transformation of the classical
heritage’ is a theme to which he has devoted, and
continues to devote, much energy. All the essays here
in some way explore this notion of transformation; the
late antique ability to turn the past to new uses, and to
set its wealth of principle and insight to work in new
settings.
February 2009 370 Pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6553-3 £65.00
14 History
War and Religion after Westphalia,
1648–1713
Edited by David Onnekink, Universiteit Utrecht/
Universiteit Leiden, The Netherlands.
Politics and Culture in North-Western Europe
1650–1720
This volume gauges the importance of religious
influences on foreign policy and war after the
conclusion of the Peace of Westphalia, which
ended the Thirty Years’ War in 1648. It questions
the traditional view that Westphalia was a watershed
event in international relations that ended wars of
religion and led thereafter to a purely secular system of
power politics in Europe.
February 2009 c. 320 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6129-0 c. £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9319-2 to them. The two final papers explore some of the
Warfare in the Middle East
since 1945
Edited by Ahron Bregman,
King’s College London, UK
The International Library of Essays on Military History
The essays gathered in this volume focus on some of the
most important facets of the Middle Eastern conflicts
since 1945. Following a general introduction, the essays
are then organised under three major sections.
The first focuses on the Arab-Israeli conflict; the second
on the Gulf Wars, and the third section concentrates on
insurgencies. Together, these essays, all of which were
written by leading experts, will provide the reader with
a good introduction to warfare in the modern Middle
East and show how conflict has shaped the region.
December 2008 520 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2479-0 £125.00
Women Religious Leaders
in Japan’s Christian Century,
1549-1650
Haruko Nawata Ward, Columbia Theological
Seminary, USA
Women and Gender in the Early Modern World
Meticulously researched and drawing on original source
materials written in eight different languages, this study
fills a lacuna in the historiography of Christianity in
Japan. Ward analyzes the experience of nuns, witches,
catechists and sisters in sixteenth-century Japan,
bringing to light how these women utilized resources
from their traditional religions to new Christian
adaptations and specific religio-social issues, creating
unique hybrids of Catholicism and Buddhism, or
rejecting the new religion.
February 2009 c. 400 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6478-9 c. £60.00
Barbarians, Maps,
and Historiography
Studies on the Early Medieval West
Walter Goffart, University of Toronto, Canada,
and Yale University, USA
Variorum Collected Studies Series: CS916
The main focus in this second collection by Walter
Goffart is on two types of historiography: early medieval
narratives, with special attention to Bede’s Historia
ecclesiastica; and printed maps designed to portray
and teach history, with special attention to the
ubiquitous ‘map of the barbarian invasions’. The wide-
ranging concerns represented extend from the underside
of the Life of St Severinus of Noricum, and further
evidence for dating Beowulf, to the questions whether
the barbarian invasions period was a ‘heroic age’ and
how Charlemagne shaped his own succession, and the
volume closes with a section of further thoughts on the
essays reprinted.
March 2009 c. 340 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5984-6 c. £67.50
Crusaders and Settlers
in the Latin East
Jonathan Riley-Smith, University of Cambridge, UK
Variorum Collected Studies Series: CS912
The studies here reflect Jonathan Riley-Smith’s work
as a historian, which began with research on the history
of the military orders, the specific focus of the third
section here. Out of this grew the concerns covered
in the previous sections: an interest in the political and
constitutional history of the kingdom of Jerusalem and
the relations of the western settlers with the indigenous
population of Palestine and Syria; the theory
of crusading, involving research on theology and canon
law, and the rôle of the popes as preachers, and at the
same time detailed consideration of the responses of lay
men and women to the ideas that were being presented
implications of crusading ideology and mythology in the
modern world.
December 2008 378 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5967-9 £65.00
Darwin Studies
A Theorist and his Theories in their Contexts
M. J. S. Hodge, University of Leeds, UK
Variorum Collected Studies Series: CS909
This is the second of a pair of volumes by Jonathan
Hodge, collecting all his most innovative, revisionist
and influential papers on Charles Darwin and on the
longer run of theories about origins and species from
ancient times to the present. The focus here is on
Darwin himself and the construction of his theories,
seeing how the precise details of his inquiries are
integrated with those larger scientific, metaphysical,
religious and political issues that a young, ambitious
‘philosopher’ and ‘naturalist’ was then expected to
engage. This contextual understanding can then allow
us to reinterpret his relations to such longer-run legacies
as Christian Platonism, Enlightenment materialism and
British capitalism.
February 2009 356 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5939-6 £75.00
Early Islamic Poetry and Poetics
Edited by Suzanne Pinckney Stetkevych,
Indiana University, Bloomington, USA
The Formation of the Classical Islamic World: 37
This volume brings together a set of key studies on
classical Arabic poetry (ca. 500-1000 C.E.), published
over the last thirty-five years; the individual articles
each deal with a different approach, period, genre,
or theme. The major focus is on new interpretations
of the form and function of the pre-eminent classical
poetic genre, the polythematic qasida, or Arabic
ode, particularly explorations of its ritual, ceremonial
and performance dimensions. Other articles present
the typology and genre characteristics of the short
monothematic forms, especially the lyrical ghazal
and the wine-poem. After thus setting out the full
poetic genres and their structures, the volume turns
in the remaining studies to the philological, rhetorical,
stylistic and motival elements of classical Arabic
poetry, in their etymological, symbolic, historical
and comparatist dimensions.
Suzanne Pinckney Stetkevych’s Introduction places
the articles within the context of the major critical and
methodological trajectories of the field and in doing so
demonstrates the increasing integration of Arabic literary
studies into contemporary humanistic scholarship. The
Selected Bibliography complements the Introduction
and the Articles to offer the reader a full overview of
the past generation of Western literary and critical
scholarship on classical Arabic poetry.
April 2009 c. 400 pages
Hardback 978-0-86078-720-4 c. £80.00
Education and Learning in the Early
Islamic World
Edited by Claude Gilliot, Université de Provence,
France
The Formation of the Classical Islamic World: 43
Studying education and learning in the formative period
of Islam is not immediately easy, since the sources for
this are relatively late and frequently project backwards
to the earlier period the assumptions and conditions
of their own day. The studies in this volume have been
selected for the critical approaches and methods of
their authors, and are arranged under five headings:
the pedagogical tradition; scholarship and attestation;
orality and literacy; authorship and transmission; and
libraries. With the editor’s introductory essay, they
present a broad picture of the beginnings and evolution
of education and learning in the Islamic world.
July 2009 c. 420 pages
Hardback 978-0-86078-717-4 c. £85.00
Evolutionary Naturalism
in Victorian Britain
The “Darwinians” and their Critics
Bernard Lightman, York University, Canada
Variorum Collected Studies Series: CS919
Scholars have tended to portray T. H. Huxley, John
Tyndall, and their allies as the dominant cultural
authority in the second half of the 19th century.
Defenders of Darwin and his theory of evolution,
these men of science are often seen as a potent force
for the secularization of British intellectual and social
life. In this collection of essays Bernard Lightman argues
that historians have exaggerated the power of scientific
naturalism to undermine the role of religion in middle
and late-Victorian Britain, and shifts the focus to include
those who criticized this influential group of elite
intellectuals.
April 2009 c. 342 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5987-7 c. £70.00
Guilds, Price Formation and
Market Structures in Byzantium
George C. Maniatis
Variorum Collected Studies Series: CS925
This volume analyzes the guild system in Byzantium and
the West, and investigates for the first time the process
of price formation in Byzantium. Innovative approaches
are devised to fathom the conceptual basis, institutional
parameters, market organization and structures, and
market dynamics which shaped price determination.
Correlatively, it is persuasively established that the
Byzantine guilds, unlike their counterparts in the West,
did not fix prices through concerted action as they did
not command the requisite market power or institutional
support. These studies argue that the Byzantine
economy was fundamentally market-oriented and that
the long-standing notion of a command and control
economy is indefensible.
February 2009 c. 416 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5991-4 c. £77.50
Image Making in Byzantium,
Sasanian Persia and the Early
Muslim World
Images and Cultures
Anthony Cutler, Pennsylvania State University, USA
Variorum Collected Studies Series: CS905
In this collection of papers, Anthony Cutler turns his
attention to relations between Byzantium and ‘the
East’, though this generic concept embraces societies
as far afield as Islamic Andalusia and Sasanian Persia.
The thirteen studies in this book investigate not only
questions of influence and appropriation, but also
examples of hybridity and rejection in the name of
cultural self-determination.
February 2009 c. 350 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5949-5 c. £75.00
Internal Colonization in
Medieval Europe
Edited by Felipe Fernández-Armesto, Tufts
University, USA and James Muldoon, The John
Carter Brown Library and, Rutgers University, USA
The Expansion of Latin Europe, 1000-1500
Around the year 1000 Rodulfus Glaber described
France as being in the throes of a building boom.
He may have been the first writer to perceive the early
medieval period as a Dark Age that was ending to be
replaced by a better world. In the articles gathered here
distinguished medieval historians discuss the ways
in which this transformation took place. European
society was becoming more stable, the climate was
improving, and the population increasing so that it
was necessary to increase food production. These
circumstances in turn led to the cutting down of forests,
the draining of wetlands, and the creation of pastures on
higher elevations from which the glaciers had retreated.
New towns were established to serve as economic
and administrative centers. These developments were
witness to the processes of internal colonization that
helped create medieval Europe.
January 2009 410 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5972-3 £80.00
Land and People in Late
Medieval England
Bruce M.S. Campbell, The Queen’s University of
Belfast, UK
Variorum Collected Studies Series: CS922
This is the third collection of articles by Bruce Campbell
to appear in the Variorum series. Its focus is late
medieval England, an overwhelmingly rural society,
and the experiences of people before and after the
Black Death. How well individual communities coped
during these contrasting conditions of expansion
and contraction owed much to their natural-resource
endowment, a good deal to their ability to take
advantage of changing commercial opportunities, and
sometimes almost everything to how exposed they were
to military conflict. Always, however, much hinged
upon how the twin feudal institutions of lordship and
serfdom were mapped onto land and people via the
manorial system. These are the themes explored by the
essays here, which range from a case-study of a single
crowded Norfolk manor to a consideration of the broad
and widening contrasts that persisted between North
and South.
April 2009 c. 330 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5947-1 c. £70.00
Literacy and Identity in
Pre-Islamic Arabia
M. C. A. Macdonald, Wolfson College,
University of Oxford, UK
Variorum Collected Studies Series: CS906
In these studies Michael Macdonald examines the
extraordinary flowering of literacy in both the settled
and nomadic populations of western Arabia in the
1500 years before the birth of Islam. Through the scores
of thousands of inscriptions which have survived, he
explores the interrelationships of literate and non-literate
groups in ancient Arabia and the diverse and often
surprising purposes for which reading and writing were
used. He also examines the problems of identifying
ethnicity and perceptions of personal and communal
identity in pre-Islamic Arabia, and in particular what
ancient writers meant when they used the term ‘Arab’
of a wide variety of peoples throughout the ancient
Near East.
January 2009 c. 384 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5965-5 £75.00
Markets, Trade and Economic
Development in England
and Europe, 1050–1550
R. H. Britnell, University of Durham, UK
Variorum Collected Studies Series: CS918
England’s economy between 1050 and 1550 mirrored
that of much of continental Europe in its growing
dependence upon trade over both short distances and
long. The essays in this collection are the fruit of forty
years of research into the complex and interrelated
issues involved. Describing this change can be achieved
in part through quantitative indices, such as the number
and size of towns, markets and fairs, and the volume
of monetary circulation. A full account also requires
a discussion of widespread changes of work experience,
customary practices and moral values as households
became more dependent upon markets. In addition,
the evidence of transformative commercial growth
in the medieval period gives rise to numerous questions
concerning its relationship to more modern times.
May 2009 c. 330 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5983-9 c. £70.00
The Ottoman Economy and
Its Institutions
Sevket Pamuk,
Bogaziçi (Bosphorus) University, Turkey
Variorum Collected Studies Series: CS917
The Ottoman Empire stood at a crossroads of
intercontinental trade, stretching from the Balkans and
the Black Sea region through the present day Middle
East and most of the North African coast for six centuries
up to World War I. The articles in this volume
by a leading economic historian examine its economic
institutions, the long term performance of the Ottoman
economy and explore the reasons for the longevity
of this large empire. They argue that the Ottoman state
and society showed considerable ability to reorganize
and adapt to changing circumstances and make the case
that, until the 19th century, standards of living in many
parts of the empire differed little from those in much
of continental Europe.
March 2009 c. 288 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5981-5 c. £70.00
The Painter Angelos and Icon-
Painting in Venetian Crete
Maria Vassilaki, University of Thessaly and Benaki
Museum, Greece
Variorum Collected Studies Series: CS892
The sixteen studies in this book include six specially
translated from Greek and another two published here
for the first time. They deal with the art of painting in
Crete in the 15th century, when the centre of Byzantine
artistic production migrated from Constantinople to
Candia, the capital of Venetian-occupied Crete. The
main focus is on the painter Angelos and the icons he
painted or which can be assigned to him, and particular
attention is given to the archival documents that
illuminate his life and career, and shed light on the trade
in icons.
January 2009 382 Pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5945-7 £80.00
History 15
Human Factors & Aviation
Air Transport and the
Environment
Ben Daley, School of Oriental
and African Studies (SOAS),
UK
Air Transport and the
Environment provides a clear,
accessible account of aviation
environmental impacts that
reflects the latest developments
in science, technology, policy
and economic development. It explores a range
of responses, mitigation strategies and issues relating
to air transport and the environment. The book
emphasizes the relationship between aviation
environmental impacts, environmental policy
and sustainable development.
June 2009 c. 300 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7286-9 c. £40.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9089-4 that have allowed the community to better study and
Anger in the Air
Combating the Air Rage Phenomenon
Joyce Hunter, Saint Xavier University, USA
Anger in the Air: Combating the Air Rage Phenomenon
provides airlines with valuable input to help them better
meet the service expectations of their customers and
avoid instances of air rage on their flights.
What do today’s customers need and expect?
What do airline customers perceive as the quality
of services and how can the gap be closed between
expectations and perceptions?
June 2009 c. 220 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7193-0 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8022-2
Beyond Airline Disruptions
Jasenka Rapajic
Despite airlines’ tremendous efforts to streamline their
operations to minimise controllable costs and improve
flight punctuality, system inefficiencies are continuously
on the increase. They inevitably lead to a higher number
of operational disruptions, and consequently unforeseen
losses. Beyond Airline Disruptions addresses this issue
by taking a wider, more strategic perspective.
By focusing on prevention rather than operational
fire-fighting, and laying out the hidden aspects
of operational disruptions, this book reveals the
significant unexploited potential for cost savings and
improvements in on-time performance. It explains for
the first time what operational disruptions really are,
describes their costs, tangible and intangible causes,
and supports the creation of strategies for decreasing
system inefficiencies and minimising the risks of
operational disruptions.
January 2009 184 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7440-5 £55.00
16 Human Factors & Aviation
Crew Resource Management
Critical Essays
Edited by Eduardo Salas, University of Central
Florida, USA, Katherine A. Wilson, University of
Central Florida, USA and Eleana Edens, Federal
Aviation Administration, USA
Critical Essays on Human Factors in Aviation
Crew Resource Management (CRM) training was first
introduced in the late 1970s as a means to combating
an increased number of accidents in which poor
teamwork in the cockpit was a significant contributing
factor. Since then, CRM training has expanded beyond
the cockpit, for example, to cabin crews, maintenance
crews, health care teams, nuclear power teams, and
offshore oil teams. Not only has CRM expanded
across communities, it has also drawn from a host
of theories from multiple disciplines and evolved
through a number of generations. Furthermore, a host
of methodologies and tools have been developed
measure its effect on team performance and ultimately
safety. Lacking, however, is a forum in which researchers
and practitioners alike can turn to in order to understand
where CRM has come from and where it is going. This
volume, part of the ‘Critical Essays on Human Factors
in Aviation’ series, proposes to do just that by providing
a selection of readings which depicts the past, present,
and future of CRM research and training.
April 2009 c. 420 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2829-3 c. £110.00
Flying Ahead of the
Airplane
Nawal K. Taneja, Ohio State
University, USA
Airlines willing to develop insight
from foresight relating to the
expected ‘step phase changes’
will eventually improve their
margins. In Flying Ahead of the
Airplane, Nawal Taneja analyzes
global changes and thought-
provoking scenarios to help airline executives adjust
and adapt to the chaotic world.
November 2008 298 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7579-2 £30.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9321-5 on developing general human-robot teaming principles
Human Error in Aviation
Edited by R. Key Dismukes, NASA Ames
Research Center, USA
Critical Essays on Human Factors in Aviation
The papers selected for this volume have strongly
influenced modern thinking about why skilled experts
make errors and how to make aviation error resilient,
and are based on recent human factors research which
reveals that errors made by skilled human operators
– such as pilots, controllers, and mechanics – are not
root causes but symptoms of the way industry operates.
April 2009 c. 586 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2831-6 c. £145.00
Human Factors for Naval Marine
Vehicle Design and Operation
Jonathan M. Ross
Human Factors in Defence
There is a driving need for naval professionals to
focus on human factors issues. The number of maritime
accidents is increasing and the chief cause is human
error, both by the designer and the operator. Decreasing
crew size, lack of experienced operators, operations
in higher sea states and fatigue worsen the situation.
Automation can be a partial solution, but flawed
automated systems actually contribute to accidents
at sea.
Up to now, there has been no overarching resource
available to naval marine vehicle designers and
human factors professionals which bridges the gap
between the human and the machine in this context.
Designers understand the marine vehicle; human factors
professionals understand how a particular environment
affects people. Yet neither has a practical understanding
of the other’s field, and thus communicating
requirements and solutions is difficult.
This book integrates knowledge from numerous sources
as well as the advice of a panel of eight recognized
experts in the fields of related research, development
and operation. The result is a reference that bridges the
communications gap, and stands to help enhance the
design and operation of all naval marine vehicles.
March 2009 c. 200 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7625-6 c. £50.00
Human-Robot Interactions
in Future Military Operations
Edited by Michael Barnes, Army Research
Laboratory (ARL-HRED), USA and Florian Jentsch,
University of Central Florida, USA
Human Factors in Defence
The overall objective of this volume is to illuminate
the challenges and potential solutions for military
human-robot interaction (HRI) through discussion
of the many approaches that have been utilized in order
to converge on a better understanding of this relatively
complex concept. It should be noted that many of these
issues will generalize to civilian applications as robotic
technology matures. An important outcome is the focus
and guidelines to help both the human factors design
and training community develop a better understanding
of this nascent but revolutionary technology.
May 2009 c. 400 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7539-6 c. £65.00
Mind, Machine and Morality
Toward a Philosophy of Human-Technology
Symbiosis
Peter A. Hancock, University of Central Florida, USA
Drawing together his many seminal writings on
human-machine interaction and adapting these works
specifically for this collection, Peter Hancock provides
real food for thought, delighting readers with his unique
philosophical perspective and outstanding writing. This
is theoretical work of the highest order and will open
the mind of the most seasoned human factors expert.
May 2009 c. 200 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7358-3 c. £50.00
The Multitasking Myth
Handling Complexity in Real-world Operations
Loukia D. Loukopoulos, NASA Ames Research
Center / San José State University Research
Foundation, USA, R. Key Dismukes, NASA Ames
Research Center, USA and Immanuel Barshi,
NASA Ames Research Center, USA
Ashgate Studies in Human Factors for Flight
Operations
Despite growing concern with the effects of concurrent
task demands on human performance, and research
demonstrating that these demands are associated with
vulnerability to error, so far there has been only limited
research into the nature and range of concurrent task
demands in real-world settings. This book presents a
set of NASA studies that characterize the nature
of concurrent task demands confronting airline flight
crews in routine operations, as opposed to emergency
situations. The authors analyze these demands in light
of what is known about cognitive processes, particularly
those of attention and memory, with the focus upon
inadvertent omissions of intended actions by skilled
pilots.
March 2009 c. 170 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7382-8 c. £50.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9412-0 ways to measure resilience and model systems to detect
Powered Two Wheelers
Risk and Recreation
Paul Broughton, Owl Research Ltd, UK and Linda
Walker, University of Stirling, UK
Human Factors in Road and Rail Transport
Road accident statistics show that the number of killed
and serious injury (KSI) accidents involving powered
two wheelers (PTW) is increasing. The UK Government,
in ‘Tomorrow’s roads: safer for everyone’ (DfT, 2000) set
a target of reducing overall KSI by 40% of the 1994 to
1998 average by 2010, yet for PTW the KSI has shown
an increase of nearly 9% a year between 1996 and
2002. Some form of intervention is needed to reduce
the KSI rate. To give any intervention a high chance
of success, it has to take into account the riders
themselves and be based on an understanding of
behaviours; that is an understanding of the goals of
riders. This book explores those rider goals, and utilises
Fuller’s task homeostasis theory and Csikszentmihalyi’s
theory of flow to develop an understanding of the
interaction between risk and rider goals.
The book explains that riders ride because they enjoy
it; but they do not necessarily enjoy the risk involved.
It also discusses that there are two types of enjoyment:
one based on rush and the other on challenge. Riders’
attitudes to risk also vary, with three risk profiles being
discussed – risk adverse, risk acceptors and risk seekers.
This book makes comparisons of rider and driver
enjoyment types, indicating that riders and drivers differ.
The book develops principles of interventions, with the
aim of guiding intervention design and reducing KSI
figures.
May 2009 c. 160 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7501-3 c. £50.00
Resilience Engineering
Perspectives, Volume 2
Preparation and Restoration
in Human Systems
Edited by Christopher P. Nemeth, University of
Chicago, USA
Ashgate Studies in Resilience Engineering
The Ashgate Studies in Resilience Engineering series
promulgates new methods, principles and experiences
that can complement established safety management
approaches, providing invaluable insights and guidance
for practitioners and researchers alike in all safety-
critical domains. While the Studies pertain to all
complex systems they are of particular interest to high
hazard sectors such as aviation, ground transportation,
the military, energy production and distribution,
and healthcare.
This second volume of Resilience Engineering
Perspectives broadens participation to include
organization studies and begins to articulate aspects of
resilience such as preparation and restoration.
The first section of the book explores large scale aspects
of resilience and how they aid or inhibit preparation and
restoration. The second section addresses thoughts on
desirable, and undesirable, results. The third section
assesses how resilience plays out in the living laboratory
of real world operations.
Preparation and Restoration in Human Systems
addresses issues such as the nature of resilience; how
resilience is similar to and differs from traditional
models of system performance; how systems succeed
or fail with respect to meeting varying demands; how
organizations enable or impede preparation and before
and restoration after critical events; the trade-offs and
costs that enable systems to survive; instances of brittle
or resilient systems; how resilience influences cognitive
work; the relationship between resilience and safety;
and what improves or erodes resilience.
July 2009 c. 250 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7520-4 c. £55.00
Risky Work Environments
Reappraising Human Work Within
Fallible Systems
Edited by Christine Owen, University of Tasmania,
Australia, Pascal Béguin, Director of Research
at the French National Institute for Agricultural
Research, France and Ger Wackers, University of
Maastricht, Netherlands
Risky Work Environments provides new insights into
the multiple and dynamic trajectories of both near
misses and mistakes in complex work environments,
based on actual case examples. It also studies the
interactions between various activity systems or work
practices (design, maintenance, incident investigation,
regulation, operation) and their consequences for
operational performance. The role of rules and
regulations is explored, considering the consequences of
deviations and the limitations of enforced compliance.
Further, the book explains how to search for, think about
and act on information about vulnerability, near misses
and mistakes in a way that emphasizes accountability
in ways that are not punitive but instead responsible,
innovative and provide opportunities for learning.
Writing from different disciplines and theoretical
perspectives, the contributors analyse working in risky
environments which include air traffic control, offshore
mining, chemical plants, neo-natal intensive care units,
ship piloting and emergency call dispatch centres.
In each chapter the authors present rich empirical
data and their analyses illustrate a variety of ways in
which, despite imperfect systems, safety and resilience
is created in human action. In the chapters where the
focus is on error or mistakes, the analysis undertaken
reveals the logic of actions undertaken at the time
as well as their constraints.
The contributors are all active researchers within their
disciplines and come from Australia, Finland, France,
Norway and the Netherlands. The book will be of direct
interest to safety scientists, researchers and scientists,
as well as human factors practitioners working in
complex technological systems.Includes 6 tables and
9 figures
April 2009 c. 220 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7609-6 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9411-3
Safer Surgery
Analysing Behaviour in the Operating Theatre
Edited by Rhona Flin and Lucy Mitchell, University
of Aberdeen, UK
There have been few research investigations into
how highly trained doctors and nurses work together
to achieve safe and efficient anaesthesia and surgery.
While there have been major advances in surgical and
anaesthetic procedures, there are still significant risks
for patients during operations and adverse events are not
unknown. Behavioural scientists have been encouraged
by clinicians to bring research techniques used in other
industries into the operating theatre in order to study the
behaviour of surgeons, nurse and anaesthetists. Safer
Surgery presents one of the first collections of studies
designed to understand the factors influencing safe and
efficient surgical, anaesthetic and nursing practice.
The book is written by psychologists, surgeons and
anaesthetists, whose contributions combine to offer
readers the latest research techniques and findings
from some of the leading investigators in this field.
It is designed for practitioners and researchers interested
in understanding the behaviour of operating theatre
team members, with a view to enhancing both training
and practice. The material is also suitable for those
studying behaviour in other areas of healthcare or
in high-risk work settings.
The aims of the book are to:
a) Present the latest research on the behaviour of
operating theatre teams
b) Describe the techniques being used by psychologists
and clinicians to study surgeons, anaesthetists and
theatre nurses’ task performance
c) Outline the safety implications of the research to date.
June 2009 c. 300 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7536-5 c. £60.00
Human Factors & Aviation 17
Human Geography
Augmented Urban Spaces
Articulating the Physical and Electronic City
Edited by Alessandro Aurigi, Newcastle University,
UK and Fiorella De Cindio, University of Milan, Italy
Design and the Built Environment
This book explores the intersection and articulation
of physical and digital environments and the ways
they can extend and reshape a spirit of place, while
considering the problems posed and opportunities
that arise. Grounded with international real -life case
studies, this is an up-to-date, interdisciplinary and
holistic overview of the relationships between cities,
communities and high technologies.
October 2008 390 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7149-7 £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8916-4 January 2009 280 pages
Crisis Management
in the Tourism Industry
Beating the Odds?
Edited by Christof Pforr, Curtin University
of Technology, Australia and Peter Hosie,
University of Wollongong in Dubai, UAE
New Directions in Tourism Analysis
This book seeks to offer a systematic and conceptual
approach to questions such as how tourism businesses
prepare for and react to crisis, which measures are taken
and what impact they have, and which strategies can be
employed to overcome them.
March 2009 c. 288 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7380-4 c. £55.00
Critical Toponymies
De-coding New Regionalism
Shifting Socio-political Contexts in Central
Europe and Latin America
Edited by James W. Scott, Leibniz Institute for
Regional Development and Structural Planning,
Germany and Karelian Institute, University of
Joensuu, Finland
Urban and Regional Planning and Development Series
Bringing together comparative case studies from
Central Europe and South America, the book focuses
on ‘new’ regions; regions created as political projects of
modernisation and ‘re-scaling’. In doing so, it de-codes
‘New Regionalism’ in terms of its contributions to
institutional change, but also of its contestedness
and contradictions.
Hardback 978-0-7546-7098-8 £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8901-0

The Awkward Spaces of Fathering Contested Politics of Place Naming

Stuart C. Aitken, San Diego State University, USA
Weaving together theories of space, sexuality and
political identity with the stories of fathers from a
range of sources, including popular culture, this book
seeks to explore the spaces and movements of
men-as-fathers. it discusses the way in which
geographies of space can disconnect and disempower
fathers, while societal notions marginalize and
disassociate them from raising children. It explores how
fathering identities are shaped by family and community
spaces and aims to move the definition of ‘fathering’
beyond its definition in opposition to ‘mothering’.
In doing so, it provides insights into the contradictory
nature of father’s lives and into masculinity in general.
April 2009 c. 250 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7005-6 c. £45.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8821-1 Hardback 978-0-7546-7453-5 c. £50.00
The Changing Governance
of Renewable Natural Resources
in Northwest Russia
Edited by Soili Nystén-Haarala,
University of Joensuu, Finland
The genuinely multidisciplinary book examines how
local communities and enterprises adjust to transition
and institutional changes in Northwest Russia, including
a unique and important analysis of the law and legal
institutions, focusing on how the actual users of law use
or abuse it. The book shows innovative and hybrid ways
of adjusting to change, combining old and new, local
and global and providing a holistic view of the Russian
economy and a society in transition.
March 2009 c. 272 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7531-0 c. £60.00
Edited by Lawrence D. Berg, University of British
Columbia, Canada and Jani Vuolteenaho, University
of Helsinki, Finland
Re-materialising Cultural Geography
While place names have long been studied, approaches
to them have been traditionally empiricist and uncritical
in character. This book brings together recent works that
conceptualize the hegemonic and contested practices
of geographical naming. Illustraed with a global range
of local and national studies, this ground-breaking
volume illuminates the key role of naming in the
colonial silencing of indigenous cultures, canonization
of nationalistic ideals into nomenclature of cities and
topographic maps, as well as the formation of more or
less fluid forms of postcolonial and urban identities.
July 2009 c. 250 pages
Cultural Capitals
The Arts and Re-Valuing The Urban
Louise C. Johnson, Deakin University, Australia
Re-materialising Cultural Geography
This book is about the power of the arts to enhance city
images, urban economies and communities. It offers a
series of five case studies to support an argument for
the arts contributing to sustainable urban regeneration.
By utilising other literatures – on celebrity, post-
modernity, the post-colonial, tourism, representation
and film – the book interrogates a number of sites,
events and objects. It is contemporary, internationally
comparative, cross disciplinary and thematic.
April 2009 c. 220 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4977-9 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8917-1
Ecotourism and Environmental
Sustainability
Principles and Practice
Edited by Jennifer Hill and Tim Gale, University
of West of England, UK
Drawing on a diverse series of case studies from
around the world, this book offers conceptual and
practical insights into the complex interactions between
ecotourism and the natural environment. Both positive
and negative tourism-environment relationships
are introduced, challenging the inherent validity
of sustainable ecotourism and exploring how tourism
can enjoy a positive relationship with differing antural
resources. It concludes by deliberating on the future of
ecotourism and environmental sustainability, including
suggestions for best practice.
May 2009 c. 225 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7262-3 c. £50.00
eBook 978-0-7546-7621-8
Emotion, Place and Culture
Edited by Mick Smith, Queen’s University, Canada,
Joyce Davidson, Queen’s University, Canada, Laura
Cameron, Queen’s University, Canada and Liz
Bondi, University of Edinburgh, UK
Building on the achievements of Emotional Geographies
(2005), the editors have brought together leading
scholars such as Nigel Thrift, Alphonso Lingis and
Frances Dyson as well as young, up and coming
academics from a diverse range of disciplines
to investigate feelings and affect in various spatial
and social contexts, environments and landscapes.
March 2009 c. 336 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7246-3 c. £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8921-8

Comparing Rural Development Cultural Tourism and Sustainable

Continuity and Change in the Countryside
of Western Europe
Edited by Jo Vergunst, Arnar Árnason, University
of Aberdeen, UK and Mark Shucksmith, Newcastle
University, UK
Mark Shucksmith, Newcastle University, UK
Perspectives on Rural Policy and Planning
Comparing case studies from Finland, Ireland, Italy,
Norway, Scotland and Sweden, this book describes
and analyses the role of networks and social capital
in rural development across rural Europe. It provides an
interdisciplinary perspective, bringing together a group
of leading geographers, sociologists and anthropologists
to addresses the tension between studying ‘local’ rural
development and the ‘globalised’ nature of modern
economies and societies.
January 2009 212 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7518-1 £55.00
Local Development
Edited by Luigi Fusco Girard, University Federico
2, Italy and Peter Nijkamp, Free University,
Amsterdam, The Netherlands
New Directions in Tourism Analysis
Bringing together an interdisciplinary team of leading
scholars from North America and Europe, this book
examines the interface of local cultural resources and
modern mass tourism from a sustainability perspective.
It puts forward innovative methodologies and best case
practice for future cultural conservation policies.
February 2009 c. 300 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7391-0 c. £65.00

18 Human Geography
Environmental Factors and Malaria
Transmission Risk
Modelling the Risk in a Holoendemic
Area of Burkina Faso
Yazoumé Yé, African Population and Health
Research Centre, Kenya, Osman A. Sankoh,
INDEPTH Network, Ghana, Bocar Kouyaté, Centre
National de Recherche et de Formation sur le
Paludisme, Burkina Faso and Rainer Sauerborn,
University of Heidelberg, Germany
Malaria remains a deadly disease and a serious public
health problem worldwide, but especially in developing
countries. WHO recommends early detection and
treatment among high-risk groups as one of the
strategies for reducing the malaria burden, but an early
warning system which this approach requires is not
yet available at the appropriate scale, Using empirical
studies of children under the age of five in Burkina Faso,
this book puts forward an innovative methodology and
modelling used to assess local scale malaria risk using
environmental factors. The detailed description of this
methodology allows scientists to replicate the study
elsewhere in different settings.
December 2008 166 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7570-9 £55.00
Foreign Direct Investment,
Externalities and Regional
Economic Development
Jacob Jordaan, University of Birmingham, UK
Ashgate Economic Geography Series
By critically appraising current theories of both Foreign
Direct Investment (FDI) and agglomeration, this book
explores the variety of links that may exist between
these two externality-creating phenomena and, for the
first time, explores interrelationsips between them and
their effects. Using in-depth empirical research from
Mexico, the author analyses and constructs several
datasets on on manufacturing industries, then creates
innovative models of FDI-externalities, incorporating
regional considerations.
June 2009 c. 220 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4729-4 c. £55.00
Framing Tourism, Capturing the
World
Tourism, Photography: The Imagined
and the Real
Edited by Mike Robinson, Leeds Metropolitan
University, UK and David Picard
New Directions in Tourism Analysis
Bringing together an international and interdisciplinary
team of contributors, this book examines the
relationships between photography and tourism and
tourists. It asks key questions such as: why do tourists
take photos of certain things and not of others? Why do
tourists take photos at all? How do photos build places,
how do they change and shape lives?
April 2009 c. 200 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7368-2 c. £50.00
The Geopolitics of
South Asia
From Early Empires to the
Nuclear Age
Third Edition
Graham P. Chapman, CAS,
Norwegian Academy of
Science and Letters, Norway
and Lancaster University, UK
Anyone who is planning on
carrying out research in South Asia, or indeed,
simply wishes to understand a little about this cultural
heartland should read this enthralling, chronological
overview, beginning in the geological past and
continuing to the present day. By studying the main
forces which brought about historic, linguistic and
economic development, Professor Chapman contends
that the lynch-pin of this sub-continent’s story is a
geo-political one.
In addition to the material on the Northwest frontier,
Afghanistan and Kashmir which was added for the
second edition, the Northeastern borderlands are also
now examined in this fully revised third edition.
The current geopolitical state of the region is
completely updated and greatly enhanced.
February 2009 c. 360 pages
Paperback 978-0-7546-7301-9 c. £25.00
Hardback 978-0-7546-7298-2 c. £60.00
Implementing Transit-Oriented
Development
Edited by Carey Curtis, Curtin University of
Technology, Australia, John Renne, University of
New Orleans, USA and Luca Bertolini, University of
Amsterdam, The Netherlands
Transport and Mobility
Until very recently, facilitation of car-based travel has
been central to the planning of cities in the developed
world, resulting in urban sprawl. However, planners
have increasingly been addressing issues of urban
environmental sustainability and a key concern has
been to develop a highly accessible city within the
context of reducing the need to travel, particularly
by car.
This volume brings together all the different stakeholders
and disciplines that are involved in the conception
and implementation of such systems, known as
‘Transit-Oriented Development’ (TOD) to provide
a comprehensive overview of the realisation of this
concept in Australia, North America and Europe. In
conclusion, the book draws together the key principles
that make TOD happen, addressing both substantial
issues (what needs to be done, and when) and
procedural issues (who needs to be involved, and how).
May 2009 c. 260 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7315-6 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9100-6
Landscapes of Postcolonial
Memory
Materialising Cultural Geographies
of Englishness
Divya P. Tolia-Kelly, University of Durham, UK
Heritage, Culture and Identity
This book examines the value of ‘landscape and
memory’ for postcolonial migrants living in Britain.
By reflecting on the cultural landscapes of British Asian
women, the book reveals cultures of memory and
social-historical narratives about migration, citizenship
and belonging. It challenges notions of ‘cultural
memory’ and ‘Englishness’ embedded in formal spaces
in the cities and museums. In doing so, it offers a
conceptualisation of landscape politics and refiguring
of race memory as being critical to English heritage
and postcolonial politics and makes an important
contribution to the writings on memory, race
and landscape.
November 2009 c. 250 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4957-1 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8823-5
Managing Europe’s
Water Resources
Twenty-first Century Challenges
Caedmon Staddon, University of the West
of England, UK
Illustrated with boxed case studies which explain key
concepts and provide practical examples, this book
provides a detailed and comprehensive introduction
to water management issues from a European
perspective. While firstly detailing the history of water
management, the book then puts forward the major
frameworks used for managing water, examines key
issues such as dams, privatisation and hydropolitics,
and finally provides a synoptic treatment of major
water management issues in all 27 EU nations.
May 2009 c. 200 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7321-7 c. £50.00
Mobilities and Inequality
Edited by Timo Ohnmacht, University of Applied
Science and Arts, Switzerland, Hanja Maksim ,
Laboratoire de Sociologie Urbaine, Switzerland and
Max Bergman, University of Basle, Switzerland
Transport and Society
Based on the assumption that the dynamics caused
by modernization, globalization, migration and social
change affect the structuring of social fabric and space,
this book examines the interrelations between social
and spatial mobilities in terms of inequality and space.
April 2009 c. 192 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7495-5 c. £55.00
Human Geography 19
New Principles in
Planning Evaluation
Edited by Abdul Khakee, Royal Institute of
Technology, Sweden, Angela Hull, Heriot-Watt
University, UK, Donald Miller, University of
Washington, USA and Johan Woltjer, University of
Groningen, Netherlands
Urban Planning and Environment
Planning evaluation is a critically important process
providing information that can improve the quality
and accountability of decision-making.
Bringing together examples of current research and
practice from Europe, the UK, and North America, this
book explores the latest ideas that have been developed
in this field. By evaluating case studies the authors deal
with the complexity of various decision settings, and
provides the reader with practical advice useful
in similar situations.
November 2008 344 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7507-5 £60.00
Olympic Cities: 2012 and the
Remaking of London
Edited by Gavin Poynter and Iain MacRury,
University of East London, UK
Design and the Built Environment
London’s bid to host the 2012 Olympic and Paralympic
Games was based upon the event providing a significant
catalyst for the regeneration and renewal of East London
and was more about social, cultural and economic
aspects than sport. Drawing upon historical, cultural,
economic and socio-demographic perspectives, this
book examines the role of a sporting mega-event in
promoting urban regeneration and social renewal.
May 2009 c. 220 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7100-8 c. £55.00
Public Transport and its Users
The Passenger’s Perspective in Planning
and Customer Care
Edited by Martin Schiefelbusch, The nexus Institute
for Cooperation Management and Interdisciplinary
Research, Germany and Hans-Liudger Dienel, The
nexus Institute for Cooperation Management and
Interdisciplinary Research, Germany
Transport and Society
July 2009 c. 356 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7447-4 c. £60.00
Railways, Land-use Planning
and Urban Development
A Critical Review of Integrated Planning
in Britain
Russell Haywood, Sheffield Hallam University, UK
Transport and Mobility
Focussing on the period between 1948, when UK
railways were nationalised and the modern planning
movement came into operation, and 1994, when
the railways were privatised and there was finally
a new integrated policy approach, this book explores
the interface between planning policy and railway
management and development. It not only provides
a critical overview of the relationships between the two
sectors, but also shows how these findings reflect on the
current interplay and points to best practice for future
policy development and outcomes.
May 2009 c. 200 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7392-7 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9042-9
20 Human Geography
Rural Housing and the
Exurbanization Process
Edited by David Marcouiller, University of
Wisconsin-Madison, USA, Mark Lapping, University
of Southern Maine, USA and Owen Furuseth,
University of North Carolina, Charlotte, USA
Perspectives on Rural Policy and Planning
Rural America is progressing through a dramatic and
sustained post-industrial economic transition.
This book argues that the character of rural
housing reflects this transition and examines this
using contemporary concepts of ex-ubanization,
rural amenity-based development, and increased
conurbation. It suggests that radical changes need to
be put in place in terms of housing policy in these
regions to take account for the radical changes in
its societal make-up.
July 2009 c. 225 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7050-6 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8920-1
Rural Sustainable Development in
the Knowledge Society
Edited by Karl Bruckmeier, Göteborg University,
Sweden and Hilary Tovey, Trinity College Dublin,
Ireland
Perspectives on Rural Policy and Planning
Based on the EU-funded CORASON research project,
this volume brings together and compares studies into
rural and sustainable development processes in twelve
European countries. In doing so, it identifies trends and
reveals the changing nature of development processes
on the way towards a knowledge society.
January 2009 316 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7425-2 £60.00
Social Capital and Urban Networks
of Trust
Edited by Jouni Häkli, University of Tampere, Finland
and Claudio Minca, Royal Holloway, University of
London, UK
This is the first book on social capital and trust informed
by a critical geographical perspective. The authors
examine the role of social capital in the constitution
and reproduction of urban networks of trust in different
places and contexts.
February 2009 c. 260 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7319-4 c. £55.00
Social Innovation
and Territorial Development
Edited by Diana MacCallum, Griffith University,
Australia, Frank Moulaert, Katholieke Universiteit
Leuven, Belgium, Jean Hillier, University of
Newcastle upon Tyne, UK and Serena Vicari,
University of Milan, Italy
The concept of social innovation offers an alternative
perspective on development and regional transformation
to the predominantly economic neoliberal one.
Multi-disciplinary and global in approach, this volume
presents a comprehensive and insightful exploration of
social innovation and how it affects life, society
and economy.
February 2009 c. 192 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7233-3 c. £55.00
Southeast Asian Culture and
Heritage in a Globalising World
Diverging Identities in a Dynamic Region
Edited by Rahil Ismail, Nanyang Technological
University, Singapore, Brian Shaw, The University
of Western Australia, and Ooi Giok Ling, Nanyang
Technological University, Singapore
Heritage, Culture and Identity
Illustrated by a series of international case studies,
this book provides an interdisciplinary cover view
of heritage, culture and identity in this dynamic region
and demonstrates how the forces of ‘post-colonialism’
in their various manifestations are accelerating social
change and creating new and ‘imagined’ communities.
January 2009 208 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7261-6 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8914-0
Spaces of Security and Insecurity
Geographies of the War on Terror
Edited by Alan Ingram, University College London,
UK and Klaus Dodds, Royal Holloway University of
London, UK
This timely book explores the diverse geographies
of the War on Terror. Drawing on recent advances in
social theory, it offers new case studies and theoretical
reflections on one of the central issues in contemporary
geopolitics.
April 2009 c. 256 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7349-1 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9041-2
Strange Spaces
Explorations into Mediated Obscurity
Edited by Andre Jansson, Karlstad University,
Sweden and Amanda Lagerkvist, Uppsala
University, Sweden
Certain bizarre spaces, where disruption or disarray
rule, leave us estranged and ‘out of place’.This book
examines such spaces, highlighting the emotional and
mediated geographies of uncertainty and in-betweeness;
of cognitive displacement, loss, fear, or exhilaration.
It expands on why space is sometimes estranging
and for whom it is strange.
June 2009 c. 300 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7461-0 c. £60.00
Sustainable Land Management
in the Tropics
Explaining the Miracle
Edited by Kees Burger, Wageningen University,
The Netherlands and Fred Zaal, University of
Amsterdam, The Netherlands
International Land Management Series
Bringing together case studies from Kenya, Benin,
Cameroon and the Philippines, this volume provides
a multidisciplinary overview of the economics of natural
resource management in Tropical regions, at household
and village level. By comparing a wide array of climatic
and economic conditions, it examines the effect of
location and access to the market – as well as the
importance of national policies – have on soil and
water conservation.
March 2009 c. 224 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4455-2 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9258-4

Theories of Local
Economic Development
Linking Theory to Practice
Edited by James E. Rowe,
University of Auckland, New Zealand
By bringing together leading theorists and practitioners,
this book provides the first comprehensive overview of
local economic development theories for over 15 years.
It explores the theory behind the key concepts that
every economic practitioner must understand and
in doing so, ties together the various theories from
across the disciplines to practice.
January 2009 398 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7305-7 £65.00
Traditional Food Production and
Rural Sustainable Development
A European Challenge
Edited by Teresa de Noronha Vaz, University of the
Algarve, Portugal, Peter Nijkamp, Free University,
Amsterdam and Jean-Louis Rastoin, Montpellier
SupAgro, France
Ashgate Economic Geography Series
Illustrated by a range of case studies from across Europe,
this volume examines the interface of agricultural
development and the social and economic feasibility
of traditional modes of production and consumption.
It provides an overview of the various strategies and
policies concerning sustainable agriculture and provides
a critical review of the opportunities of traditional
productions modes, from local, regional, national
and global perspectives.
January 2009 300 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7462-7 £65.00
Travel Demand Management
and Road User Pricing
Success, Failure and Feasibility
Edited by Wafaa Saleh, Napier University, UK and
Gerd Sammer, University of Bodenkultur, Austria
Transport and Society
Throughout the world, traffic levels are increasing
and, in urban areas, these increasing levels have led
to pressures on the road network which are causing
serious economic, environmental and social problems.
It is now widely accepted that unrestrained demand
for travel by car cannot be sustained. This book
examines the full range of ‘push and pull’ Travel
Demand Management measures, including regulatory,
pricing, planning and persuasive policies to encourage
individuals to make their trips in off-peak periods, by a
different mode or to find another way of carrying out the
trip purpose. The editors conclude with a summary of
findings within the book and suggestions for best future
practice.
April 2009 c. 250 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7303-3 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8906-5 minimum ages of criminal responsibility (MACRs),
Travel, Space, Architecture
Edited by Jilly Traganou and Miodrag Mitrasinovic,
both at New School University, New York, USA
Design and the Built Environment
Bringing together a range of global case studies, this
book examines the influence of travel on designing
and producing spatial conceptions and forms and
argues that, rather than architecture being ‘rooted’
to place as has traditionally been asserted, border
crossings and cross-cultural encounters have always
been a prevailing paradigm.
April 2009 c. 336 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4827-7 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9056-6
Valuing Historic Environments
Edited by Lisanne Gibson, University of Leicester,
UK and John Pendlebury, Newcastle University, UK
Heritage, Culture and Identity
Heritage is now widely acknowledged to be the use
of the past for present purposes. This volume brings
together an interdisciplinary team of leading scholars
to discuss frameworks of value in relation to the
preservation of historic environments. It critically
analyses the various conceptions of value in terms
of heritage and shows the complexities in attempting
to provide a responsive, sustainable, democratic notion
of heritage while delivering on social and economic
objectives.
June 2009 c. 200 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7424-5 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9043-6 March 2009 c. 350 pages
This catalogue now includes details of
all those titles where an eBook version is
available. Ashgate and Gower now have over
1000 titles available in eBook format and our
constantly expanding eBook programme
adds dozens of new titles each month,
making digital and print formats available
simultaneously. Visit: www.ashgate.com/
ebooks to find a complete listing of our new
and selected backlist ebooks and discover
how to access them.
Law & Legal
Studies
Altruism Reconsidered
Exploring New Approaches to Property
in Human Tissue
Edited by Michael Steinmann, Eberhard Karls
Universitat, Tubingen, Germany, Peter Sykora,
University of Saints Cyril and Methhodius, Slovakia
and Urban Wiesing, Eberhard Karls Universitat,
Tubingen, Germany
Medical Law and Ethics
This volume focuses on practical and conceptual
perspectives to set standards for a detailed and
innovative discussion in the regulation of research
on human tissue.
June 2009 c. 368 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7270-8 c. £65.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8936-2
Beyond Law in Context
Developing a Sociological Understanding
of Law
David Nelken, Cardiff University, UK; The London
School of Economics and Political Science, UK and
Macerata University, Italy
Collected Essays in Law
This intriguing collection of essays by David Nelken
examines the relationship between law, society and
social theory and the various ideas social theorists have
had about the actual and ideal ‘fit’ between law and its
social context. It also asks how far it is possible to get
beyond this mainstream paradigm.
Hardback 978-0-7546-2802-6 c. £80.00
The Child As Vulnerable Patient
Protection and Empowerment
Lynn Hagger, University of Sheffield, UK
Medical Law and Ethics
This volume examines the particular ethical and legal
issues raised by children in the health care setting. The
book looks at the key areas of concern in relation to the
balance between protecting the welfare of the young
and their rights to autonomy.
June 2009 c. 208 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7252-4 c. £50.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9129-7
Children’s Rights and the Minimum
Age of Criminal Responsibility
A Global Perspective
Advances in Criminology
Children of almost any age can break the law, but
at what age should children first face the
possibility of criminal responsibility for their alleged
crimes? This work is the first global analysis of national
the international legal obligations that surround them,
and the principal considerations for establishing and
implementing respective age limits.
June 2009 c. 240 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7730-7 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9447-2
Law & Legal Studies 21
Cicero and Modern Law
Edited by Richard O. Brooks,
Vermont Law School, USA
Philosophers and Law
Cicero and Modern Law contains the best modern
writings on Cicero’s major law related works, such
as the Republic, On Law, On Oratory, along with a
comprehensive bibilography of writings on Cicero’s
legal works. These works are organized to reveal the
influence of Cicero’s writings upon the history of
legal thought including St. Thomas, the Renaissance,
Montesquieu and the U.S. Founding fathers. Finally, the
articles include discussions of Cicero’s influence upon
central themes in modern lega thought, including legal
skepticism, republicanism, mixed government, private
property, natural law, conservatism and rhetoric. The
editor offers an extensive introduction, placing these
articles in the context of an overall view of Cicero’s
contribution to modern legal thinking.
June 2009 c. 542 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2723-4 c. £125.00
Corporate Citizenship,
Contractarianism and
Ethical Theory
On Philosophical Foundations of Business
Ethics
Edited by Jesús Conill, University of Valencia,
Spain, Christoph Luetge, Technical University of
Braunschweig, Germany and Tatjana Schönwälder-
Kuntze, University of Munich,Germany
Law, Ethics and Economics
This study provides a representation of the broad
spectrum of theoretical work on topics related to
business ethics, with a particular focus on corporate
citizenship. Together, the contributions offer varied
philosophical theories in approaches to business ethics.
December 2008 206 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7383-5 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9322-2 Political Rights
Corruption and the Secret of Law
A Legal Anthropological Perspective
Edited by Monique Nuijten, Wageningen University,
The Netherlands and Gerhard Anders, University of
Zurich, Switzerland
This volume presents a critical anthropological
perspective on the hidden continuities between
corruption and law. Drawing on studies from different
parts of the world including Burundi, China, Indonesia,
Italy, Japan, Mexico and the USA, the work provides
a valuable resource for students, researchers and
policy-makers.
December 2008 240 pages
Paperback 978-0-7546-7682-9 £25.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8504-3
Crisis and Change in the British
and Dutch Prison Service
Understanding Crisis-Reform Processes
Sandra Resodihardjo, University of Leiden,
The Netherlands
This book examines the conditions under which a crisis
in a policy sector can lead to significant reform within
the sector. The study examines three such crises within
the British and Dutch Prison Services.
June 2009 c. 242 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7549-5 c. £55.00
22 Law & Legal Studies
Critical Interventions
in the Ethics of Healthcare
Challenging the Principle of
Autonomy in Bioethics
Edited by Stuart J. Murray, Ryerson University,
Canada and Dave Holmes, University of Ottawa,
Canada
Medical Law and Ethics
This volume brings together theorists, practitioners,
and clinicians to present a variety of related disciplinary
concerns and perspectives on bioethics. Each chapter
challenges the underlying assumptions that continue to
hold sway in the ethics of medicine and health sciences
and works toward a new mode of discourse.
May 2009 c. 240 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7396-5 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9122-8
A Dual Approach to Ocean
Governance
The Cases of Zonal and Integrated
Management in International Law of the Sea
Yoshifumi Tanaka, University of Westminster, UK
The Ashgate International Law Series
A Dual Approach to Ocean Governance addresses
the validity and limits of the zonal and integrated
management approaches to ocean governance in
international law of the sea. This study will be of
particular value to those with an interest in international
law, environmental law and natural resources and
conservation.
January 2009
Hardback
310 pages
978-0-7546-7170-1 £65.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9026-9
Defining Civil and
The Jurisprudence of the
United Nations Human
Rights Committee: Second
Edition
Second Edition
Alex Conte and Richard
Burchill, University of Hull, UK
This book provides an
up-to-date, comprehensive analysis and commentary
on the decisions – technically known as views – of the
United Nations Human Rights Committee, for use by
human rights lawyers throughout the world.
March 2009 c. 368 pages
Paperback 978-0-7546-7656-0 c. £30.00
Hardback 978-0-7546-4927-4 c. £75.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9131-0 Aging is a public health priority that is becoming
Democracy in the Courts
Lay Participation in European
Criminal Justice Systems
Marijke Malsch, Netherlands Institute of the
Study of Crime and law Enforcement (NSCR),
The Netherlands
International and Comparative Criminal Justice
This work examines lay participation in the
administration of justice and how it reflects
certain democratic principles.
June 2009 c. 240 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7405-4 c. £55.00
Derrida and Law
Edited by Pierre Legrand, University of Paris
Panthéon - Sorbonne, France
Philosophers and Law
This volume gathers together sixteen seminal articles,
all written by leading scholars, which demonstrate the
influence of Derrida’s scholarship on the field of law.
The introduction addresses salient aspects of Jacques
Derrida’s engagement with law, and the extensive
bibliography of sources in English provides the reader
with a carefully selected list of more than one hundred
texts, all of which serve as introductory pathways to
Derrida’s philosophy and in particular to the interaction
between Derrida and law.
July 2009 c. 593 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2826-2 c. £145.00
Disclosure Dilemmas
Ethics of genetic prognosis after the ‘right to
know/not to know’ debate
Edited by Christoph Rehmann-Sutter, University of
Basel, Switzerland and Hansjakob Müller, University
of Basel, Switzerland
Medical Law and Ethics
This volume draws on an expanded field of bioethical,
sociological and anthropological research, to set a new
agenda for discussing the ethics of disclosing prognostic
genetic information.
August 2009 c. 304 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7451-1 c. £60.00
Diversity and Tolerance in
Socio-Legal Contexts
Explorations in the semiotics of law
Edited by Anne Wagner, Université du Littoral Côte
d’Opale, France and Vijay K. Bhatia, City University
of Hong Kong, Hong Kong
This book explores how the various disciplines of law
and linguistics can help us understand the nature of
‘Diversity and Tolerance’ – both oral and written – and
how it might be clarified to avoid fear, and conflicts.
It presents and examines recent research and theories
at national level and on the international scene.
February 2009 c. 256 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7386-6 c. £55.00
The Elderly
Legal and Ethical Issues in Healthcare Policy
Edited by Martin Lyon Levine, University of Southern
California, Los Angeles, USA
The International Library of Medicine, Ethics and Law
increasingly important in both developed and
less developed nations, with individual health care
providers and law-makers each facing a significant
number of difficult ethical and policy dilemmas. This
volume brings together the most significant published
essays in the field.
March 2009 c. 520 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2044-0 c. £130.00
Ethics, Law and Society
Volume IV
Edited by Jennifer Gunning, Søren Holm
and Ian Kenway, University of Cardiff, UK
Ethics, Law and Society: IV
This volume brings together selected papers
commissioned and published by the Cardiff Centre
for Ethics, Law & Society. It includes contributions from
a group of international experts along with a selection
of short opinion pieces written in response to specific
ethical issues.
March 2009 c. 400 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7646-1 c. £70.00
The European Social Model
and Transitional Labour Markets
Law and Policy
Edited by Ralf Rogowski, University of Warwick, UK
Studies in Modern Law and Policy
Bringing together theoretical, empirical and comparative
perspectives on the European Social Model (ESM) and
transitional labour market policy, this volume presents
country studies of labour market reforms in Europe
and discusses implications for social and employment
policies as well as mobility and security patterns
in Europe and beyond.
February 2009 c. 374 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4958-8 c. £65.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9244-7 administrative law, transgovernmentalism and public
Gender and Migration
in 21st Century Europe
Edited by Helen Stalford, Samantha Velluti and
Samantha Currie, University of Liverpool, UK
Law and Migration
This collection provides new interdisciplinary
and empirically-grounded insights into the
issues surrounding gender and migration into and
within Europe.
July 2009 c. 256 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7450-4 c. £55.00
The Globalization
of Corporate Governance
Assessing the Impact of Globalization
on Corporate Governance Systems
Alan Dignam, University of London, UK and Michael
Galanis, University of London, UK
This book assesses the impact of economic globalization
on the key corporate governance systems of UK, US,
Germany and Australia. The work examines the extent
to which insider systems are converging towards the
outsider system and whether in fact total convergence
is either desirable or possible.
July 2009 c. 400 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4625-9 c. £65.00
Group Rights
Edited by Peter Jones, University of Newcastle, UK
The International Library of Essays on Rights
This volume brings together twenty-four essays which
tackle a range of issues relating to group rights, such
as: should rights be ascribed to groups, whether
institutionalised groups or private associations?
Do group rights threaten the freedom and well-being
of individuals or complement them? Are group rights
human rights? This selection of classic journal articles
represents the most significant contemporary thinking
on group rights.
April 2009 c. 557 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2370-0 c. £140.00
Heaven Forbid
An International Legal Analysis
of Religious Discrimination
Anne-Marie Mooney Cotter, Social Security
Disability Law Firm, United States
This volume provides a detailed examination of the
relationship between religious issues and the law
at the international level.
May 2009 c. 320 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7385-9 c. £65.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9126-6 International and interdisciplinary in approach the
Human Rights and Corporations
Edited by David Kinley,
University of Sydney, Australia
The International Library of Essays on Rights
High-profile corporate infringements of human rights,
the rise and rise of corporate social responsibility
(CSR) and on-going efforts to regulate corporate
behaviour through legal regimes, at both domestic
and international levels, have spawned a mountain
of academic literature and commentary. This volume
assembles the leading essays from this body of work.
February 2009 560 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2742-5 £140.00
Indigenous Rights
Edited by Anthony J. Connolly, Australian National
University, Australia
The International Library of Essays on Rights
Throughout the world, indigenous rights have become
increasingly prominent and controversial. The recent
adoption by the United Nations General Assembly
of the Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples
is the latest in a series of significant developments
in the recognition of such rights across a range of
jurisdictions. The papers in this collection address
the most important philosophical and practical issues
informing the discussion of indigenous rights over the
past decade or so, at both the international and national
levels. Its contributing authors comprise some of the
most interesting and influential indigenous and non-
indigenous thinkers presently writing on the topic.
May 2009 c. 653 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2451-6 c. £150.00
The Integrity of the Judge
A Philosophical Inquiry
Jonathan Soeharno, Utrecht University, The
Netherlands
Law, Justice and Power
This book develops a comprehensive theory of judicial
integrity through comparisons of established and
developing democracies. A significant new work for
legal theorists and philosophers, as well as scholars of
legal and judicial ethics, The Integrity of the Judge offers
a much-needed examination of an under-discussed
concept.
May 2009 c. 160 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7409-2 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9124-2
Intellectual Property,
Medicine and Health
Current Debates
Johanna Gibson,
Queen Mary University of London, UK
Intellectual Property, Theory, Culture
Intellectual Property, Medicine and Health examines
critical issues and debates in current public health
practice and policy, including access to knowledge and
medicinal products, human rights and development,
innovations in life technologies and the possibility for
ethical frameworks for intellectual property law and its
application in public health.
February 2009 c. 208 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7218-0 c. £55.00
International Law, Volumes I and II
Edited by Malcolm Evans and Patrick Capps,
University of Bristol, UK
The International Library of Essays in Law and Legal
Theory (Second Series)
These companion volumes bring together key writings
which both illustrate and exemplify ideas that have
informed the historical development of the discipline
of international law. These include outlines of systems
of natural laws, positivist systems and the system
of ‘public’ international order; analysis of key areas
of substantive law: sources, personality and jurisdiction
and immunity; and consideration of the potential
futures of international law and the international legal
system from a variety of perspectives, including global
law conceptions of international order.
June 2009 c. 1200 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2736-4 c. £250.00
Islam in American Prisons
Black Muslim’s Challenge
to American Penology
Hamid Reza Kusha,
University of East Carolina, USA
A theoretical exploration, enhanced by criminal justice
data, of the long-term social and political effects of the
incarceration of young, urbanite and indigent African
American males in American prisons.
October 2009 c. 300 pages
Hardback 978-1-84014-722-3 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8865-5
Law and Agonistic Politics
Edited by Andrew Schaap, University of Exeter, UK
The Edinburgh Centre for Law and Society
Law and Agonistic Politics examines the relation
between law and politics in terms of a range of agonistic
theories, influenced by authors such as Arendt, Schmitt,
Nietzsche, Foucault, Ranciere, Lefort, Castoriadis and
Honneth. This thought provoking volume will be of
interest to students and researchers working in the areas
of legal and political theory and philosophy
March 2009 c. 256 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7314-9 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9120-4
Law and Recovery From Disaster
Hurricane Katrina
Edited by Robin Malloy, Syracuse University, USA
Law, Property and Society
Using Hurricane Katrina as a lens, this volume addresses
the problems of property in the aftermath of a major
disaster, covering important issues of interest to people
concerned about property law, public policy, disaster
preparedness, and community recovery. The essays
collected here will both illuminate what has gone wrong
in New Orleans and inform future policy discussions in
order to attempt to avoid such dire consequences
in the future.
March 2009 c. 192 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7500-6 c. £55.00
Law, Mind and Brain
Edited by Michael Freeman, University College
London, UK and Oliver R. Goodenough, Vermont
Law School, USA
Medical Law and Ethics
This edited collection brings together contributions
from experts working in criminal behaviour and justice.
authors are drawn from Law, Criminal Justice and
Medicine.
February 2009 c. 400 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7013-1 c. £65.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9264-5
Law & Legal Studies 23
Legal Ethics
Tim Dare, Auckland University, New Zealand
Applied Legal Philosophy
This volume examines `the standard conception’
of the lawyer’s role. In contrast to the current consensus,
the book argues that rather than abolition, a slightly
modified version is essentially the best way of
conceiving of the ethical obligations of lawyers.
July 2009 c. 208 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4900-7 c. £55.00
Legal Evidence and Proof
Statistics, Stories, Logic
Edited by Hendrik Kaptein, Leiden University,
Henry Prakken, Utrecht University and Bart Verheij,
University of Groningen, The Netherlands
Applied Legal Philosophy
This book provides clarification of problems of logic
and argumentation in relation to evidence and proof.
February 2009 c. 304 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7620-1 c. £55.00
Legal Practice and Cultural
Diversity
Edited by Prakash Shah, Queen Mary University,
UK, Roger Ballard,University of Manchester, UK,
Allesandro Ferrari,University of Milan, Italy, Ralph
Grillo, University of Sussex, UK, André Hoekema,
University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands
and Marcel Maussen, University of Amsterdam,
The Netherlands
This collection considers how contemporary cultural
and religious diversity challenges legal practice,
how legal practice responds to that challenge,
and how practice is changing in the encounter with
the cultural diversity occasioned by large-scale,
post-war immigration.
June 2009 c. 336 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7547-1 c. £60.00
The `Militant Democracy’ Principle
in Modern Democracies
Edited by Markus Thiel, Henrich-Heine-Universitat
Dusseldorf, Germany
This collection provides an up-to-date analysis of key
country approaches to Militant Democracy.
June 2009 c. 512 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7183-1 c. £65.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8847-1 and law.
Mountain Resorts
Ecology and the Law
Edited by Janet E. Milne, Vermont Law School, USA,
Julia LeMense and Ross A. Virginia
Ecology and Law in Modern Society
Mountains are the home of significant ecological
resources that are subject to visible and growing
pressures. Using as case studies four mountain resorts
in four ranges in the US and Canada, this
interdisciplinary book, written by ecologists and
lawyers, analyzes whether the law protects the
ecological systems of mountains from the adverse
impacts associated with resorts, and how it might better
recognize the value of the mountain ecosystem.
February 2009 320 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2315-1 c. £65.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8933-1
24 Law & Legal Studies
The New Europe
Rule of Law in Central and East
European States’
Agata Fijalkowski,, University of Lancaster, UK
`The New Europe’ considers the post-totalitarian legal
framework in today’s Europe. It argues that the study
of totalitarianism, and post-totalitarianism, continues
to be significant as ever, especially within a Europe
that is changing and questioning European identity
and values. It critically examines the role of judicial
officials and analyses the roles that judicial officials
and other key actors have set for themselves. It further
examines the components of the post-Communist legal
framework, symbolically and otherwise, focusing on
the common courts and prosecution, commonly known
as the prokuratura. The book argues, inter alia, that the
judiciary and prokuratura are important components in
creating the social understanding that underlies a new
regime committed to the rule of law.
June 2009 c. 288 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7338-5 c. £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9121-1
The Nexus of Law and Biology
New Ethical Challenges
Edited by Barbara Ann Hocking, Queensland
University of Technology, Australia
Law, Justice and Power
Studying the myriad ways in which law and biology
come together in many areas of contemporary life,
The Nexus of Law and Biology: New Ethical Challenges
explores the juridical uses of biological sciences to
illuminate key issues and contemporary intersections
serving as an invaluable reference.
February 2009 c. 224 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2380-9 c. £55.00
Permutations of Order
Religion and Law as Contested Sovereignties
Edited by Bertram Turner, Max Planck Institute for
Social Anthropology, Germany and Thomas Kirsch,
University of Halle-Wittenberg, Germany
Law, Justice and Power
Bringing together case studies from around the
world, this volume argues that elements of ‘legal’ and
‘religious’ acts of ordering are at times repositioned
within each realm and from one realm to the other,
resulting in categoric transpositions and new social
positionalities through which “the legal” and “the
religious” are blended. In so doing, it makes an
innovative and important contribution to current
discussions about the relationship between religion
June 2009 c. 272 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7259-3 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8938-6
Product Liability Law in Transition
A Central European Perspective
Magdalena Tulibacka, Oxford University, UK
Markets and the Law
This volume examines the evolution of Central European
product liability regimes, with particular reference to
the effect of the implementation of the Product Liability
Directive in the context of the recent enlargement of
the EU.
February 2009 c. 288 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4710-2 £65.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8925-6
Promoting Integrity
Evaluating and Improving Public Institutions
Edited by Brian W. Head, University of Queensland,
Australia, A.J. Brown and Carmel Connors, Griffith
University, Australia
Law, Ethics and Governance
Taking Australia as a case study that is relevant to
all countries where public integrity is an issue, this
collection reviews a variety of existing efforts to
understand, ‘map’ and evaluate the effectiveness
of integrity policies and institutions, not just in the
government sector but across all the major institutions
of modern society. It will be of interest to those in
governance, politics, law and public policy.
December 2008 358 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4986-1 £65.00
Regulatory Communities and the
Spaces of Online Censorship
Scott Beattie,
Victoria University Law School, Australia
This book compares the Australian solution to internet
regulation, a set of laws which have been criticised
as being both draconian and ineffectual, to major
regulatory systems in the UK and US and understanding
what drives them.
June 2009 c. 208 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7308-8 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8939-3
Rules of Law and Laws of Ruling
On The Governance of Law
Edited by Franz von Benda-Beckmann, Keebet von
Benda-Beckman, and Julie Eckert, Max Planck
Institute for Social Anthropology, Germany,
Law, Justice and Power
Offering an anthropological perspective on governance,
this book explores the changing relations between
law and governance, and examines how changes
in the structure of governance affect the relative social
significance of law within situations of legal pluralism.
The authors, who include many of the leading scholars
in the anthropology of law, study how law is used both
as a constitutive legitimation of governance and as the
medium through which governance processes take
place.
June 2009 c. 304 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7239-5 c. £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9132-7
Securities Markets
and Corporate Governance
A Chinese Experience
Yuwa Wei, Griffith University, Australia
This book explores the rationalities and functions
of securities markets and takeover activities. The study
focuses on the Chinese experience of utilizing the
securities market as an effective mechanism of corporate
control and analyses the future development of China’s
financial market in the era of economic globalisation.
December 2009 c. 240 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7177-0 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9130-3
A Social History of Company Law
Great Britain and the Australian
Colonies 1854-1920
Rob McQueen, Victoria University, Australia
The history of incorporations legislation and
its administration is intimately tied to changes in
social beliefs in respect to the role and purpose of the
corporation. By studying the evolution of the corporate
form in Britain and a number of its colonial possessions,
the book illuminates debates on key concepts including
the meanings of laissez faire, freedom of commerce,
the notion of corporate responsibility and the role of the
state in the regulation of business. In doing so, the book
advances our understanding of the shape, effectiveness
and deficiencies of modern regulatory regimes.
July 2009 c. 250 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2168-3 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9117-4
Social Work Ethics
Edited by Eileen Gambrill, University of California at
Berkeley, USA
The International Library of Essays in Public
and Professional Ethics
This collection of essays highlights ethical issues
in social work which are often overlooked as well
as recurring clashes that influence how they play
out, for example among different values and related
moral judgements. A wide range of ethical issues
are addressed such as the types of technologies
incorporated into social work; issues raised by the
common position of social workers as ‘double agents’
required to carry out state mandates while also
honoring obligations to clients; and issues concerning
the distribution of scarce resources. These topics are
integrally related to other often neglected concerns such
as harming in the name of helping; the ethics of claims
making regarding what is true and what is not, and
related concerns regarding empowerment and social
justice. This collection, which includes essays from an
array of professions and disciplines, is designed to bring
these neglected topics to the attention of readers and to
offer suggestions for addressing them in a manner that
is faithful to obligations described in social work codes
of ethics.
May 2009 c. 578 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2438-7 c. £125.00
Space Law
A Treatise
Frank Lyall, University
of Aberdeen, UK and
Paul Larsen, Georgetown
University Law Center, USA
Space law is an area of
International Law that has
developed massively in the last
fifty years. Francis Lyall, Emeritus
Professor of Public Law at the
University of Aberdeen, Scotland, and
Paul B. Larsen, Adjunct Professor at Georgetown Law
Center, Washington DC, and formerly lawyer for the
Office of the US Secretary of Transportation, have
been involved with it since their days at the Institute
of Air and Space Law, McGill University, Montreal, in
1963-4 and both teach Space Law at their respective
Universities.
This book gathers together their experience in readable
form, and, with an extensive citation of the literature of
space law, its discussion provides an excellent source
for both student and practitioner.
July 2009 c. 512 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4390-6 c. £65.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9242-3
Spatialising Law
An Anthropological Geography
of Law in Society
Edited by Franz von Benda-Beckmann, Max
Planck Institute for Social Anthropology, Germany,
Keebet von Benda-Beckmann, Erasmus University
Rotterdam, The Netherlands and Anne Griffiths,
School of Law, University of Edinburgh, UK
Law, Justice and Power
Exploring the interrelations between social spaces
and boundaries and physical space, Spatialising
Law examines how spaces are constructed on the
terrestrial and marine surface of the earth with legal
means in a rich variety of socio-political, legal and
ecological settings. Building upon theoretical and
methodological insights derived from geography,
sociology, anthropology and critical legal studies,
this volume represents a significant contribution to
the anthropological geography of law.
June 2009 c. 352 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7291-3 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9053-5 May 2009 c. 288 pages
Speaking for the Dead
The Human Body in Biology and Medicine
Second Edition
D. Gareth Jones and Maja I. Whitaker,
University of Otago, New Zealand
Medical Law and Ethics
Speaking for the Dead is an incisive examination
of the controversial issues surrounding the use of
human cadavers in scientific research. Fully revised
and updated to include recent developments in this
area, this new edition incorporates the repeated organ
scandals in the UK, body parts scandals in the
United States, and the abuses of bodies in China.
As many more techniques become available for the
manipulation of human cadavers, Gareth Jones’
clearly written and informative examination will
make a significant contribution to the ongoing debate
surrounding Bioethics
March 2009 c. 320 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7452-8 c. £65.00
State Agency and the Patenting
of Life in International Law
Missionaries in a Global Society
Bita Amani, Queen’s University, Canada
This volume develops a prescription for an appropriate
state response to competing international obligations
in relation to the patenting of life- one that fosters
democratic accountability, is responsive to the private
interests of citizens over corporations, and displays
a fundamental respect for sovereignty.
June 2009 c. 240 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7438-2 c. £55.00
Terrorism, War
and International Law
The Legality of the Use of Force Against
Afghanistan in 2001
Myra Williamson,
The University of Waikato, New Zealand
The Ashgate International Law Series
This book analyses the legality of the use of force by
the US, the UK and their NATO allies against
Afghanistan in 2001. It also examines the wider context,
including comparable Security Council resolutions in
historic situations as well as modern instances where
force has been used, such as against Iraq in 2003 and
against Lebanon in 2006. Aside from making the
case against the legality of the use of force, the book
addresses wider questions such as the meaning of
‘terrorism’ in international law, the changing nature
of conflict in the twenty-first century, the evolution of
limitations on the resort to force from antiquity through
to 2001, as well as the implications for the use of force
in the future.
Hardback 978-0-7546-7403-0 c. £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9425-0
Ubiquitous Law
Legal Theory and the Space
for Legal Pluralism
Emmanuel Melissaris,
London School of Economics, UK
Law, Justice and Power
Ubiquitous Law explores afresh the research programme
of legal theory as well as the question of the law.
First, it suggests a new methodology, which
abandons the expert’s perspective as well as the rigid
epistemological and normative assumptions burdening
most legal theories and is rather based on self-reflection
and mutual understanding and critique. Secondly,
it introduces a new sense of what may count as law--
a sense which will realize the pluralistic, critical and
emancipatory potential of the legal.
April 2009 c. 192 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2542-1 c. £55.00
The Yearbook of Consumer
Law 2009
Edited by Deborah Parry, Independent Consultant
on Consumer Law, UK, Annette Nordhausen,
University of Manchester, UK, Geraint Howells,
University of Manchester, UK and Christian Twigg-
Flesner, University of Hull, UK
Markets and the Law
The Yearbook of Consumer Law 2009 presents a
range of peer-reviewed scholarly articles, analytical
in approach and focusing on specific areas of consumer
law such as credit, consumer redress and the impact
of the European Union on consumer law. The book also
includes a section dedicated to significant developments
during the period covered, such as key legislative
developments and important court decisions.
December 2008 362 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7574-7 £95.00
Law & Legal Studies 25
Library & Information Management Literary Studies
Books, Buildings
and Social Engineering
Early Public Libraries in Britain from Past to
Present
Alistair Black, Leeds Metropolitan University, UK,
Simon Pepper, Liverpool University, UK and Kaye
Bagshaw, Liverpool University, UK
An important influence on the cultural and educational
life of the country, British public libraries began to be
supported by local taxation in 1850 but their buildings
now represent a difficult architectural problem for many
communities. Often regarded with strong affection,
and highly valued as local monuments, the buildings
are frequently outdated and difficult to adapt to current
needs. This important book offers a comprehensive
socio-archictectural history of public library buildings
from 1850 to 1939 and a key to understanding how best
to handle their future.
June 2009 c. 400 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7207-4 c. £65.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9091-7 Edited by Marilyn Deegan, King’s College London,
Disaster
Management in
Archives, Libraries
and Museums
Graham Matthews, University
of Loughborough, UK, Yvonne
Smith and Gemma Knowles
This important book assesses
the current state of disaster
management in archives, libraries
and museums in the UK and around the world, and
provides recommendations for addressing current and
future threats.
April 2009 c. 224 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7273-9 c. £55.00
Handbook of Library Training
Practice and Development
Volume Three
Edited by Alan Brine, De Montfort University, UK
The library profession is undergoing significant and
continuing change and this new handbook offers a
much-needed guide to best practice in library training.
The book addresses new aspects of service provision as
well as significant areas in which the library profession
is now involved. In addition it reviews developments
which are of increasing importance to librarians. The
concept of professional librarianship both here and
abroad is also considered as the role of the librarian
has changed, and promises to continue to do so in the
electronic age.
June 2009 c. 350 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7044-5 c. £65.00
Narrative-based Practice
Peter Brophy, Manchester Metropolitan University,
UK
In this important new book Peter Brophy introduces and
explains the concept of story-telling or narrative-based
practice in teaching, research, professional practice
and organisations.
February 2009 c. 208 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7159-6 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8072-7 frequency and keyword usage. Taken together, these
26 Library & Information Management
Renewing our Libraries
Case Studies in Re-planning
and Refurbishment
Edited by Michael Dewe
The drive to raise the profile, and modernise the
image of libraries has begun, but much still remains
to be done. The case-studies in this book, drawn from
the UK, Europe and the USA, explore the policies,
processes, design issues and problems faced by
librarians, architects and others seeking to refurbish and
improve the buildings successfully, and to raise their
standing and meaning in their communities.
January 2009 302 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7339-2 £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9093-1
Text Editing, Print
and the Digital World
UK and Kathryn Sutherland, University of Oxford,
UK
Digital Research in the Arts and Humanities
Digital developments have extended the range of text
objects we can reproduce and investigate critically.
Should all future texts be produced in digital or online
form, or does print, developed over five centuries, still
influence how we think about text in all its forms?
This important book discusses whether, and how,
existing paradigms for developing and using critical
editions are changing to to reflect the increased
commitment to, and assumed significance of, digital
tools and methodologies.
January 2009 224 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7307-1 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9092-4 The Art of Political Fiction in
Transferred Illusions
Digital Technology and the Forms of Print
Marilyn Deegan, King’s College London, UK and
Kathryn Sutherland, St Annes College, Oxford, UK
Despite the hype about the digital revolution, traditional
print forms are still very much with us. This timely book
offers a reconsideration of the many complex issues
surrounding the electronic representation of text now
and in the future.
March 2009 c. 256 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7016-2 c. £55.00
What’s in a word-list?
Investigating word frequency
and keyword extraction
Edited by Dawn Archer, University of Central
Lancashire, UK
Digital Research in the Arts and Humanities
The frequency with which particular words are used in
a text can tell us something meaningful both about that
text and also about its author because their choice of
words is seldom random. Focusing on the most frequent
lexical items of a number of generated word frequency
lists can help us to determine whether all the texts are
written by the same author. Alternatively, they might
wish to determine whether the most frequent words of
a given text (captured by its word frequency list) are
suggestive of potentially meaningful patterns that could
have been overlooked had the text been read manually.
This edited collection brings together cutting-edge
research written by leading experts on the field on
the construction of word-lists for the analysis of both
papers provide a comprehensive and up-to-date survey
of the most exciting research being conducted in this
subject.
February 2009 c. 176 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7240-1 c. £45.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8065-9
Abstractions of Evidence in the
Study of Manuscripts and Early
Printed Books
Joseph A. Dane, University of Southern California,
USA
In this book, Joseph Dane critiques the use of material
evidence in studies of manuscript and printed books by
delving into accepted notions about the study of print
culture. He questions the institutional and ideological
presuppositions that govern medieval studies,
descriptive bibliography, and library science. This
volume is an important contribution to debates about
the nature of bibliography and the critical institutions
that have shaped its current practice.
February 2009 200 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6501-4 £55.00
Anna Seward: A Constructed Life
A Critical Biography
Teresa Barnard, University of Derby - Buxton, UK
Examining the unpublished letters and manuscripts
of the poet Anna Seward (1742-1809), Teresa Barnard
provides a fresh perspective on her life and historical
milieu that restores and problematizes Seward’s
carefully constructed narrative of her life. Barnard’s
biography of Seward not only challenges what is known
about Seward, but provides new information about the
lives and times of eighteenth-century writers.
September 2009 c. 226 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6616-5 c. £50.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9346-8
Hamilton, Edgeworth, and
Owenson
Susan Egenolf, Texas A&M University, College
Station, USA
Susan Egenolf’s study, informed by visual culture
and a wide range of archival texts, offers a new
interdisciplinary reading of gendered and political
responses to such key events in the history of
Romanticism as the 1798 Irish Rebellion. She examines
the artistry and political engagement of Elizabeth
Hamilton, Maria Edgeworth, and Sydney Owenson,
whose self-conscious use of glosses facilitated their
critiques of politics and society and simultaneously
revealed the process of fictional structuring.
March 2009 c. 226 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6203-7 c. £55.00
J.G. Ballard’s Surrealist
Imagination
Spectacular Authorship
Jeannette Baxter, Anglia Ruskin University UK
Making the case that J. G. Ballard’s fiction must be
read within the framework of Surrealism, Jeannette
Baxter argues for a radical revisioning of Ballard that
takes account of the political and ethical dimensions of
his work. A very different portrait of Ballard emerges,
one that has implications for our understanding of
post-war history and culture, the role of the reader and
the function of the written text within a predominantly
visual culture.
March 2009 c. 226 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6267-9 c. £55.00
Literary Studies
Biblical Scholarship, Science and
Politics in Early Modern England
Thomas Browne and the Thorny Place of
Knowledge
Kevin Killeen, University of York, UK
Literary and Scientific Cultures of Early Modernity
Kevin Killeen addresses one of the most enigmatic of
seventeenth century writers, Thomas Browne (1605-
1682), whose voracious intellectual pursuits provide an
unparalleled insight into how early modern scholarly
culture understood the relations of science, politics
and religion. The book centres on a reassessment of
Browne’s most elaborate text, Pseudodoxia Epidemica,
his vast encyclopaedia of error and through this explores
the multivalent nature of early-modern enquiry.
June 2009 c. 256 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5730-9 c. £55.00
A Bibliographical Catalogue of
Italian Books Printed in England
1558–1603
Compiled by Soko Tomita, Takushoku University,
Japan
Anglo-Italian Renaissance Studies
Through entries on 291 Italian books (451 editions)
published in England during the reign of Queen
Elizabeth I, this catalogue provides a foundation for
new work on Anglo-Italian relations in Elizabethan
literature. Presenting the information in an organized
and uncluttered manner, including bibliographical
descriptions, tables, graphs, images, and two indices
(general and title), this catalogue updates Mary Augusta
Scott’s 1916 Elizabethan Translations from the Italian,
adding 59 new books and eliminating 23.
March 2009 620 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6373-7 £65.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8359-9 Monica Flegel, Lakehead University, Canada
The Birth of Mankind
Otherwise Named, The Woman’s Book
Edited by Elaine Hobby, Loughborough University,
UK
Literary and Scientific Cultures of Early Modernity
Between 1540 and 1654, The Byrth of Mankynde was
a huge commercial success. Offering information
on fertility, pregnancy, birth, and infant care, and
written in a chatty, colloquial style, it influenced most
other literary works of the period bearing on sex,
reproduction, and childcare. Until now, this important
work has been unavailable except for a microfilm of
the 1654 edition. For this new annotated edition of
the 1560 version, Elaine Hobby has modernized the
spelling and included informative notes. In her critical
introduction, she not only traces the development of the
book from its German origins but also shows how early-
modern ideas about the reproductive process combined
ancient, medieval, and contemporary ideas. Combining
editorial rigor with an eye towards the needs of the
informed non-specialist, Hobby has made available
a text that will be useful to scholars and students in
a range of academic disciplines, including literature,
history, and women’s and gender studies.
March 2009 c. 240 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-3818-6 c. £55.00
The Catholic Imaginary and the
Cults of Elizabeth, 1558–1582
Stephen Hamrick, Minnesota State University-
Moorhead, USA
The Catholic Imaginary and the Cults of Elizabeth, 1558-
1582 provides a detailed analysis of how previously
understudied Tudor poets-Barnabe Googe, George
Gascoigne, and Thomas Watson-incorporated images of
Catholic practice within Reformation Petrachanism for
the celebration and containment of Elizabeth Tudor and
other Court patrons.
February 2009 240 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6588-5 £55.00
Chiastic Designs in English
Literature from Sidney to
Shakespeare
William E. Engel, The University of the South, USA
Paying special attention to Sidney’s Arcadia, Spenser’s
Faerie Queene, and Shakespeare’s romances, this
study engages in sustained examination of chiasmus in
early modern English literature. The author’s approach
leads to the recovery of hidden designs which are
shown to animate important works of literature; along
the way Engel offers fresh and more comprehensive
interpretations of seemingly shopworn conventions such
as memento mori conceits, echo poems, and the staging
of deus ex machina.
June 2009 c. 165 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6636-3 c. £50.00
Conceptualizing Cruelty to Children
in Nineteenth-Century England
Literature, Representation, and the NSPCC
Ashgate Studies in Childhood, 1700 to the Present
Considering a wide range of texts by authors such as
Locke, Rousseau, Caroline Norton, Henry Mayhew,
Frances Trollope, and Charles Dickens, Monica Flegel
provides an interpretive framework for understanding
the formation of child cruelty popularized by the
National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to
Children. The emergence of the NSPCC, Flegel
argues, had material effects on the lives of children,
and profound implications for the role of class in
representations of suffering and abused children.
July 2009 c. 236 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6456-7 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9311-6 middlemen, merchants, missionaries, and other agents,
Dances with Darwin, 1875–1910
Vernacular Modernity in France
Rae Beth Gordon, The University of Connecticut,
USA
Examining the influence of Darwin’s evolutionary theory
on French thought, Rae Beth Gordon weaves the history
of medical science, ethnology, and popular culture into
an exploration of the cultural implications of gesture
in dance performances in Parisian café-concerts and
music-halls. She illuminates the blurring of racial lines
in the representations of the primitive and of nervous
pathology that informed dances like the Cake-Walk.
These dances with Darwin, she contends, constituted an
aesthetic of disorder long before Dada and Surrealism.
January 2009 330 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5243-4 £60.00
Early Modern Academic Drama
Edited by Jonathan Walker, Portland State
University, USA and Paul D. Streufert, University of
Texas at Tyler, USA
Studies in Performance and Early Modern Drama
Contributors to this collection argue for the importance
of academic drama as a site of cultural production in
England from 1500 to 1700. They explore how these
plays address various aspects of culture, including
the relationship between the academy and the
state, the tensions between humanism and religious
reform, the social profits and economic liabilities of
formal education, and the increasing involvement of
universities in the commercial market, among other
issues.
January 2009 222 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6464-2 £55.00
Educating the Child in
Enlightenment Britain
Beliefs, Cultures, Practices
Edited by Mary Hilton, Cambridge University, UK
and Jill Shefrin, University of Toronto, Canada
Ashgate Studies in Childhood, 1700 to the Present
Posing a challenge to more traditional approaches to
the history of education, this interdisciplinary collection
examine the complex web of beliefs and methods
by which culture was transmitted to young people in
eighteenth-century Britain. Contributors cast a wide net
to uncover the rich variety of educational activities, the
multitude of cultural and social contexts in which young
people were educated, and the extent of the differences
between principle and practice throughout the period.
March 2009 c. 250 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6460-4 c. £55.00
Emissaries in Early Modern
Literature and Culture
Mediation, Transmission, Traffic, 1550–1700
Edited by Brinda Charry, Keene State College,
USA and Gitanjali Shahani San Francisco State
University, USA
Transculturalisms, 1400-1700
With its focus on early modern emissaries and their role
in England’s expansionary ventures and cross-cultural
encounters across the globe, this collection takes up the
literary and cultural productions and representations
of ambassadors, factors, traders, translators, spies,
who served as complex conduits for the global transport
of goods, religious ideologies, and socio-cultural
practices throughout the early modern period.
February 2009 278 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6207-5 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8242-4
English Printing, Verse Translation,
and the Battle of the Sexes,
1476-1557
Anne E.B. Coldiron, Florida State University, USA
Women and Gender in the Early Modern World
Bringing to light new material about early print,
early modern gender discourses, and cultural contact
between France and England in the period, this book
focuses on a dozen or so of the many early Renaissance
verse translations about women, marriage, sex, and
gender relations. A series of appendices presents the
author’s transcriptions of the texts that are otherwise
inaccessible.
March 2009 280 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5608-1 £55.00
Literary Studies 27
Enlightening Romanticism,
Romancing the Enlightenment
British Novels from 1750 to 1832
Edited by Miriam L. Wallace, New College of Florida,
USA
In this innovative volume, scholars who typically write
under the rubric of either the long eighteenth century or
Romanticism examine novels claimed by both scholarly
periods. Rather than simply opposing an Enlightenment
of rationality, propriety, and progress to a Romantic
Period of inspiration, heroic individualism, and sublime
emotionality, these essays reveal a productive tension,
challenging traditional definitions of ‘Enlightenment’
and ‘Romantic.’ Patricia Meyer Spacks and Stephen C.
Behrendt respond, situating the essays and the stakes.
July 2009 c. 250 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6243-3 c. £55.00
Improper Modernism
Djuna Barnes’s Bewildering Corpus
Daniela Caselli, University of Manchester, UK
Daniela Caselli raises timely questions about Djuna
Barnes, biography and feminist criticism, identity and
authority, and modernist canon formation and tackles a
central issue in Barnes: intertextuality. Caselli shows that
throughout Barnes’s corpus, the repetition of texts, by
other authors (from Blake to Middleton) and by Barnes
herself, forces us to rethink the relationship between
authority and gender in modernism.
April 2009 c. 342 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5200-7 c. £60.00
Irishness and Womanhood in
Nineteenth-Century British Writing
Thomas Tracy, Grambling State University, USA
Using Lady Morgan’s The Wild Irish Girl as his point
of departure, Thomas J. Tracy argues that nineteenth-
century debates over what constitutes British national
identity often revolved around representations of
Irishness, especially Irish womanhood. He maps the
genealogy of this development in fiction, political
discourse, and the popular press, from Edgeworth’s
Castle Rackrent through Trollope’s Irish novels, focusing
on the pivotal period from 1806 through the 1870s.
May 2009 c. 200 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6448-2 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9306-2 in a narrative which establishes the broader context for
Jane Austen’s Narrative Techniques
A Stylistic and Pragmatic Analysis
Massimiliano Morini, University of Udine, Italy
Examining a wide range of Austen texts, from her
unpublished works through masterpieces like Mansfield
Park and Emma, Morini combines linguistic theory,
especially pragmatics, with literary interpretation and
appreciation to trace the creation and development of
Austen’s narrative techniques. He discusses familiar
Austen themes, shedding fresh light on the question of
point of view in Austen and on Austen’s much-admired
brilliance in creating lively and plausible dialogue.
June 2009 c.188 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6607-3 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9313-0
28 Literary Studies
John Clare’s Religion
Sarah Houghton-Walker, Gonville and Caius
College, University of Cambridge, UK
The Nineteenth Century Series
Addressing a neglected aspect of John Clare’s history,
Sarah Houghton-Walker engages with Clare’s poetry
within the context of his faith and the religious milieu
in which he lived. Her book engages not only with the
facts of Clare’s more traditional religious habits but also
with the ways in which he was literally inspired and
how that inspiration is connected to his vision of the
natural, to his intimations of divinity, and thus to his
poetry.
March 2009 c. 276 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6514-4 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9290-4
Joseph Conrad and the
Performing Arts
Edited by Katherine Isobel Baxter, University of
Hong Kong, China, and Richard J. Hand, University
of Glamorgan, UK
Offering an exciting forum for one of the most
interesting and nascent areas of Conrad studies, this
collection examines major and neglected works
within the context of the performing arts, including
popular theatrical traditions, early cinema, shadow
plays, Shakespeare, and opera. Taken together, the
essays provide, through solid scholarship and richly
provocative speculation, new insight into Conrad’s
oeuvre, and invite future dialogue in the burgeoning
field of Conrad and the performing arts.
February 2009 174 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6490-1 £55.00
Literature and the Scottish
Reformation
Edited by Crawford Gribben, Trinity College Dublin,
Ireland; and David George Mullan, Cape Breton
University, Canada
St Andrews Studies in Reformation History
Literature and the Scottish Reformation offers a full-scale
reconsideration of the series of relationships between
literature and Reformation in early modern Scotland.
Previous scholarship in this area has tended to dismiss
the literary value of the writing of the period - largely
as a reaction to its regular theological interests. Instead
the essays in this volume reinforce recent work that
challenges the received scholarly consensus by taking
these interests seriously, and argues for the importance
of this religiously orientated writing through the
adoption of a series of interdisciplinary approaches.
May 2009 c. 280 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6715-5 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9332-1
Locating the Queen’s Men,
1583–1603
Material Practices and Conditions of Playing
Edited by Helen Ostovich, McMaster University,
Canada, Holger Schott Syme, University of Toronto,
Canada and Andrew Griffin, McMaster University,
Canada.
Studies in Performance and Early Modern Drama
Locating the Queen’s Men presents new and
groundbreaking essays on the theatrical and economic
contexts of this prominent acting company. Offering a
detailed critical engagement that includes a repertory
study and investigations into distinctive style, this
collection revises standard accounts of Elizabethan
theatre history, showing that the company, which
bridged a gap between medieval dramatic traditions and
the era of Shakespeare and Marlowe, was a vital force in
early modern England.
June 2009 c. 250 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6661-5 c. £55.00
Narrating the Visual
in Shakespeare
Richard Meek, University of York, UK
This book examines Shakespeare’s fascination with
the art of narrative and the visuality of language.
Richard Meek argues that Shakespeare does not simply
prioritise drama over other forms of representation.
Rather, Shakespeare repeatedly exploits the interplay
between different types of mimesis - narrative, dramatic
and pictorial - in order to beguile his audiences and
readers. The book suggests ways in which Shakespeare’s
works themselves debate the question of text versus
performance.
July 2009 c. 250 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5775-0 c. £55.00
Negotiating Shakespeare’s
Language in Romeo and Juliet
Reading Strategies from Criticism, Editing
and the Theatre
Lynette Hunter and Peter Lichtenfels, University of
California-Davis, USA
Studies in Performance and Early Modern Drama
Through exciting and unconventional approaches,
including critical/historical, printing/publishing and
performance studies, this study mines Shakespeare’s
Romeo and Juliet to produce new insights into the early
modern family and the individual, and society in the
context of early modern capitalism. Inspired by recent
work in cultural materialism and the material book, it
also foregrounds the ways in which the contexts and the
text itself become available to the reader today.
May 2009 c. 250 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5844-3 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8112-0
Of Books and Botany in Early
Modern England
Sixteenth-Century Plants and Print Culture
Leah Knight, Brock University, Canada
Literary and Scientific Cultures of Early Modernity
Leah Knight argues that the early modern cultures and
cultivation of plants and books depended on each
other in historically specific ways. Knight’s in-depth
readings of sixteenth-century herbals are incorporated
the interpenetration of plants and writing in the period’s
cultural practices to illuminate a complex interplay
between materials and discourses rarely considered in
tandem today.
March 2009 c. 170 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6586-1 c. £50.00
Persephone Rises, 1860–1927
Mythography, Gender, and the Creation of a
New Spirituality
Margot K. Louis, University of Victoria, Canada
In the first comprehensive survey of the Persephone
myth in English and American literature of the
nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, Margot
Louis explores the rapid evolution of the goddess from
decorative metaphor to the embodiment of a new
spirituality. Louis traces Persephone’s progress from her
origin in ancient myth through poetry and prose of the
Romantic, Victorian, and Modernist periods, uncovering
how deeply the study of ancient spirituality is entwined
with controversies about gender, values, and religion.
April 2009 c. 180 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6455-0 c. £55.00
The Politics of Gender in Anthony
Trollope’s Novels
New Readings for the Twenty-First Century
Edited by Margaret Markwick, Exeter University,
UK , Deborah Denenholz Morse, College of William
and Mary, USA and Regenia Gagnier, University of
Exeter, UK
The Nineteenth Century Series
Bringing together established critics and exciting
new voices, this collection offers readings of Trollope
that recognize and repay his importance as source
material for scholars working in diverse fields of
literary and cultural studies. Drawing on work from
economics, colonialism and ethnicity, gender studies,
new historicism, liberalism, legal studies, and politics,
the contributors make a convincing case for Trollope’s
writings as a vehicle for the theoretical explorations of
Victorian culture that currently predominate.
March 2009 c. 250 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6389-8 c. £55.00
Prose Poems of the French
Enlightenment
Delimiting Genre
Fabienne Moore, University of Oregon, USA
Tracing the prehistory of the French prose poem,
Fabienne Moore demonstrates that the genre emerges
nearly a century before it is generally supposed to have
existed. Moore links the development of this new genre
with the period’s thinking about language and poetic
invention, as she argues that scientific, philosophical,
and socioeconomic upheavals prompted a paradoxical
return during the Enlightenment to sources such as
Homer, the pastoral, Ossian, the Bible, and primitive
eloquence.
June 2009 c. 276 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6318-8 c. £55.00
Re-Covering Modernism
Pulps, Paperbacks, and the Prejudice of Form
David M. Earle, University of West Florida, USA
That modernist literature was not the exclusive purview
of a cultural elite but was available to a mass public
via popular magazines and pulp paperbacks, is the
subject of David M. Earle’s nuanced exploration of
the publishing and marketing of modernism. Richly
illustrated and accessibly written, Earle’s study shows
that modernism emerged in a publishing ecosystem that
was richer and more complex than has been previously
documented.
May 2009 c. 246 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6154-2 c. £55.00
Reason and Religion in Clarissa
Samuel Richardson and ‘The Famous Mr.
Norris, of Bemerton’
E. Derek Taylor, Longwood University, USA
Departing from traditional Lockean readings of Clarissa,
E. Derek Taylor offers a new interpretation informed by
the writings of Locke’s first critic, John Norris. Alluded
to throughout Richardson’s novel, Norris’s philosophical
and religious ideas provide the rhetorical grounding for
Clarissa, while the arguments on behalf of women by
early feminists like Mary Astell (an intellectual ally of
Norris) supply the combination of progressive feminism
and conservative theology that animate the text.
March 2009 c. 220 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6531-1 c. £55.00
Revolutions in Taste 1773–1818
Women Writers and the Aesthetics of
Romanticism
Fiona Price, University College Chichester, UK
In her wide-ranging study of women’s prose writing
during the Romantic period, Fiona Price shows that
Joanna Baillie, Anna Letitia Barbauld, Frances Burney,
and many others not only shaped and informed
the aesthetics of Romanticism but did so by using
undervalued genres such as the romance and gothic
novel. Price’s reassessment of their significance, both
aesthetic and political, advances our understanding of
nationhood and aesthetics during the Romantic period.
May 2009 c.226 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6026-2 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9389-5
Robert Louis Stevenson in the
Pacific
Travel, Empire, and the Author’s Profession
Roslyn Jolly, University of New South Wales,
Australia
Roslyn Jolly examines a crucial period (1887-1894) in
Stevenson’s life, focusing on the self-transformation
wrought in his Pacific travel-writing and political texts.
As his geographical and cultural horizons expanded,
Stevenson’s professional sphere also enlarged. A key
feature of the study is Jolly’s analysis of the resistance of
Victorian readers, not only to the Pacific subject matter
of Stevenson’s later works, but also to his experiments
with new styles and genres.
April 2009 c. 190 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6195-5 c. £50.00
Romantic Autobiography in
England
Edited by Eugene Stelzig, State University of New
York,Geneseo, USA
The Nineteenth Century Series
Taking into account the popularity and variety of the
genre, this collaborative volume considers a wide
range of English Romantic autobiographical writers
and modes, including working-class autobiography, the
familiar essay, and the staged presence. Major writers
such as William Wordsworth, De Quincey, and Mary
Shelley, and recent additions to the canon such as Mary
Robinson, Dorothy Wordsworth, and Mary Hays are
treated in this exploratory mapping of the field.
May 2009 c. 236 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6366-9 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9396-3 of Scots, 1560–1690
The Romantic Legacy of
Paradise Lost
Reading against the Grain
Jonathon Shears, University of Aberystwyth, UK
The Nineteenth Century Series
The Romantic Legacy of Paradise Lost offers a new
critical insight into the relationship between Milton
and the Romantic poets. Shears devotes a chapter
to each of the six major Romantics, contextualizing
their ‘misreadings’ of Milton’s Paradise Lost within a
range of historical, aesthetic, and theoretical contexts.
Shears argues that the Romantic inclination towards
fragmentation and a polysemous aesthetic leads to
disrupted readings of Paradise Lost that obscure the
theme, or warp the ‘grain’, of the poem.
May 2009 c. 250 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6253-2 c. £55.00
Shakespeare and the Culture
of Paradox
Peter G. Platt, Barnard College, USA
Studies in Performance and Early Modern Drama
Peter Platt here examines Renaissance culture through
the lens of paradox. Specifically, he analyzes paradoxes
surrounding geography, equity law, and the acting in
and witnessing of the Elizabethan-Jacobean theater
itself. In showing that Shakespeare’s plays create and
are created by a culture of paradox, Platt offers an
exciting and innovative investigation of Shakespeare’s
cognitive and affective power over his audience.
February 2009 262 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6551-9 £55.00
Spatial Politics in the Postcolonial
Novel
Sara Upstone, Kingston University, UK
In her innovative study of spatial locations in
postcolonial texts, Sara Upstone adopts a transnational
approach, focusing on the major texts of Wilson Harris,
Toni Morrison, and Salmon Rushdie with reference to
other postcolonial authors. Challenging the privileging
of the nation, Upstone shows that spatial locales such
as the journey, city, home, and body enable personal
or communal statements of resistance against colonial
prejudice and its neo-colonial legacies.
July 2009 c. 250 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6552-6 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9312-3
The Style of the State in French
Theater, 1630–1660
Neoclassicism and Government
Katherine Ibbett, The University of Michigan, USA
Engaging with recent thinking about performance,
political theory and canon formation, this study
explores the significance of the formal changes in
seventeenth-century French theater. The author shows
how the conceptualization of these shifts appropriates
a rich body of Italian writing on questions of action,
temporality and law, and in a series of new readings
challenges a literary history that has read neoclassicism
largely as a display of pure French style.
April 2009 c. 200 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6566-3 c. £55.00
The Tragic Histories of Mary Queen
Rhetoric, Passions and Political Literature
John D. Staines, John Jay College of Criminal
Justice, The City University of New York, USA
Charting developments in public rhetoric and political
writing from the Elizabethan period through the
Restoration, John Staines here explores the political
consequences of the emotions generated by the image
of Mary Queen of Scots, tragic woman and queen.
This study identifies two basic literary traditions of her
tragedy: one conservative, sentimental, and royalist, the
other radical, skeptical, and republican.
May 2009 c. 270 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6611-0 c. £55.00
Literary Studies 29

The Unfamiliar Shelley
Edited by Alan M. Weinberg, University of South
Africa, RSA and Timothy Webb, University of Bristol,
UK
The Nineteenth Century Series
An outstanding group of international Shelley scholars
takes full advantage of new editions and the evidence
of notebooks, paying particular attention to texts that
have been neglected or underestimated. Revaluations
of the verse letter, plays, satire, pamphlets, prose essays,
political verse, romance, prefaces, translations, art
representations, fragments and early writings show how
Victorian taste and culture harmed Shelley’s reputation.
The collection is sure to inspire future reappraisals of
Shelley’s work.
March 2009 390pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6390-4 £60.00
The Unsung Artistry of
George Orwell
The Novels from Burmese Days to Nineteen
Eighty-Four
Loraine Saunders, Liverpool Hope University, UK
In a timely and radically new reappraisal of George
Orwell’s fiction, Loraine Saunders reads Orwell’s
novels as tales of successful emancipation rather than
as fables of failure. Contending that Orwell’s artistic
achievements have been unjustly overlooked, Saunders
brings needed attention to neglected novels such as
A Clergyman’s Daughter and Keep the Aspidistra Flying
and offers fresh readings of Animal Farm and Nineteen
Eighty-Four.
May 2008 170 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6440-6 £50.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9019-1
Women, Imagination and the
Search for Truth in Early Modern
France
Rebecca M. Wilkin, Pacific Lutheran University,
USA
Women and Gender in the Early Modern World
Grounded in medical, juridical, and philosophical
texts (both Latin and French) of early modern France,
this innovative study tells the story of how the idea
of woman contributed to the emergence of modern
science. Rebecca Wilkin re-visits and revises deeply
held notions about the place of women in the search for
truth, their role in the development of rational thought,
and the way early modern intellectuals dealt with the
emergence of an influential female public.
November 2008 264 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6138-2 £55.00
Women’s Diaries as Narrative in the
Nineteenth-Century Novel
Catherine Delafield, University of Leicester, UK
The Nineteenth Century Series
Using private diary writing as her model, Catherine
Delafield investigates the cultural significance of
nineteenth-century women’s writing and reading
practices. Examining historical and fictional diaries
by authors such as Frances Burney, Elizabeth Gaskell,
Anne Brontë, Wilkie Collins and Bram Stoker, Delafield
reveals the ideological discrepancy between the private
diary and its performance in the role of narrator, offering
fresh insights into domesticity, authorship, and the diary
as a feminine form and model for narrative.
August 2009 c. 250 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6517-5 c. £50.00
30 Literary Studies
Women’s Wealth and Women’s
Writing in Early Modern England
‘Little Legacies’ and the Materials of
Motherhood
Elizabeth Mazzola, City College of the City University
of New York, USA
Women and Gender in the Early Modern World
Focusing on both literary and material networks, this
book examines the nature of women’s wealth in early
modern England, as well as the ways that women’s
writing sought to manage and transmit this wealth.
If material goods like jewels and cloth could
substantiate powerful ties between mothers and
daughters, Mazzola argues that literary artifacts like
diaries, prayers and poetry similarly described and
supported their ties.
April 2009 c. 130 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6663-9 c. £50.00
The Working–Class Intellectual
in Eighteenth- and Nineteenth-
Century Britain
Edited by Aruna Krishnamurthy, Fitchburg State
College, USA
This collection of essays contributes to scholarship on
the emergence of the working classes, by filtering the
formation of working-class identity through the rise of
the ‘working-class intellectual,’ a unique cultural figure
at the crossroads of two disparate worlds. The essays
cover a range of familiar and unfamiliar figures from the
1730s to the 1850s, shedding light on key moments of
working-class self-expression.
May 2009 c. 276 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6504-5 c. £55.00
The Writings of Hesba Stretton
Reclaiming the Outcast
Elaine Lomax, De Montfort University, Bedford, UK
Ashgate Studies in Childhood, 1700 to the Present
Highly respected as a writer by her contemporaries,
Hesba Stretton (1832-1911) was a vigorous campaigner
for the rights of oppressed minorities and a founding
member of the London Society for the Prevention
of Cruelty to Children. Mining nineteenth-century
periodicals and archival materials, Elaine Lomax
explores the intersection of cultural and literary
representations of the child with wider images of the
colonised or excluded, and advances our understanding
of the development of juvenile literature and women’s
writing.
April 2009 c. 250 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5576-3 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9307-9
Music
As Heard on TV:
Popular Music in
Advertising
Bethany Klein, University
of Leeds, UK
Ashgate Popular and Folk
Music Series
Television commercials are
now a standard environment
through which we experience
popular music. The use of popular music in advertising
remains a practice that continues to prompt strong
and varied responses from media commentators and
music fans. This continuing debate is evidence that
the commercialization of the popular arts comes
inbuilt not only with advantages but also with strain.
As Heard on TV explores the gap between the limited
academic research conducted on this subject and the
countless popular assessments insisting on the cultural
significance of the practice.
April 2009
Hardback
c. 205 pages
978-0-7546-6665-3 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9334-5
B-Sides, Undercurrents and
Overtones: Peripheries to Popular
in Music, 1960 to the Present
George Plasketes, Auburn University, USA
Ashgate Popular and Folk Music Series
There are undercurrents and peripheral taste preferences
that are a defining part of our individual and collective
cultural experience. Music is no exception. Professor
George Plasketes adapts the iconic ‘A-side/B-side’
dichotomy from the 45 r.p.m. for use as a unique
conceptual, critical, historical, and cultural framework
for exploring and threading together a variety of popular
music and media texts. The profiles and perspectives
focus on the peripheries; on texts which might be
considered ‘B-sides’ – overlooked, underappreciated,
and unsung cases, creators, patterns and productions
that have unassumingly, but significantly, marked
popular culture, music and media during the past 40
years. These B-sides represent undercurrents, but they
resonate as overtones in the mainstream of music and
culture, many as historical hinges. They constitute
an important connect-the-dots cultural chronicle with
a multi-layered context for interpreting the interrelations
between creators and institutions, the music market
place, the production of culture and important
connections between the peripheral and the popular.
April 2009 c. 230 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6561-8 c. £50.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9382-6
The British Pop Dandy
Male Identity, Music and Culture
Stan Hawkins, University of Oslo, Norway
Ashgate Popular and Folk Music Series
Who are pop dandies? Why are stars like David Bowie,
Jarvis Cocker and Robbie Williams so dandified? Taking
up a range of British pop stars, Hawkins seeks to find
out why so many British pop stars have cast themselves
in roles that often take style to absurd extremes. In this
study, male pop artists are mapped against a cultural
and historical background through a genealogy of
British personalities, such as Oscar Wilde, W.H. Auden,
Bernard Shaw, Noël Coward, Derek Jarmen, David
Beckham and countless others. A critical analysis
of issues and approaches to musical performance
through masculinity becomes the focal point of this
fascinating study.
March 2009 c. 250 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5858-0 c. £55.00
Music
Ars antiqua
Organum, Conductus, Motet
Edited by Edward Roesner, New York University,
USA
Music in Medieval Europe
The ars antiqua began to be mentioned in writings about
music in the early decades of the fourteenth century,
where it was cited along with references to a more
modern ‘art’, an ars nova. The essays in this collection
address the broad range of issues regarding ars antiqua
polyphony: the nature and definition of genre; the
evolution of the polyphonic idiom; the workings of
the creative process including the role of oral process
and notation and the continuum between these
extremes; questions about how this music was used
and understood; and of how it fits into the intellectual
life of the twelfth and thirteenth centuries.
May 2009 c. 550 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2666-4 £85.00
Ars nova
French and Italian Music
in the Fourteenth Century
Edited by John L. Nádas, University of North
Carolina at Chapel Hill, USA and Michael Scott
Cuthbert, Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
USA
Music in Medieval Europe
This collection of 27 articles brings together scholarship
that reflects a broad methodological and chronological
span of analysis of the ars nova, the polyphonic tradition
which blossomed in France and Italy in the fourteenth
century.
May 2009 c. 564 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2708-1 £85.00
Chant and its Origins
Edited by Thomas Forrest Kelly, Harvard University,
USA
Music in Medieval Europe
Plainchant is the music that underpins essentially all
other music of the middle ages (and far beyond), and
is the music that is most abundantly preserved.
It is a subject that has engaged a great deal of debate
in the last fifty years and the complex issues that have
arisen in the course of this research form the basis of this
collection of articles.
May 2009 c. 513 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2632-9 £85.00
Embellishing the Liturgy
Tropes and Polyphony
Edited by Alejandro Planchart, University of
California at Santa Barbara, USA
Music in Medieval Europe
The tropes, together with the sequences, represent
the main creative activity of European musicians
in the 9th, 10th, and 11th centuries. This volume
provides an introduction to the study of tropes in the
form of an extensive anthology of major studies and a
comprehensive bibliography, and constitutes a classic
reference resource for the study of one of the most
important musico-liturgical genres of the central
middle ages.
May 2009 c. 558 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2764-7 £85.00
Instruments and their Music in the
Middle Ages
Edited by Timothy J. McGee
Music in Medieval Europe
This collection of twenty-nine influential articles and
papers about medieval musical instruments and their
repertory considers the construction of the instruments,
their playing technique, the occasions for which they
performed and their repertory. Taken as a whole, they
paint a broad and detailed picture of instrumental
performance during the medieval period.
May 2009 c. 516 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2762-3 £85.00
Music in Medieval Europe Seven
Volume Set
Edited by Thomas Forrest Kelly, Harvard University,
USA
Music in Medieval Europe
This series of seven volumes provides an overview of the
best current scholarship in the study of medieval music.
Each volume is edited by an expert, and each presents
a selection of writings, mostly in English which, taken
together, sketch a picture of the shape of the field and of
the nature of current inquiry.
May 2009 3664 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2800-2 £475.00
Oral and Written Transmission
in Chant
Edited by Thomas Forrest Kelly, Harvard University,
USA
Music in Medieval Europe
This volume deals with the materials of chant from
the point of view of transmission. The early history of
chant is a history of orality, of transmission by mouth
to ear, and scholars of medieval music have taken up
the ideas and techniques of scholars of folklore, of oral
transmission, of ethnomusicology; for the chant is, in
fact, an ancient music transmitted for a time in oral
culture. Ironically, the use of written documents is also
vital for the study of chant, involving analysis of oral
issues in the writing of music.
May 2009 c. 452 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2626-8 £85.00
Poets and Singers
On Latin and Vernacular Monophonic Song
Edited by Elizabeth Aubrey, University of Iowa, USA
Music in Medieval Europe
The essays gathered here represent the principal themes
and issues that have occupied scholars of late medieval
monophonic songs over the last half century: their place
in history and society, the role of women as composers
and performers, poetic and musical structures, styles,
and genres, relationships between poems and melodies,
written and oral transmission, and performance
practices. Studying how each of these themes is played
out across repertoires, cultures, decades and locations
offers a rich and variegated panorama of the practice of
song in late medieval Europe
May 2009 c. 512 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2707-4 £85.00
Choral Conducting and the
Construction of Meaning
Gesture, Voice, Identity
Liz Garnett, Birmingham Conservatoire, UK
It is a truism in teaching choral conducting that
the director should look like s/he wishes the choir
to sound. The conductor’s physical demeanour has
a direct effect on how the choir sings, at a level that is
largely unconscious and involuntary. It is also a matter
of simple observation that different choral traditions
exhibit not only different styles of vocal production
and delivery, but also different gestural vocabularies
which are shared not only between conductors within
that tradition, but also with the singers. It is as possible
to distinguish a gospel choir from a barbershop chorus
or a cathedral choir by visual cues alone as it is simply
by listening. But how can these forms of physical
communication be explained? Do they belong to
a pre-cultural realm of primate social bonding, or do
they rely on the context and conventions of a particular
choral culture? Is body language an inherent part
of musical performance styles, or does it come
afterwards, in response to music? At a practical level,
to what extent can a practitioner from one tradition
mandate an approach as ‘good practice’, and to what
extent can another refuse it on the grounds that ‘we
don’t do it that way’? This book explores these questions
at both theoretical and practical levels. Its findings
will be of interest both to those engaged in the study
of music as a cultural practice, and to practitioners
involved in a choral conducting context that
increasingly demands fluency in a variety of styles.
May 2009 c.260 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6379-9 c. £55.00
The Correspondence of Christian
Gottfried Krause: A Music Lover
in the Age of Sensibility
Darrell M. Berg, Washington University, USA
The fascinating correspondence of the Berlin lawyer
and musician Christian Gottfried Krause is an important
document reflecting the trends and developments
in aesthetics, music theory and music making in the
Prussian capital during the reign of Frederick the Great.
Krause’s letters shed light on the rise of a bourgeois
music culture, which during his lifetime gradually
replaced the traditional musical institutions at court
and in the churches, preparing the urban musical
culture which to this day dominates German socio-
cultural structures. The letters provide a wealth of
information not found in other sources about musical
performances, and express Krause’s strong opinions
about leading German musicians with whom he was
acquainted, such as Carl Philipp Emanuel Bach, Georg
Philipp Telemann, Carl Heinrich Graun, and Johann
Friedrich Agricola. An introduction and abundant
annotations help to reveal a picture of a pivotal cultural
moment and will be of interest to anyone working on
the roots of urban musical culture and the culture of the
mid-eighteenth century in general.
March 2009 c. 316 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6429-1 c. £60.00
Music 31
Cultural Seeds: Essays on the Work
of Nick Cave
Edited by Karen Welberry, La Trobe University,
Australia and Tanya Dalziell, The University of
Western Australia, Australia
Ashgate Popular and Folk Music Series
Nick Cave is now widely recognized as a songwriter,
musician, novelist, screenwriter, curator, critic, actor
and performer. From the band, The Boys Next Door
(1976-1980), to the spoken-word recording,
The Secret Life of the Love Song (1998), to the recently
acclaimed screenplay of The Proposition (2005) and
the Grinderman project (2008), Cave’s career spans
thirty years and has produced a comprehensive (and
sometimes controversial) body of work that has shaped
contemporary alternative culture. Despite intense
media interest in Cave, there have been remarkably few
comprehensive appraisals of his work, its significance
and its impact on understandings of popular culture.
In addressing this absence, the present volume is both
timely and necessary.
April 2009 c.255 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6395-9 c. £45.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9466-3 and serious music-lover discuss interpretation and
A Descriptive Catalogue of the
Musical Manuscript Collection of
the National Library of Greece
Byzantine Chant and Other Music Repertory
Recovered
Diane Touliatos, University of Missouri,
St. Louis, USA
The National Library of Greece (Ethnike Bibliothike tes
Ellados) is one of the richest depositories of Byzantine
musical manuscripts that exists, but in spite of being
such a rich archive, the National Library has never
published a catalogue of its musical manuscripts – not
all of which are Byzantine or Greek. It is the purpose
of this published catalogue to recover or, in some
instances, to present for the first time the repertory
of the musical sources of the library. The manuscripts
encompass Egypt, Turkey, the Balkans, Italy, Cyprus
and Israel/Palestine. This variety underlines the
importance of the catalogue for identifying composers,
music and performance practice of different locales.
The catalogue will enlighten musicologists and
Byzantinists and stimulate more interest and
investigation of these sources. As such, it will fill
a major gap in the bibliography of Byzantine chant
and other musical studies.
June 2009 c. 500 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5168-0 c. £70.00
Female Voices from an Ewe Dance-
drumming Community in Ghana
Our Music has Become a Divine Spirit
James Burns, Binghamton University, USA
SOAS Musicology Series
James Burns provides a detailed ethnography of a group
of female musicians from the Dzigbordi community
dance-drumming club from the rural town of Dzodze,
located in South-Eastern Ghana. Dzigbordi is part of a
genre known as adekede, or female songs of redress,
where women musicians critique gender relations
in society. Burns uses audio and video interviews,
recordings of rehearsals and performances and detailed
collaborative analyses of song texts, dance routines
and performance practice to address important
methodological shifts in ethnomusicology that
outline a more humanistic perspective of music
cultures. This perspective encompasses the inter-linkages
between history, social processes and individual creative
artists. The voices of Dzigbordi women provide us not
only with a more complete picture of Ewe music-
making, they further allow us to better understand the
relationship between culture, social life and individual
creativity. The book will therefore appeal to those
interested in African Studies, Gender Studies and Oral
Literature, as well as ethnomusicology. Includes a
DVD documentary.
March 2009 c. 200 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6495-6 c. £27.50
32 Music
Gabriel Fauré: The Songs and
their Poets
Graham Johnson, with translations of the song texts
by Richard Stokes
Guildhall Research Studies: 7
The career of Gabriel Fauré as a composer of songs for
voice and piano traverses six decades (1862-1921);
almost the whole history of French mélodie is contained
within these parameters. In the 1860s Fauré, the
lifelong protégé of Camille Saint-Saëns, was a suavely
precocious student; he was part of Pauline Viardot’s
circle in the 70s and he nearly married her daughter.
Pointed in the direction of symbolist poetry
by Robert de Montesquiou in 1886 and admired
by Proust, Fauré was the favoured composer of the
Princesse de Polignac by the early 1890s. In 1905
he became Director of the Paris Conservatoire and he
composed his most profound music in old age. The
distinguished accompanist and song scholar Graham
Johnson places the vocal music within twin contexts:
Fauré’s own life story, and the parallel lives of his many
poets. Each of Fauré’s 109 songs receives a separate
commentary. Additional chapters for the student singer
performance in both aesthetical and practical terms.
Richard Stokes provides parallel English translations of
the original French texts.
May 2009 c. 625 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5960-0 c. £45.00
Heavy Metal Music
in Britain
Edited by Gerd Bayer,
University of Erlangen,
Germany
Ashgate Popular and Folk Music
Series
Heavy Metal has developed
from a British fringe genre of
rock music in the late 1960s to a
global mass market consumer-good in the early twenty-
first century. Early proponents of the musical style, such
as Black Sabbath, Deep Purple, Judas Priest, Saxon,
Uriah Heep and Iron Maiden, were mostly seeking to
reach a young male audience. Songs were often filled
with violent, sexist and nationalistic themes but were
also speaking to the growing sense of deterioration in
social and professional life. At the same time, however,
Heavy Metal was seriously indebted to the legacies of
blues and classical music as well as to larger literary and
cultural themes. The genre also produced mythological
concept albums and rewritings of classical poems. The
individual chapter authors approach British Heavy Metal
from a textual perspective, providing critical analyses
of the politics and ideology behind the lyrics, images
and performances. The wide range of approaches will
provide readers from various disciplines with new and
original ideas about the study of this phenomenon of
popular culture.
March 2009 c. 226 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6423-9 c. £50.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9328-4 February 2009 212 pages
Heinrich Wilhelm Ernst:
Virtuoso Violinist
M.W. Rowe, Birkbeck College,
University of London, UK
From 1840-57, Heinrich Ernst was one of the most
famous and significant European musicians, and
performed on stage, often many times, with Berlioz,
Mendelssohn, Chopin, Liszt, Wagner, Alkan, Clara
Schumann, and Joachim. Berlioz described Ernst as ‘one
of the artists whom I love the most, and with whose
talent I am most sympathetique’, while Joachim was
in no doubt that Ernst was ‘the greatest violinist I ever
heard; he towered above the others’. Ernst was not only
a great virtuoso but also an accomplished composer. He
wrote two of the most popular pieces of the nineteenth
century – the Elegy and the Carnival of Venice – and he
is best known today for two solo pieces which represent
the ne plus ultra of technical difficulty: the transcription
of Schubert’s Erlking, and the sixth of his Polyphonic
Studies, the variations on The Last Rose of Summer.
Mark Rowe illuminates the life of this most elusive
figure, explores his cultural background, analyses his
personality, assesses his importance as a violinist and
composer, and provides a full discography and list of
works.
January 2009 362 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6340-9 £60.00
Infant Musicality
New Research for
Educators and Parents
Johannella Tafuri,
Conservatorio di Musica “G.B.
Martini” di Bologna, Italy
SEMPRE Studies in The
Psychology of Music
What can infants hear? What
are their reactions to music? Is
it useful for them to sing and listen to music? Is their
auditory sensitivity developed before their birth? At what
age do they start singing, and clapping their hands?
How can their musical development be improved?
These (and other) questions are present in today’s debate
on music education and the responses are normally
given in an intuitive way. Motivated by the fact that
many open problems need to be solved, Professor Tafuri
decided, in 1998, to begin a longitudinal research
project devoted to studying musical development from
0 to 6 years in children, with particular attention on the
ability to sing in tune. During these 6 years, the subjects
would have a regular music education experience with
their mothers and often other members of the immediate
family.
This book has two main areas of focus. The first
reconstructs the development of human musical
abilities, the second puts forward an educational
perspective based on the results of the research.
The book will be of crucial interest to parents and music
educators so that they can have scientific, theoretical
and methodological foundations for their educational
strategies.
Paperback 978-0-7546-6512-0 £12.99
Hardback 978-0-7546-6506-9 £55.00
Iranian Classical Music
The Discourses and Practice of Creativity
Laudan Nooshin, City University London, UK
SOAS Musicology Series
An in-depth study of the processes of improvised
performance in Iranian classical music. Comparing
a number of performances by different musicians
playing a range of instruments and spanning a period
of more than 30 years, the book focuses on one
particular area of the repertoire, dastgah Segah.
June 2009 c. 410 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-0703-8 c. £60.00
The Irishness of Irish Music
John O’Flynn, St Patrick’s College, Dublin City
University, Ireland
Ashgate Popular and Folk Music Series
The book brings together important material from
a range of sources and highlights how government
organisations, musicians, academics and commercial
companies are concerned with and seek to use a
particular notion of Irish musical identity. Rooting the
study in the context of the recent history of popular,
traditional and classical music in Ireland, as well as
providing an overview of aspects of the national field
of music production and consumption, O’Flynn goes
on to argue that the relationship between Irish identity
and Irish music emerges as a contested site of meaning.
Performers and composers discussed include Bill
Whelan (Riverdance), Sinead O’Connor, The Corrs,
Altan, U2, Martin Hayes, Dolores Keane and Gerald
Barry.
March 2009 c. 238 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5714-9 c. £55.00
Jean Cras, Polymath of Music
The Modernist Legacy: Essays on Music in the Words: Musical Form
New Music and Counterpoint in the Twentieth
Edited by Björn Heile, University of Sussex, UK Century Novel
This collection of essays offers a historical reappraisal Alan Shockley, California State University, Long
of what musical modernism was, and what its potential Beach USA
for the present and future could be. It thus moves away
Can a novel follow the form of a symphony and still
from the binary oppositions that have beset twentieth-
succeed as a novel? Can musical counterpoint be
century music studies in the past, such as those between
mimicked by words on a page? Alan Shockley begins
modernism and postmodernism, between conceptions
looking for answers by examining music’s appeal for
of musical autonomy and of cultural contingency and
novelists, and then explores two brief works, a prose
between formalist-analytical and cultural-historical
fugue by Douglas Hofstadter, and a short story by
approaches. Focussing particularly on music from
Anthony Burgess modeled after a Mozart symphony.
the 1970s to the 1990s, the volume assembles
Analyses of three large, emblematic attempts at musical
approaches from different perspectives to new music
writing follow. The much debated ‘Sirens’ episode
with a particular emphasis on a critical reassessment
of James Joyce’s Ulysses, which the author famously
of the meaning and function of the legacy of musical
likened to a fugue, Burgess’ largely ignored Napoleon
modernism. The authors include scholars, musicologists
Symphony: A Novel in Four Movements, patterned on
and composers who combine culturally, socially,
Beethoven’s Eroica, and Joyce’s Finnegans Wake, which
historically and aesthetically oriented approaches with
Shockley examines as an attempt at composing a fully
analytical methods in imaginative ways.
musicalized language. After these three larger analyses,
March 2009 c. 300 pages
Shockley discusses two quite recent brief novels,
Hardback 978-0-7546-6260-0 c. £55.00
William Gaddis’ novella Agapé Agape and David
Markson’s This is not a novel, proposing that each of
these confounding texts coheres elegantly when viewed

and Letters
Paul-André Bempéchat, Harvard University’s Center
for European Studies, USA
Jean Cras (1879-1932) was a remarkable man by
anyone’s measure. Twice a decorated hero of the Great
War, this Rear-Admiral of the French navy, scientist,
inventor, moral philosopher and war-hero, was also a
highly esteemed composer during his lifetime, enjoying
the same stature and level of recognition as Fauré,
Debussy and Ravel. Since his death, however, both Cras
and his music have been almost completely overlooked.
In this, the first critical biography of Cras, Paul-Andre
Bempechat situates the composer as a missing link
between the French post-romantic generation of
composers and the impressionists. The book explores,
both historically and analytically, the methodology by
which Cras evolved his eclectic brand of impressionism,
striking the delicate balance between Celtic folk idioms
and elements of exoticism inspired by his travels. Cras’
creative legacy extends beyond the world of music
to the world of science. His five patented inventions
include the navigational gyrocompass, which bears his
name, still in use to this day by the French navy, coast
guard and boating afficionados. Bempechat draws
special attention to the humanist Jean Cras and his
distinguished military career drawing on primary source
material such as family correspondence and wartime
diaries to reveal the extent to which this composer was
a true Renaissance man of the twentieth century.
June 2009 c. 610 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-0683-3 c. £45.00
Music and the Performance of
Identity on Marie-Galante,
French Antilles
Ron Emoff, Ohio State University-Newark, USA
SOAS Musicology Series
Marie-Galante is a small island situated in the
Caribbean to the south of Guadeloupe. The majority
of Marie-Galantais are descendants of the slave era,
though a few French settlers also occupy the island.
The country forms an official département of France
and historically has never been an independent polity.
Marie-Galantais express sentiments of being ‘deux fois
colonisé’, or twice colonized, concomitant with their
sense of insularity from a global organization
of place. Dr Ron Emoff translates this pervasive sense
of displacement into the concept of the ‘non-nation’.
Musical practices on the island provide Marie-Galantais
with a means of re-connecting with other significant
distant places. The focus of the book is upon kadril
accordion dance and gwo ka drumming, two prevalent
musical practices on the island with which Marie-
Galantais construct unique perceptions of self in
relation, specifically, to Africa and France. The book will
be of interest not only to ethnomusicologists, but also to
those interested in cultural and linguistic anthropology,
postcolonial studies, performance studies, folklore and
Caribbean studies.
January 2009 210 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6565-6 £55.00
as a musically-structured work. From the perspective
of a composer, Shockley offers the reader fresh tools for
approaching these dense and often daunting texts.
May 2009 c.230 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6199-3 c. £55.00
The Music of Chou Wen-chung
Eric C. Lai, Baylor University, USA
Chou Wen-chung is one of the most influential musical
figures of our time. His rich cultural background,
his studies with Edgard Varèse, and his interest in
the genuine rapport between Eastern and Western
musical traditions have been the major influences
on his career. Although he is active in various artistic
and cultural circles that include scholarship, education
and cultural preservation, his major calling has always
been composition. As a composer, Chou has created a
group of works whose stylistic innovation and technical
profundity are distinctive among composers of his
generation. His music, which has received critical
acclaim around the globe, documents his creative
journey, especially in the realization of re-merger –
the fusion of Eastern and Western music that has
become a new mainstream in art music. Through
extensive focus on sketch study, Eric Lai examines
Chou’s music to contribute to an understanding of his
aesthetic orientation, his compositional technique, his
role in the development of new music, and his influence
upon the younger generation of composers.
May 2009 c. 200 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6500-7 c. £55.00

Music and the Play of Power in

John Birchensha: Writings
the Middle East, North Africa and
on Music
Central Asia
Christopher Field, University of Edinburgh, UK and
Benjamin Wardhaugh, University of Oxford, UK Edited by Laudan Nooshin, Brunel University, UK
Music Theory in Britain, 1500–1700: Critical Editions SOAS Musicology Series

John Birchensha (c.1605-?1681) is chiefly remembered
nowadays for the impression that his theories
about music made on the mathematicians, natural
philosophers and virtuosi of the Royal Society in the
1660s and 1670s, and for inventing a system that he
claimed would enable even those without practical
experience of music to learn to compose in a short time
by means of ‘a few easy, certain, and perfect Rules’.
His great aim was to publish a treatise on music in
its philosophical, mathematical and practical aspects
(which would have included a definitive summary of
his rules of composition), entitled Syntagma musicæ.
But the book never appeared, and no final manuscript
of it survives. Recent research, however, has brought to
light a number of manuscripts which allow us at last to
form a more complete view of Birchensha’s ideas and to
gain at least a flavour of the lost Syntagma musicæ.
May 2009 c. 398 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6213-6 c. £60.00
This volume presents the first direct look at the complex
relationship between music and power across a range of
musical genres and countries. Important topics covered
include: music censorship; the use of music to express
resistance to authority; the relationship of music with
social stratification; the situation of women with regard
to music within Islamic and Jewish societies and the use
of music in adopting political positions. In considering
such countries as Algeria, Afghanistan, Egypt, Iran,
Kashmir, Saudi Arabia and Tajikestan it is possible to
discover how and why the various discourses about
music serve as a means of social control or contestation.
The book draws on a wide range of relevant theoretical
and critical ideas, and many disciplines including
ethnomusicology, anthropology, politics, Middle Eastern
studies and cultural and media studies.
June 2009 c. 410 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-3457-7 c. £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9384-0

Music 33
The Musical
Traditions of
Northern Ireland and
its Diaspora
Community and Conflict
David Cooper, University of
Leeds, UK
Ashgate Popular and Folk Music
Series
Northern Ireland remains a
divided community in which traditional culture, in all
its manifestations, is widely understood as a marker
of religious affiliation and ethnic identity. Since the
outbreak of the most recent ‘troubles’ around 1968,
the borders between the communities have often
been marked by music. With the increasing espousal
of a discrete Ulster Scots tradition since the signing
of the Belfast (or ‘Good Friday’) Agreement in 1998,
the characteristics of the traditional music performed
in Northern Ireland, and the place of Protestant
musicians within popular Irish culture, clearly require
a more thoroughgoing analysis. David Cooper’s book
provides such analysis, as well as ethnographic and
ethnomusicological studies of a group of traditional
musicians from County Antrim. In particular, the book
offers a consideration of the cultural dynamics of
Northern Ireland with respect to traditional music.
July 2009 c. 200 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6230-3 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9383-3 Julian Hellaby, Coventry University, UK
Nineteenth-Century Music Review
Volume 5, Issues 1 and 2
Edited by Bennett Zon, The Music School, Durham
University , UK
Nineteenth-Century Music Review
Individual subscriptions: £65 per volume (each volume
comprises two issues)
Institutional subscriptions: £95 per volume (each
volume comprises two issues)
To subscribe, please send an email to: journals@
ashgatepublishing.com
ISSN: 1479-4098
The successor to the journal Music Review, Nineteenth-
Century Music Review aims to locate music within
the widest possible framework of intellectual activity
pertaining to the long nineteenth century (c.1789–
1914). It particularly welcomes interdisciplinary
scholarship that explores music within the context of
other artistic and scientific discourses. Articles with
fine visual or iconographic content are encouraged, as
are those rich in musically illustrative material. Articles
accepted for publication will reflect a diversity of critical
viewpoints.
July 2008 186 pages
Paperback 978-0-7546-6485-7 £65.00
34 Music
Paradosiaká: Music, Meaning Sgt. Pepper
and Identity in Modern Greece and the Beatles
Eleni Kallimopoulou, SOAS, UK It Was Forty Years
Ago Today
SOAS Musicology Series
Since the 1980s, musicians and audiences in Athens Edited by Olivier Julien,
have been rediscovering musical traditions associated Universities of Paris-Sorbonne
(Paris IV) and Paris-Sorbonne
with the Ottoman period of Greek history. The result
of this revivalist movement has been the urban musical Nouvelle (Paris III), France
style of ‘paradosiaká’ (‘traditional’). Drawing from Ashgate Popular and Folk Music
a varied repertoire that includes Turkish art music and Series
folk and popular musics of Greece and Turkey, and
identified by the use of instruments which previously The first concept album in the history of popular
music, the soundtrack of the Summer of Love or ‘Hippy
had little or no performing tradition in Greece,
paradosiaká has had to define itself by negotiating Symphony No. 1’: Sgt. Pepper’s Lonely Hearts Club
Band is first and foremost the album that gave rise to
contrastive tendencies towards differentiation and a
certain degree of overlapping in relation to a range of ‘hopes of progress in pop music’ (The Times, 29 May
1967). Sgt. Pepper and the Beatles commemorates
indigenous Greek musics. This monograph explores
paradosiaká as a musical style and as a field of the fortieth anniversary of this masterpiece of British
psychedelia by addressing issues that will help put the
discourse, seeking to understand the relation between
sound and meanings constructed through sound. It record in perspective.
draws on interviews, commercial recordings, written February 2009 208 pages
musical discourse, and the author’s own experience Paperback 978-0-7546-6708-7 £16.99
as a practising paradosiaká musician.
June 2009 c. 280 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6630-1 c. £55.00
Touraj Kiaras and Persian Classical
Music: An Analytical Perspective
Owen Wright, University of London, UK
Reading Musical Interpretation
Case Studies in Solo Piano Performance SOAS Musicology Series
In this book Owen Wright analyses a single recording
of classical Persian music made by Touraj Kiaras,
Julian Hellaby places performance firmly at the heart a distinguished singer, accompanied by four noted
of his investigations into musical interpretation. instrumentalists. The format of the recording is typical
He presents a structured approach to analysing the
interpretation of a musical work from the perspective
of a public concert performance, and thus includes
instrumental compositions as well as a central
of a musically informed listener. To enable analysis exploration of vocal repertoire and technique.
of individual interpretations, the author develops a The analysis identifies salient structural features,
conceptual framework in which a series of performance- whether of the individual components or of the whole,
related categories is arranged hierarchically into an in a way accessible to the western reader, but it also
‘interpretative tower’ framework. Using this framework takes account of the analytical metalanguage used in
to analyse the acoustic evidence of a recording, Persian scholarship, and includes consideration of the
interpretative factors at all hierarchical levels are relationship between music and poetry. It is important
identified and used to assess the relationship between to note that it is also guided by the perceptions of the
a performance and a work. The analytical workability performer, whose input and responses to questions
of the tower is tested in three major case-studies which have significantly influenced the enterprise. To avoid
gauge pianists’ interpretative responses to works from a the dryly impersonal, the analysis is also framed by an
range of historical periods and styles, and to the varying introduction which combines a biographical sketch
amounts of performance direction that composers of Touraj Kiaras with a survey of the 20th-century
have typically supplied over the last three hundred evolution of Persian classical music and of the position
years. Contrasting recorded performances of keyboard of the vocal repertoire within it, and by an epilogue
works by Bach, Messiaen and Brahms are the focus which examines further the ideological basis of
of these chapters, and analysis of these performances, prevalent attitudes to music, and seeks to explore the
using the tower model, yields insights into the overall validity of the analytical enterprise within this context.
interpretative rationale of the performances. June 2009 c. 166 pages
June 2009 c. 238 pages Hardback 978-0-7546-6328-7 c. £27.50
Hardback 978-0-7546-6667-7 c. £55.00
Ritual and Music of North China,
Volume 2
Shaanbei
Stephen Jones, SOAS, University of London, UK
SOAS Musicology Series
This book, with its accompanying DVD, gives an
impression of music-making in daily life in the poor
mountainous region of Shaanbei, northwest China.
It conveys some of the diverse musical activities there
around 2000, from the barrage of pop music blaring
from speakers in the bustling county-towns to the
life-cycle and calendrical ceremonies of poor mountain
villages. Based on the practice of grass-roots music-
making in daily life, not merely on official images, the
main theme is the painful maintenance of ritual and its
music under Maoism, its revival with the market reforms
of the 1980s, and its modification under the assaults
of TV, pop music, and migration since the 1990s.
The DVD is intended both to illuminate the text
and stand on its own.
March 2009 c. 300 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6590-8 c. £50.00

Bioethics
Edited by Justin Oakley, Monash University,
Australia
The International Library of Essays in Public
and Professional Ethics
This volume includes many of the most important
and influential articles that have set the agenda for
key debates in bioethics or have changed the face of
those debates. The articles address ethics in clinical
practice, issues at the outset of life, reproductive ethics,
end-of-life issues, professional integrity and the goals
of medicine, ethics and the pharmaceutical industry,
research ethics and bioethics and public policy.
April 2009 c. 550 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2597-1 c. £135.00
Charles-Louis de Secondat,
Baron de Montesquieu
Edited by David Carrithers, University of Tennessee
at Chattanooga, USA
International Library of Essays in the History of Social
and Political Thought
The essays by eminent scholars reprinted in this
volume explore significant aspects of Montesquieu’s
contributions to political, constitutional, and religious
thought during the epoch of the French Enlightenment.
Topics included are: his Persian Letters (1721), his
history of Rome (1734), and the views he expressed
in The Spirit of Laws (1748) on natural law, forms
of government, English constitutionalism, religion,
commerce, international relations, and the philosophy
of history. Supplemented by a detailed introduction that
contextualizes the papers selected for this volume, as
well as an extensive bibliography, this work serves as
an authoritative reference to the best scholarship on
Montesquieu’s political thought.
May 2009 c. 598 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2701-2 c. £145.00
Civil Rights and Security
Edited by David Dyzenhaus, University of Toronto,
Canada
The International Library of Essays on Rights
The articles in this volume focus on the appropriate
relationship between rights and counterterrorism policy
and form part of the surge of scholarship on security
and human rights resulting from the ‘war on terror’.
The articles also take account of issues of security where
terrorism is not an issue, and reflect the attempt to
rethink more generally the concept of security and
its relationship to rights.
January 2009 490 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2734-0 £125.00
Nietzsche, Culture and Education
Edited by Thomas E. Hart, University College
Utrecht, The Netherlands
More than one hundred years after the death of
Nietzsche, his legacy remains one of the most pervasive
in philosophical thought. While his influence on
philosophical thought concerning culture is everywhere
to be found, his influence on the philosophy of
education has yet to find a place in mainstream thought
on the subject, in spite of the inextricable connection
between the two. This collection has been put together
in an effort to redress this situation.
Nietzsche, Culture and Education brings together a
collection of specially commissioned essays on the
theme of Nietzsche’s cultural critique and its use in
and effect on educational theory. The international
character of the contributors gives this work a polyvalent
perspective on these areas of Nietzsche’s philosophy.
April 2009 c. 184 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5416-2 £50.00
Nishida and Western Philosophy
Robert Wilkinson, The Open University in
Scotland, UK
Nishida Kitaro (1870–1945) is the most important
Japanese philosopher of the last century. His constant
aim in philosophy was to try to articulate Zen in terms
drawn from Western philosophical sources, yet in the
end, he found that he could not do so, and his thought
illustrates a conceptual incommensurability at the
deepest level between the main line of the Western
tradition and one of the main lines in Eastern thought.
This book is a work of comparative philosophy, attention
is given to the consequences of Nishida’s metaphysics in
the areas of ethics, aesthetics, the philosophy of religion
and notably the implications of Nishida’s example for
the question of pluralism. This study of Nishida brings
into sharp focus the question of whether, faced with a
conceptual incommensurability at as deep a level as
that manifested by Zen, the choice between it and its
Western alternative can be wholly rational.
May 2009 c. 200 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5703-3 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9325-3 Volume 3: Kierkegaard and the
The Philosophy of Public Health
Edited by Angus Dawson, Keele University, UK
Public health is once again becoming a major political
and social issue in the 21st century, especially in
relation to issues such as vaccination, the threat of
pandemics, bioterrorism, smoking and obesity. A diverse
set of theoretical ideas have emerged recently in the
legal, political, bioethical and philosophical fields that
could usefully be applied to these and other issues in
public health.
This book provides a much needed introduction to some
of the relevant philosophical concepts and arguments
that might be used to build a philosophy of public
health. Consisting of both theoretical contributions and
case studies this multidisciplinary collection of essays
will both inform and generate debate among academics,
policy makers and practitioners about these important
issues in public health.
April 2009 c. 186 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6043-9 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9357-4 Kierkegaard made use of the Roman sources in
Reflections on Rawls
An Assessment of his Legacy
Edited by Shaun P. Young, Carleton University,
Canada
The late John Rawls was one of the most inspiring,
provocative and influential political philosophers
of the twentieth century. In this collection a panel
of distinguished political philosophers critically
explore the intellectual legacy of Rawls. The essays
herein engage Rawls’s political theorizing from
his earliest published writings in the 1950s to his
final publication in 2001, Justice as Fairness: A
Restatement and explore a diversity of issues related
to his arguments, such as the attractiveness of his
methodology/methodologies, and the normative
coherence and empirical validity of his claims.
In turn, the effectiveness both of his arguments
and those of various supporters and critics are
evaluated from the perspective of a variety of
analytical approaches, including cosmopolitanism,
communitarianism, perfectionism, liberalism, and
legal theory.
This book is an edifying and engaging dialogue with
ideas and arguments that have provided the theoretical
framework for much of contemporary political
philosophy, and a thoughtful assessment of their
continuing significance and place within the pantheon
of political philosophy.
March 2009 c. 200 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6128-3 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9341-3
Philosophy
Topics in Latin Philosophy
from the 12th–14th centuries
Collected Essays of Sten Ebbesen Volume 2
Sten Ebbesen, SAXO Institute, University of
Copenhagen, Denmark
Ashgate Studies in Medieval Philosophy
Sten Ebbesen has contributed many works in the field
of ancient and medieval philosophy over decades of
dedicated research. Ashgate is proud to present this
thematically arranged three volume set of his collected
essays, each thoroughly revised and updated.
Volume Two explores issues in medieval philosophy
from the time nominalists and other schools competed
in twelfth-century Paris to the ‘modist’ thinkers of the
late thirteenth century and, finally, the new nominalism
of John Buridan in the fourteenth century.
February 2009 c. 260 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5836-8 c. £55.00
Roman World
Edited by Jon Stewart, Søren Kierkegaard Research
Centre, University of Copenhagen, Denmark
Kierkegaard Research: Sources, Reception
and Resources
While Kierkegaard’s use of the Greek authors,
particularly Plato and Aristotle, has attracted
considerable attention over the years, his use of the
Roman authors has, by contrast, remained sadly
neglected. This neglect is somewhat surprising given the
fact that Kierkegaard was extremely well read in Latin
from his early youth when he attended the Borgerdyd
School in Copenhagen. Kierkegaard’s interest in the
Roman authors is perhaps best evidenced by his book
collection. In his private library he had a long list of
Latin titles and Danish translations of the standard
Roman authors in any number of different genres.
His extensive and frequent use of writers such as Cicero,
Horace, Terence, Seneca, Suetonius and Ovid clearly
warrants placing them in the select group of his major
sources.
The chapters in this volume demonstrate that
a number of different ways. His readings from the
school seem to have stuck with him as an adult.
He constantly refers to Roman authors, such as
Livy, Nepos, and Suetonius for colourful stories and
anecdotes. In addition, he avails himself of pregnant
sayings or formulations from the Roman authors, when
appropriate. But his use of these authors is not merely
as a rhetorical source. He is also profoundly interested
in the Roman philosophy of Cicero, Seneca and Marcus
Aurelius. Similarly, just as he is fascinated by Tacitus’
portrayal of the early Christians, so also he is amused
by the humour of Terence and Apuleius. In short, the
Roman authors serve to enrich any number of different
aspects of Kierkegaard’s authorship with respect to both
content and form.
April 2009 c. 250 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6554-0 c. £60.00
Philosophy 35

Volume 8, Tome I: Kierkegaard’s
International Reception –
Northern and Western Europe
Edited by Jon Stewart, Søren Kierkegaard Research
Centre, University of Copenhagen, Denmark
Kierkegaard Research: Sources, Reception
and Resources
Tome I covers the reception of Kierkegaard in Northern
and Western Europe. The articles on Denmark, Norway,
Sweden, Finland and Iceland can be said to trace
Kierkegaard’s influence in its more or less native Nordic
Protestant context. Since the authors in these countries
(with the exception of Finland) were not dependent on
translations or other intermediaries, this represents the
earliest tradition of Kierkegaard reception. The early
German translations of his works opened the door for
the next phase of the reception which expanded beyond
the borders of the Nordic countries. The articles in the
section on Western Europe trace his influence in Great
Britain, the Netherlands and Flanders, Germany and
Austria, and France. All of these countries and linguistic
groups have their own extensive tradition of Kierkegaard
reception.
March 2009 c. 540 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6496-3 c. £65.00
Volume 8, Tome II: Kierkegaard’s
International Reception –
Southern, Central and Eastern
Europe
Edited by Jon Stewart, University of Copenhagen,
Denmark
Kierkegaard Research: Sources, Reception
and Resources
Tome II covers the reception of Kierkegaard in Southern,
Central and Eastern Europe. The first set of articles,
under the rubric ‘Southern Europe,’ covers Portugal,
Spain, and Italy. A number of common features were
shared in these countries’ reception of Kierkegaard,
including a Catholic cultural context and a debt to
the French reception. The next rubric covers the rather
heterogeneous group of countries designated here
as ‘Central Europe’: Hungary, the Czech Republic,
Slovakia and Poland. These countries are loosely bound
in a cultural sense by their former affiliation with the
Habsburg Empire and in a religious sense by their
shared Catholicism. Finally, the Orthodox countries
of “Eastern Europe” are represented with articles on
Russia, Bulgaria, Serbia and Montenegro, Macedonia,
and Romania.
February 2009 342 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6350-8 £60.00
36 Philosophy
Politics & International Relations
Volume 8, Tome III: Kierkegaard’s
International Reception –
The Near East, Asia, Australia
and the Americas
Edited by Jon Stewart, University of Copenhagen,
Denmark
Kierkegaard Research: Sources, Reception and
Resources
Although Kierkegaard’s reception was initially more or
less limited to Scandinavia, it has for a long time now
been a highly international affair. As his writings became
translated into the different languages, his reputation
spread, and he became read more and more by people
increasingly distant from his native Denmark. While in
Scandinavia, the attack on the Church in the last years
of his life became something of a cause célèbre, later
many different aspects of his work became the object
of serious scholarly investigation well beyond the
original northern borders. As his reputation grew, he
was co-opted by a number of different philosophical
and religious movements in different contexts
throughout the world. The three tomes of the present
volume attempt to record the history of this reception
according to national and linguistic categories.
Tome III is the most geographically diverse, covering
the Near East, Asia, Australia and the Americas. The
section on the Near East features pioneering articles
on the Kierkegaard reception in Israel, Turkey, Iran,
and the Arab world. The next section dubbed “Asia
and Australia” features articles on the long and rich
traditions of Kierkegaard research in Japan and Korea
along with the more recent ones in China and Australia.
A final section is dedicated to Americas with articles
on Canada, the United States, hispanophone South
America, Mexico and Brazil.
January 2009 342 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6402-4 £60.00
At www.ashgate.com you can find
further titles of interest and sample
pages of individual titles. Ashgate
provides an email update service which
offers information about new books,
conferences at which our books are
displayed, special offers and other
items of interest. To subscribe to this
service, email your request to:
AshgateUpdates@ashgatepublishing.com
AirLandBattle21
Transformational Concepts for Integrating
Twenty-First Century Air and Ground Forces
Ellwood P. Hinman IV, US Air Force, USA, Thomas E.
Jahn, Air Force College, USA and James G. Jinnette,
US Air Force, USA
The time has come for innovative counter-air and
counter-land concepts focused on medium-to-large-
scale conventional combat operations that will merge
air and ground forces even more effectively into
a single potent fighting force. Such is the focus
of AirLandBattle21.
March 2009 c. 180 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7634-8 c. £50.00
The Ashgate
Research Companion
to Federalism
Edited by Ann Ward, University
of Regina, Canada and Lee
Ward, University of Regina,
Canada
Federalism Studies
This comprehensive volume
is targeted at a diverse audience
of scholars interested in the theory, practice and
historical development of the principle of federalism
from the ancient period to the contemporary world.
May 2009 c. 436 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7131-2 c. £80.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8989-8
Authoritarian Backlash
Russian Resistance to Democratization
in the Former Soviet Union
Thomas Ambrosio, North Dakota State University,
USA
Post-Soviet Politics
Through detailed case studies, this book makes
significant contributions to our understandings of
Russian domestic and foreign policies, democratization
theory, and the policy challenges associated with
democracy promotion.
January 2009 189 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7350-7 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9175-4
Building Strong Nations
Improving Governability
and Public Management
Eran Vigoda-Gadot, University of Haifa, Israel
Building Strong Nations enriches the discussion about
moving modern nations forward despite major problems
such as the clash of ideologies, the overburdening of
and expectations from public administration, and
the growing instability in world economics and
international relations.
It suggests potential directions for improving
governability and public management against
a backdrop of the tension between bureaucracy
and democracy.
January 2009 280 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7546-4 £60.00
Politics & International Relations
Clash or Cooperation
of Civilizations?
Overlapping Integration and Identities
Edited by Wolfgang Zank, Aalborg University,
Denmark
The International Political Economy of New
Regionalisms Series
For decades North Africa and the Middle East have been
areas of overlapping identities and integration processes.
This comprehensive volume asks the question to what
extent these various identities and integration processes
are compatible, or whether and to what extent they are
in conflict.
February 2009 c. 200 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7407-8 c. £55.00
Democratisation and the
Prevention of Violent Conflict
Lessons Learned from Bulgaria
and Macedonia
Jenny Engström
At a time when democracy promotion is increasingly
becoming part of international relations and foreign
policy, this study offers some poignant lessons for
democratization and conflict resolution in places
such as Iraq, Afghanistan and Israel/Palestine to
name but a few.
January 2009 188 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7434-4 £55.00
Edmund Burke
Edited by Iain Hampsher-Monk, University of Exeter,
UK
International Library of Essays in the History of Social
and Political Thought
Edmund Burke’s work spans a variety of subjects – from
aesthetics through history to constitutional politics
and political theory – and has generated an enormous
literature drawing on many disciplines, and it continues
to feature in a range of contemporary polemics.
This volume brings together a representative selection
of articles and essays from the last 50 years of this
scholarship, and includes an introduction which guides
the reader through the selection as well as offering
pointers towards more substantial studies that form the
critical heritage of this major figure.
July 2009 c. 478 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2499-8 c. £120.00
Empowering Migrant Women
Why Agency and Rights are not Enough
Leah Briones, University of Queensland, Australia
Gender in a Global/Local World
Questions current approaches on the protection of
Filipina migrant women domestic workers against
slavery and similar practices.
April 2009 c. 188 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7532-7 c. £55.00
Environmental Skepticism
Ecology, Power and Public Life
Peter J. Jacques, University of Central Florida, USA
Global Environmental Governance
‘Environmental skepticism’ describes the viewpoint
that major environmental problems are either unreal
or unimportant. This is the first book to analyze
the importance of the anti-environmental counter-
movement in world politics and its meaning for
democratic and accountable deliberation, as well
as its importance as a mal-adaptive project that
hinders the world’s people to rise to the challenges
of sustainability.
April 2009 c. 209 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7102-2 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8984-3 Paperback 978-0-7546-7721-5 c. £30.00
Ethics Education
for Irregular Warfare
Edited by Don Carrick, University of Hull, UK, James
Connelly, University of Hull, UK and Paul Robinson,
University of Ottawa, Canada
Building upon the themes considered in Ethics
Education in the Military, the contributing authors
survey and critically analyse existing theory and
practice of educating soldiers, sailors and airmen
in the ethics of ‘old fashioned’ warfaring.
June 2009 c. 180 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7700-0 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9400-7
EU Labour Migration
since Enlargement
Trends, Impacts and Policies
Edited by Andrew Watt, Béla Galgóczi and Janine
Leschke, European Trade Union Institute, Belgium
In 2004 the European Union was enlarged by eight
former state-socialist countries, joined in 2007
by Bulgaria and Romania. This accession extended,
in principle, the ‘four freedoms’ throughout the new
enlarged European Union. However, full access to the
labour market was suspended at the discretion of the
new member states.
Focusing on labour movements in Latvia, Hungary,
Poland, and Austria, Germany, Sweden and the
United Kingdom, this book examines experiences and
characteristics faced by these countries in the run to,
and particularly since, accession in May 2004. Starting
with an overview of the economic and labour market
dynamics faced by member states, a team of national
labour economists and migration experts analyse and
present data on the numbers of workers that have
moved, their characteristics and their effects on the
labour markets they have joined – and those they have
left. Separate contributions, by policy experts, detail the
responses by governments, employers and trade unions
in the countries of origin and destination, examining the
challenges raised by the movement of labour have been
met – or not met.
A significant contribution to the existing scholarship
on migration; this book should be read by all who need
to know more about the close relationship between
economic performance and labour movements
in Europe.
May 2009 c. 260 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7684-3 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9362-8 impressive elaboration of best practices and soft law-
Europe’s Global Role
External Policies of the
European Union
Edited by Jan Orbie, Ghent
University, Belgium
Based on an innovative
framework for analyzing the
EU’s external politics, this book
provides a historical overview of
and theoretical conclusions about
the EU’s global role. It examines
Europe’s international role in a range of external policy
domains, focusing in particular on the ‘soft’ dimension
of Europe’s international action.
March 2008 284 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7220-3 £55.00
European Security Culture
Language, Theory, Policy
Monica Gariup, Zayed University, UAE
A comprehensive and objective analysis on the links
and implications between the discourse and actual
policy of the ESDP. Essential reading to scholars and
researchers in European politics, International relations,
Security and Cultural Studies.
January 2009 350 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7555-6 £60.00
Friedrich Nietzsche
Edited by Tracy Strong, University of California, San
Diego, USA
International Library of Essays in the History of Social
and Political Thought
The essays gathered together in this volume are the
work of leading Nietzsche scholars and include seminal
writings from all the major interpretive schools.
Also included is a new translation of one of Nietzsche’s
most controversial writings, The Greek State, as well as
a lengthy bibliography of writings on Nietzsche
and politics.
April 2009 c. 532 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2589-6 c. £130.00
G8 against Transnational
Organized Crime
Amandine Scherrer, PhD., Sciences Po (Paris)
Global Finance
Highlights the expertise of the G8 on transnational
organized crime. The fight against money laundering,
drug trafficking, illegal immigration, cybercrime, and
the promotion of the enhancement of judicial and
police cooperation in criminal matters have been at the
core of the G8’s actions in this field since the 1990s.
This book sheds light on the nature, structure and modus
operandi of the G8’s specific expertise on transnational
organized crime from a sociological approach, in order
to understand the elaboration, production, and diffusion
of international norms and standards. It provides a
precise and detailed analysis of an under-researched
aspect of international politics: the intensification of
expert-level exchanges on the international stage over
questions concerning the enhancement of cooperation
against transnational organized crime that has led to an
type recommendations. Very few studies have focused
on the experts who determine these best practices and
recommendations: who they are, what their socio-
professional background is, and what the nature and
impact of their collective work are in the global fight
against organized crime.
May 2009 c. 183 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7544-0 c. £55.00
Politics & International Relations 37
Gender and HIV/AIDS
Critical Perspectives
from the Developing World
Edited by Jelke Boesten, University of Leeds, UK
and Nana K. Poku, University of Bradford, UK
Global Health
This scholarly volume serves as a credible resource to
policymakers as well as students of global public health
in understanding gender and AIDS.
May 2009 c. 187 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7269-2 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8987-4
Globalization and Regional
Integration in Europe and Asia
Edited by Nam-Kook Kim, Seoul National University,
Korea
Discusses the current trend of globalization and main
characteristics of world order focusing on the destiny
of the nation state, threat against human rights, and
conflicts between unilateral hegemony of the US and
Europe.
May 2009 c. 200 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7613-3 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-7614-0 This new volume in global health analyzes twenty first
Green Parties in Transition
The End of Grass-roots Democracy?
Edited by E. Gene Frankland, Ball State University,
USA, Paul Lucardie, Rijksuniversiteit Groningen,
The Netherlands and Benoît Rihoux, Universite
Catholique de Louvain, Belgium
This volume consists of analyses by country specialists
on the development of green parties in 14 countries
across the world. It investigates to what extent the
parties have remained true to their original identity
or have been transformed, and offers clues on broader
questions about party types and party change in
contemporary democracies.
December 2008 306 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7429-0 £60.00
Humanitarian Intervention and
Conflict Resolution in West Africa
From ECOMOG to ECOMIL
John M. Kabia, Programme Worker – Survivors
for Peace, The Tim Parry Johnathan Ball Foundation
for Peace, UK
Taking the empirical case of the Economic Community
of West African States (ECOWAS), this volume locates
the peacekeeping operations of ECOWAS within
an expanded post-Cold War conceptualization
of humanitarian intervention. It examines the
organization’s capacity to protect civilians at risk in civil
conflicts and to facilitate the processes of peacemaking
and post-war peace-building.
January 2009 234 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7444-3 £55.00
38 Politics & International Relations
Identity and Foreign Policy
Baltic-Russian Relations
and European Integration
Edited by Eiki Berg and Piret Ehin,
University of Tartu, Estonia
Built on the constructivist perspective in international
relations, this volume provides a coherent and
illuminating account of the dynamics of Baltic-Russian
relations after NATO and EU enlargement. Combining
policy-relevant analysis with theoretical insights, it will
meet the needs of academics and students of foreign
policy, EU external relations and international relations
more generally.
February 2009 c. 198 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7329-3 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8990-4
Innovation in Global
Health Governance
Critical Cases
Edited by Andrew F. Cooper, University of Waterloo,
Canada, and John J. Kirton, University of Toronto,
Canada
Global Environmental Governance
century innovations in global health governance. Given
its contemporary focus and wide range of world leading
experts, this study is highly suitable for courses on
global governance generally and global public health
specifically, in political science, economics, law and
related fields.
April 2009 c. 376 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4872-7 c. £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8985-0 For over half a millennium global law has been central
Internal Security Services
in Liberalizing States
Transitions, Turmoil, and (In)Security
Lt Col Joseph L. Derdzinski,
US Air Force Academy, USA
Among the states that have moved from authoritarianism
in the past 15 years, most have not moved beyond the
mere procedures of democracy. This excellent scholarly
resource provides a comparative account of the
internal security situations of Morocco and Indonesia,
and focuses on democracy and its non-democratic
institutions in an era of stalled liberalization.
April 2009 c. 134 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7504-4 c. £50.00
Global Health
Edited by John J. Kirton, University of Toronto,
Canada
The Library of Essays in Global Governance
In recent years, especially since the end of the
cold war, the field of global health has become
increasingly linked with and central to the more
traditional concerns of international relations.
The spread of communicable diseases, the challenge
of migrating health workers and the development of
new technologies and medicines have all contributed
to the ever-expanding issue of global health.
International organizations such as the World
Health Organization, the utilization of techniques
such as the creation of the framework convention
on tobacco control and the development of civil
society organizations such as the Gates Foundation,
have all changed the face and framework of global
health. Among the many benefits to the expanding
interdisciplinary study of health is the possibility of
preventing millions of unnecessary deaths occurring
every year. By assembling from a wide array of
disciplines and fields the central works that define the
field in international relations today, this innovative
work explores the future of global health and the
possible benefits of expanding the interdisciplinary
path even further.
April 2009 c. 576 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2665-7 c. £145.00
Global Law
Edited by John J. Kirton with Jelena Madunic,
University of Toronto, Canada
The Library of Essays in Global Governance
to the practice and analysis of international relations.
How has the use of global law shaped international
relations of the past and present and how will it shape
the future? This work assemblies the key articles that
have defined the scholarly field of global law to explore
customs, treaties and international institutions, the
roles they have played in international relations and
the effect they have had and will continue to have in
the international system. With a wide range of articles
covering the classic debates of the role of global law,
as well as introducing case studies of the applications of
global law, it allows one to ask what the future of global
law will be.
April 2009 c. 546 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2662-6 c. £135.00
Global Trade
Edited by John J. Kirton, University of Toronto,
Canada
The Library of Essays in Global Governance
Trade has long been a core part of international
relations. Bilateral, plurilateral and multilateral trade
flows and agreements have arisen in many ways
and in many areas over the centuries. From regional
arrangements, such as the North American Free
Trade Agreement, to the all-encompassing General
Agreement on Tariffs and Trades and now the World
Trade Organization, the system of global trade has seen
struggles and successes alike. The traditional debate
over liberalization and protectionism remains central
today; and with ever-expanding globalization facing
all states, the future of global trade seems to be no less
controversial than it was centuries ago. By assembling
the key scholarly works that have defined the field of
global trade, this work addresses these debates and
examines the past to see what the future of global trade
might look like.
April 2009 c. 576 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2668-8 c. £145.00
International Finance
Edited by John J. Kirton, University of Toronto,
Canada
The Library of Essays in Global Governance
The topic of international finance is of increasing
interest in international relations, especially in our
twenty-first century globalizing world. This collection
provides information and perspectives on international
finance of the past, present and future. It explores
the financial shocks and crises from World War Two
onwards and the institutions that were created in
response to them. This volume addresses the critical
questions in the field of international finance by
assembling the central scholarship that has defined the
area. It answers the key questions and contributes to the
ongoing debates in the field of international finance and
international political economy more generally. It is a
must-read for economists, political scientists, scholars
and policymakers alike.
April 2009 c. 580pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2671-8 c. £140.00
International Organization
Edited by John J. Kirton, University of Toronto,
Canada
The Library of Essays in Global Governance
For well over a century, international organizations have
been central to the study and practice of international
relations and global governance. But how much
and how do they help, hinder or otherwise alter the
behaviour of the actors who utilize them and provide
public goals for the global community as a whole?
By assembling the leading works that have defined the
scholarly field of international organization from realist,
liberal institutionalists, constructivists and political
economy traditions, this work examines the many
organizations which have formed, in ever-expanding
numbers and fields, over the years, the degree to which
they have succeeded and their future potential. It looks
at the changing international arena, particularly with the
expansion of civil society and how that affects the role
of such organizations. Has a formula for an effective
and successful international organization developed
or will one have to wait for the next generation of
organizations, institutions and regimes?
April 2009 c. 561 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2674-9 c. £140.00
Library of Essays in Global
Governance
5 Volume Set
Edited by John J. Kirton, University of Toronto,
Canada
The Library of Essays in Global Governance
This collection of five volumes responds to this by
looking at issues related to the global management
of health, the rules of international law, global trade
agreements and policy, international economics and
finance and international organisations. The series is
designed to provide an authoritative set of 5 volumes
reprinting the most influential articles and papers in
English on global governance. It will be of great interest
not only to scholars in international relations and
political science but also to researchers in economics,
political economy, public policy and finance.
April 2009 c. 2812 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2675-6 c. £600.00
Mapping the European
Public Sphere
Institutions, Media and Civil Society
Edited by Cristiano Bee and Emanuela Bozzini,
University of Trento, Italy
Situated in a timely debate and uniquely giving well-
grounded empirical evidence, this book targets primarily
post-graduate students and scholars in social sciences
who are working on European Integration issues.
June 2009 c. 222 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7376-7 c. £55.00
Participation in International
Treaty Regimes
Srini Sitaraman, Clark University, USA
Through a careful selection of relevant cases, this book
explains how internal or domestic factors such as
domestic institutional structure, internal social norms,
leadership and financial and regulatory capacity,
influence the dynamics of resistance and participation
in the United States, Europe, China, India and Afro-Asia.
May 2009 c. 230 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7372-9 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9173-0 December 2008 242 pages
Pathways to Reconciliation
Between Theory and Practice
Edited by Philipa Rothfield, La Trobe University,
Australia, Cleo Fleming and Paul A. Komesaroff,
both at Monash University, Australia
Drawing on fields in the social sciences and humanities,
including post structuralism, hermeneutics, subaltern
studies and social theory, and elaborated in relation to
contemporary sites of conflict and peace-making, this
collection brings together a unique range of perspectives
on the complex issue of reconciliation while offering
responses to the key questions being asked of it today.
November 2008 212 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7513-6 £55.00
Postinternationalism and Small
Arms Control
Theory, Politics, Security
Damien Rogers, New Zealand Immigration Service,
New Zealand
Rogers examines the international community’s
response to the challenge of controlling small arms
and light weapons since the early 1990s.
July 2009 c. 256 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7538-9 c. £55.00
Promoting Conflict or Peace
through Identity
Edited by Nikki R. Slocum-Bradley, United Nations
University, Belgium
Developing a solid basis for future research and training,
this illuminating volume facilitates peace and mutual
understanding between people by addressing a root
cause of social conflicts: identity constructions. Eight
case studies examine how identities are constructed,
how they relate to borders and in what ways they
foment peace or conflict. The volume formulates an
analytical framework for understanding the role of
identity constructions in conflict or peace.
October 2008 242 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7244-9 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8977-5 Hardback 978-0-7546-7498-6 £55.00
Killer Robots
Legality and Ethicality
of Autonomous Weapons
Armin Krishnan, University of Salford, UK
Krishnan explores the technological, legal and ethical
obstacles and suggests some solutions with regard to
regulating autonomous weapons through international
law.
July 2009 c. 200 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7726-0 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9442-7
The Legitimacy
of International Regimes
Helmut Breitmeier, Fernuniversität in Hagen,
Germany
Global Environmental Governance:
How legitimate are outcomes, outputs and impacts
of global environmental regimes? Can non-state actors
contribute to improve the output- and input-oriented
legitimacy of global environmental governance? Helmut
Breitmeier responds to these questions, balancing the
volume with both theoretical and empirical chapters.
Hardback 978-0-7546-4411-8 £55.00
Religion and Politics
Islam and Muslim Civilization
Second Edition
Jan-Erik Lane, The University of the South Pacfic,
Fiji and Hamadi Redissi, University of Tunis, Tunisia
Offering a timely new appraisal of the political and
social impact of Islam, this second edition of Religion
and Politics will be welcomed by political scientists
and historians alike.
May 2009 c. 332 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7418-4 c. £30.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9176-1
Remembering Hiroshima
Was it Just?
Francis X. Winters, Georgetown University, USA
Justice, International Law and Global Security
Winters seeks to balance the verdict of responsibility
for Hiroshima by extending the analysis of the ethics
of the end of the war, pairing Japan’s criminal refusal
to surrender in defeat with the resultant decision by
Truman to forego any further delay and thus spare his
citizens and vast numbers of further Japanese victims
from the Japanese folly of ignoring the fact of military
defeat in favor of the honor of a national destruction
that could purchase no victory.
March 2009 c. 232 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7470-2 c. £55.00
Rights and Legal Empowerment
in Eradicating Poverty
Edited by Dan Banik, University of Oslo, Norway
How best to improve the position of the world’s poorest
people remains one of the major issues facing the
human species. This book investigates the role that legal
empowerment and rights (including human rights) can
play in tackling poverty and enabling poor people in
developing countries to take action to improve their
positions.
December 2008 268 pages
Politics & International Relations 39

Russian Civil-Military Relations
Robert Brannon, College of International and
Security Studies, George C. Marshall European
Center, Germany
Military Strategy and Operational Art
Brannon sets forth the circumstances under which the
military instrument of Russia’s power and influence
could be called upon to exert force.
April 2009 c. 272 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7591-4 c. £55.00
In Search of Structural Power
EU Aid Policy as a Global Political Instrument
Patrick Holden, University of Plymouth, UK
Offering a clear and logical analysis of the panoply
of European Union aid policies and a theoretically
informed evaluation of their operation, this historically
grounded book concentrates on EU aid to key
world regions in the 21st century and provides
a comprehensive and thought-provoking account
of EU aid policy.
January 2009 240 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7333-0 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9171-6 eBook 978-0-7546-9340-6
Transatlantic Environment
and Energy Politics
Comparative and International Perspectives
Edited by Miranda Schreurs, Free University of
Berlin, Germany, Henrik Selin, Boston University,
USA, and Stacy VanDeveer, University of New
Hampshire, USA
Global Environmental Governance
Using a wide range of case studies that embrace climate
change, product standards, chemical regulations,
renewable energy policies, food safety and genetically-
modified organisms, this fascinating volume examines
areas of conflict and cooperation in the relationship
between the European Union and North America.
March 2009 c. 300 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7597-6 c. £60.00
US Foreign Policy
in the Middle East
From Crises to Change
Yakub Halabi, Queen’s University, Canada and West
Galilee College, Israel
This book’s selection of crises is persuasive and provides
a critical lens to observe important turning points in
American foreign policy.
March 2009 c. 164 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7524-2 c. £50.00
Vilfredo Pareto
Edited by Joseph Femia, University of Liverpool, UK
International Library of Essays in the History of Social
and Political Thought
This collection of classic essays published by
distinguished experts in the field during the
past 70 years, introduces the reader to the issues
and controversies raised by Pareto’s social and
political thought.
February 2009 c. 347 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2696-1 c. £90.00
40 Politics & International Relations
Religion & Theology
Aboriginal Environmental
Knowledge
Rational Reverence
Catherine Laudine, University of Newcastle,
Australia
Vitality of Indigenous Religions Series
Whilst there are popular ideas about which champion
Aboriginal Environmental knowledge, many of these
are based more on romantic notions than on any
detailed understanding of what might be the content
of this knowledge. This book is based on a grounded
and broad assessment of less well known details of
Aboriginal knowledge and provides both a great deal
of detail and a new assessment of rituals and practices.
Aboriginal environmental knowledge is examined here
as an integrated source of both religious and scientific
knowledge. An important finding is that Aboriginal
environmental knowledge also includes knowledge
about education for attitudes considered appropriate
for survival. Though evidence for this is readily
available in the literature, it has not been part of current
depictions of Aboriginal environmental knowledge.
April 2009 c. 208 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6430-7 c. £50.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9363-5 Hardback 978-0-7546-5588-6 c. £50.00
Athenagoras
Philosopher and Theologian
David Rankin, Trinity Theological College, Australia
Athenagoras of Athens was a Christian thinker of the
second century who engaged with contemporary
philosophical thought in the matters of the divine,
and the relationship of that divine to the material
world. While clearly a Christian apologist, Athenagoras
presents doctrines of God, of the Holy Trinity, and of
other theological matters which clearly evidence an
engagement with Greek philosophical thought which
goes beyond the merely linguistic and embraces the
notion of God as true being. Athenagoras is a Church
Father who has not been given great attention in 20th
century and early 21st century scholarship.
This book explores Athenagoras’ undeniable place
in the development of Christian thought on the
divine, on the Trinity, on the human person, and on
the resurrection. His work provides an important link
between the mid second century and the work of Justin
and that of the third century Christian theologians of
the East.
February 2009 c. 262 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6604-2 c. £50.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9324-6 conventional cosmologies through new and challenging
Religion & Theology
Biodivinity and Biodiversity
The Limits to Religious Environmentalism
Emma Tomalin, University of Leeds, UK
This book is concerned with the argument that religious
traditions are inherently environmentally friendly.
Yet in a developing country such as India, the majority
of people cannot afford to put the ‘Earth first’ regardless
of the extent to which this idea can be supported
by their religious traditions. Does this mean that the
linking of religion and environmental concerns is a
strategy more suited to contexts where people have a
level of material security that enables them to think
and act like environmentalists?
This question is approached through a series of case
studies from Britain and India. The book concludes that
there is a tension between the ‘romantic’ ecological
discourse common among many Western activists and
a more pragmatic approach, which is often found in
India. The adoption of environmental causes by the
Hindu Right in India makes it difficult to distinguish
genuine concern for the environment from the broader
politics surrounding the idea of a Hindu rashtra (nation).
This raises a further level of analysis, which has not
been provided in other studies.
May 2009 c. 224 pages
Buddhism and Postmodern
Imaginings in Thailand
The Religiosity of Urban Space
James Taylor, University of Adelaide, Australia
This book presents a rethink on the significance of Thai
Buddhism in an increasingly complex and changing
post-modern urban context, especially following the
financial crisis of 1997. Defining the cultural nature of
Thai ‘urbanity’; the implications for local/global flows,
interactions and emergent social formations, James
Taylor opens up new possibilities in understanding
the specificities of everyday urban life as this relates
to perceptions, conceptions and lived experiences of
religiosity. Changes in the centre are also reverberating
in the remaining forests and the monastic tradition of
forest-dwelling which has sourced most of the nation’s
modern saints. The text is based on ethnography taking
into account the rich variety of everyday practices in a
mélange of the religious. In Thailand, Buddhism is so
intimately interconnected with national identity and
social, economic and ethno-political concerns as to
be inseparable. Taylor argues here that in recent years
there has been a marked reformulation of important
Buddhist ideas and practices. These influences and
changes are as much located outside as inside the
Buddhist temples/monasteries.
December 2008 252 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6247-1 £50.00
Church, Community and Power
Roy Kearsley, Cardiff University, Wales
In the era of ‘post-Christendom’, how can church as
a sociological reality be switched on to the destructive
dangers, yet constructive possibilities, of ‘power’ flowing
in and around its community? Attuned to the current
distrust of church power, this book creatively works
out responses that could turn painful censure
into a re-visioning of church power relations, helped
by neglected critical studies. The approach exposes
a complexity to power, and filters that insight into
a theology of church. Much attention is paid in the
book to the relevance to a religious community of
post-modern philosopher Michel Foucault and of
recent feminism.
The topic of power has universal importance in the
study of religion, though the response to analysis and
critique in this book is drawn specifically from Christian
sources. Kearsley concludes with an exploration for
a future renovated, self-critical, authentic and growing
community, sensitive to power while remaining in line
with classic Christianity.
December 2008 260 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6345-4 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9314-7 Satan.
The Church in Anglican Theology
An Historical, Theological
and Ecumenical Exploration
Kenneth A. Locke, University of the West,
Rosemead, USA
This book is the first systematic attempt to describe
a coherent and comprehensive Anglican understanding
of Church. Rather than focusing on one school
of thought, Dr. Locke unites under one ecclesiological
umbrella the seemingly disparate views that have
shaped Anglican reflections on Church. He does so by
exploring three central historical developments: (1) the
influence of Protestantism, (2) the Anglican defence of
episcopacy, and (3) the development of the Anglican
practice of authority. Dr. Locke demonstrates how the
interaction of these three historical influences laid the
foundations of an Anglican understanding of Church
that continues to guide and shape Anglican identity;
he shows how this understanding of Church has shaped
recent Anglican ecumencial dialogues with Reformed,
Lutheran, Orthodox and Roman Catholic Churches.
Drawing on the principle that dialogue with those who
are different can lead to greater self-understanding and
self-realization, Dr. Locke demonstrates that Anglican
self-identiy rests on firmer ecclesiological foundations
than is sometimes supposed.
May 2009 c.224 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6530-4 c. £45.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9371-0
Contemporary Religious Satanism
A Critical Anthology
Edited by Jesper Aagaard Petersen, Norwegian
University of Science and Technology, Norway
Controversial New Religions
The Church of Satan was founded by Anton LaVey
on April 30, 1966. In his hands, Satan became
a provocative symbol for indulgence, vital existence,
natural wisdom and the human being’s ‘true’ animal
nature. At present, religious Satanism exists primarily
as a decentralized subculture with a strong internet
presence within a larger Satanic milieu in Western
culture. The various expressions of modern Satanism
all navigate in todays detraditionalized religious market
through the creative appropriation of popular culture,
philosophy, literature and religion. Though most are
inspired by LaVey, the great majority of contemporary
Satanists are not members of the Church of Satan.
Contemporary religious Satanism could be understood
as a complex negotiation of atheism, secularism,
esotericism and self: A ‘self-religion’ in the modern
age. The concrete solutions are varied; but they all
understand the power of transgression allying oneself
with a most powerful symbol of resistance, namely
Despite the fascinating nature of religious Satanism,
it has attracted little scholarship until relatively recently.
This book brings together a group of international
scholars to produce the first serious book-length study
of religious Satanism, presenting a collection that will
have wide appeal to specialists and non-specialists
alike. The first part contains broader studies of
influential groups and important aspects of the Satanic
milieu, especially regarding historical developments,
the construction of tradition and issues of legitimacy.
The second part narrows the view to regional variations,
especially with studies on Northern and Eastern Europe.
The third part consists of primary documents selected
for their representational and informational value.
February 2009 c. 208 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5286-1 £50.00
Disciplining the
Divine
Toward an (Im)political
Theology
Paul Fletcher, Lancaster
University, UK
Disciplining the Divine offers the
first comprehensive treatment of
the Social Model of the Trinity,
exploring its central place within
much theological discourse of the
past half century, including its relation to wider cultural
and political concerns. The book highlights the manner
in which theologians have attempted to make the
doctrine of God relevant to modern issues and outlooks
and it charts the conditions that have necessitated
such a reconfiguration of theological analysis. While
interrogatory in tone and intent, Disciplining the
Divine nevertheless provides a critical reconstruction
of a Christian theology and practice which might be
undertaken within the political and cultural contexts of
the new millennium.
May 2009 c. 208 pages
Paperback 978-0-7546-6722-3 c. £17.99
Hardback 978-0-7546-6716-2 c. £50.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9333-8 eBook 978-0-7546-9378-9
Encounter Between Eastern
Orthodoxy and Radical Orthodoxy
Transfiguring the World Through the Word
Edited by Adrian Pabst, University of Nottingham,
UK and Christoph Schneider, University of Zurich,
Switzerland
This book presents the first debate between the Anglo-
Catholic movement Radical Orthodoxy and Eastern
Orthodox theologians. Leading international scholars
offer new insights and reflections on a wide range of
contemporary issues from a specifically theological and
philosophical perspective. The ancient notion of divine
Wisdom (Sophia) serves as a common point of reference
in this encounter. Both Radical and Eastern Orthodoxy
agree that the transfiguration of the world through the
Word is at the very centre of the Christian faith.
The book explores how this process of transformation
can be envisaged with regard to epistemological,
ontological, aesthetical, ecclesiological and political
questions. Contributors to this volume include Rowan
Williams, John Milbank, Antoine Arjakovsky, Michael
Northcott, Nicholas Loudovikos, Andrew Louth and
Catherine Pickstock.
February 2009 c. 362 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6091-0 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8254-7
Entering the New
Theological Space
Blurred Encounters of Faith,
Politics and Community
Edited by John Reader, Diocese of Chester, UK and
Chris Baker, William Temple Foundation, UK
Explorations in Practical, Pastoral and Empirical
Theology
This book presents theological reflections on the
changing nature of church mission and Christian
identity within a theology of ‘Blurred Encounter’ – a
physical, social, political and spiritual space where
once solid hierarchies and patterns are giving way to
more fluid and in many ways unsettling exchanges.
The issues raised and dynamics explored apply to all
socially-produced space, thus tending to ‘blur’ that most
fundamental of theological categories – namely urban
vs. rural theology.
Engaging in a sharper way with some of the helpful but
inevitably broad-brush conclusions raised by recent
church-based reports (Mission-shaped Church, Faithful
Cities), the authors examine some of the practical
and theological implications of this research for the
issue of effective management and therefore church
leadership generally. Speaking to practitioners in the
field of Practical Theology as well as those engaged
in theological and ministerial training, key voices
encompass dimensions of power and conflict, and
identify some of the present and future opportunities
and challenges to church/faith-based engagement and
leadership arising from blurred encounters.
Contributors - practitioners and theorists – cover a wide
spectrum of interdisciplinary professional contexts
and academic/denominational interests. Contributors
include: John Atherton. John Reader, Helen Cameron,
Martyn Percy, Malcolm Brown, Karen Lord, Clare
McBeath and Margaret Goodall
May 2009 c. 240 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6339-3 c. £50.00
Religion & Theology 41
Evagrius Ponticus
The Making of a Gnostic
Julia Konstantinovsky, University of Oxford, UK
Ashgate New Critical Thinking in Religion, Theology
and Biblical Studies
A revered instructor of the eremitic monks of Nitria,
Sketis and Kellia, Evagrius Ponticus is a fascinating yet
enigmatic figure in the history of fourth-century mystical
thought. This historical and theological re-evaluation of
the teaching of Evagrius brings to bear evidence from
the Greek and Syriac Evagriana.
Focusing on Evagrius’ concept of perfection as
the acquisition of spiritual knowledge, this book
revisits current perceptions of Evagrius’s thought and
character by comparing and contrasting him with his
contemporaries and predecessors, both Christian and
pagan. Ideas of the three ‘Cappadocians’ and the author
of the Macariana, as well as Stoic, Neo-Platonic and
earlier Christian writers such as Alcinoos, Plotinus,
Clement and Origen, are all explored. Konstantinovsky
draws attention to a lack of uniformity in the fourth-
century views on the origin of the soul, the body-soul
relation, and the eschatological destiny of humankind.
January 2009 222 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6265-5 £50.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9235-5
Explorations in Christian Theology
and Ethics
Essays in Conversation with Paul L Lehmann
Edited by Philip G. Ziegler, University of Aberdeen,
UK and Michelle Bartel, Hanover College, USA
Engaging variously with the legacy of Paul L. Lehmann,
these essays argue for a reorientation in Christian
theology that better honours the formative power
of the gospel to animate and shape doctrine and
witness, as well as ethical and political life.
The authors explore key themes in Christian theology
and ethics - forgiveness, discernment, responsibility,
spirituality, the present day tasks of theology and the
role of faith in public life - making plain the unabated
importance of Lehmann’s work at this juncture in
contemporary theology. The internationally recognized
contributors draw crucial connections between the
gospel of reconciliation, the form of Christian theology
and witness, and the challenges of contemporary ethical
and political reflection. This book demonstrates why this
close friend of Dietrich Bonhoeffer, and author of Ethics
in a Christian Context and The Transfiguration of Politics
continues to influence generations of theologians in
both the English speaking world and beyond.
May 2009 c. 224 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6358-4 c. £50.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9379-6 argument about the relation of realism and non-realism
42 Religion & Theology
Exploring Religion and the Sacred
in a Media Age
Edited by Christopher Deacy, University of Kent, UK
and Elisabeth Arweck, University of Warwick, UK
Theology and Religion in Interdisciplinary Perspective
Series in Association with the BSA Sociology of
Religion Study Group
In recent years, there has been growing awareness
across a range of academic disciplines of the value
of exploring issues of religion and the sacred in relation
to cultures of everyday life. Exploring Religion and
the Sacred in a Media Age offers inter-disciplinary
perspectives drawing from theology, religious studies,
media studies, cultural studies, film studies, sociology
and anthropology. Combining theoretical frameworks
for the analysis of religion, media and popular culture,
with focused international case studies of particular
texts, practices, communities and audiences, the
authors examine topics such as media rituals,
marketing strategies, empirical investigations of
audience testimony, and the influence of religion
on music, reality television and the internet.
Both academically rigorous and of interest to a wider
readership, this book offers a wide range of fascinating
explorations at the cutting edge of many contemporary
debates in sociology, religion and media, including
chapters on the way evangelical groups in America have
made use of The Da Vinci Code and on the influences
of religion on British club culture and electronic dance
music.
March 2009 c. 224 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6527-4 c. £50.00
God in Postliberal Perspective
Between Realism and Non-Realism
Robert Andrew Cathey, McCormick Theological
Seminary, USA
Transcending Boundaries in Philosophy and Theology
Who is God? The variety of images of God tends
to overwhelm us in the present age. Is ‘God’ a fiction of
human construction, or a reality that makes claims upon
how we practice ‘faith in God’? How does this quest for
an understanding of ‘God’ illumine who ‘we’ are?
God in Postliberal Perspective presents an introduction
to the doctrine and concept of God in contemporary
philosophy and theology, exploring how some
theologians and philosophers dare to speak of God
as ‘real’ in our sceptical, pluralistic, and interfaith
age. Robert Cathey tours the ‘house of realism’ as
constructed by postliberal Christians (David Burrell,
William Placher, Bruce Marshall), in conversation
with living communities of faith and critical work
in philosophy and theology, and develops a distinctive
in constructing the doctrine of God in postliberal
theology.
Offering a reading of postliberal theology which is
open to critical discussion with other types of theology,
philosophy, and faith traditions, this book proposes a
model of theological reflection that may be extended
to the reality-claims of a wide range of doctrines
and concepts.
February 2009 248 Pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-1680-1 £50.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9310-9
Hebrew Life and Literature
Selected Essays of Bernhard Lang
Bernhard Lang, University of Paderborn, Germany
Society for Old Testament Study
Bernhard Lang, known for his contributions over several
decades to biblical anthropology, offers in this volume
a selection of essays on the life and literature of the
ancient Hebrews. The subjects range from the Hebrew
God, the world-view of the Bible, and the formation of
the scriptural canon, to peasant poverty, women’s work,
the good life, and prophetic street theatre. The stories
of Joseph, Samson, and the expulsion from Paradise
are told, and in a departure from the Old Testament,
the priestly origins of the Eucharist are considered.
Insight into the Hebrew mentality is facilitated by the
arrangement of the essays, reflecting the three strata of
the ancient society: the peasants, with their common
concerns of fertility and happiness; warriors, their
martial pursuits, and the divine Lord of War; and
the wise - prophets, priests, and sages.
December 2008 292 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6618-9 £55.00
Hospital Chaplaincy
in the 21st Century
The Crisis of Spiritual Care on the NHS
Christopher Swift, Leeds Teaching Hospitals NHS
Trust, UK
Explorations in Practical, Pastoral and Empirical
Theology
Issues of faith and spirituality have been resurgent
in the UK since the opening of the 21st century.
This book charts the impact of shifting attitudes towards
spirituality through the experiences of health care
chaplains. Rooted in a new and radical interpretation
of the chaplain’s work in the past, the book moves on to
describe a current crisis in the nature of spiritual care.
Using the tools of practical theology to analyse these
experiences fundamental problems are identified for
chaplains as they work within the culture of ‘evidence
based practice’.
As the National Health Service struggles to balance
its books chaplains have come under increasing
scrutiny. Some chaplains have faced the prospect of
redundancy or cuts to their budgets, while a growing
number of NHS Trusts no longer offer chaplaincy to
patients out of hours. In this context the nature of
chaplaincy itself has come into question, and rival
models of the profession have emerged. Is chaplaincy
a new and distinct profession within health care, based
on evidence and available to all? Or is it State funded
religious activity, theoretically open to all but in practice
utilised chiefly by the faithful few? In responding to
these questions the book concludes with a vision of
how chaplaincy can both maintain its integrity - and be
a valued part of 21st century health care.
May 2009 c.182 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6416-1 c. £45.00
The Identity of Christian Morality
Ann Marie Mealey, Leeds Trinity and All Saints, UK
Ashgate New Critical Thinking in Religion, Theology
and Biblical Studies
This book argues that moral theology has yet to
embrace the recommendations of the Second Vatican
Council concerning the ways in which moral theology
is to be renewed. There is little or no consensus
between theologians regarding the nature, content and
uniqueness of Christian morality. After highlighting the
strengths and weaknesses of the so-called autonomy
and faith ethic schools of thought, Mealey argues that
there is little dividing them and that, in some instances,
both schools are simply defending one aspect of a
hermeneutical dialectic.
In an attempt to move away from the divisions between
proponents of the faith-ethic and autonomy positions,
Mealey enlists the help of the hermeneutical theory of
Paul Ricoeur, arguing that the debate on the uniqueness
of Christian morality can be mediated if scholars look
to the possibilities opened up by Ricoeur’s hermeneutics
of interpretation. Mealey also argues that the uniqueness
of Christian morality is more adequately explained
in terms of a specific identity (self) that is constantly
subject to change and revision in light of many, often
conflicting, moral sources. She advocates a move away
from attempts to explain the uniqueness of Christian
morality in terms of one specific, unchanging context,
motivation, norm or divine command or value.
By embracing the possibilities opened up by Ricoeurian
hermeneutics, Mealey explains how concepts such as
revelation, tradition, orthodoxy and moral conscience
may be understood in a hermeneutical way without
being deemed sectarian or unorthodox.
January 2009 196 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6073-6 c. £50.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9318-5 culture. This book examines the changing perspectives
Jürgen Moltmann’s Ethics of Hope
Eschatological Possibilities For Moral Action
Timothy Harvie, Independent Scholar
Ashgate New Critical Thinking in Religion, Theology
and Biblical Studies
This book develops a thorough account of the sphere
of human moral action in sustained dialogue with
Jürgen Moltmann. By examining God’s role as promise-
giver, particularly in the Christian understanding of
resurrection, this work describes the occupancy of
both history and space in moral terms. This leads to
an understanding of Jesus’ description of ‘the kingdom
of God’ to feature prominently in describing both the
possibility and content of human moral action.
By offering an account of each of the main doctrines
found in Moltmann’s corpus - the role of the future, the
Trinity, the Holy Spirit, and anthropology - this book
locates how each contributes to the understanding of
ethics from a Christian perspective and subsequently
applies these findings to the contemporary issue of
poverty and global economics.
February 2009 c. 240 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6481-9 c. £50.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9308-6 January 2009 260 pages
Karl Barth and the Fifth Gospel
Barth’s Theological Exegesis of Isaiah
Mark S. Gignilliat, Samford University, USA
Barth Studies
Today’s biblical scholars and dogmaticians are
giving a significant amount of attention to the topic
of theological exegesis. A resource turned to for
guidance and insight in this discussion is the history
of interpretation, and Karl Barth’s voice registers loudly
as a helpful model for engaging Scripture and its subject
matter. Most readers of Barth’s theological exegesis
encounter him on the level of his New Testament
exegesis. This is understandable from several different
vantage points. Unfortunately, Barth’s theological
exegesis of the Old Testament has not received the
attention it deserves. This book seeks to fill this lacuna
as it encounters Barth’s theological exegesis of Isaiah
in the Church Dogmatics. From the Church’s inception,
Isaiah has been understood as Christian Scripture.
In the Church Dogmatics we find Barth reading Isaiah
in multi-functional and multi-layered ways as he
seeks to hear Isaiah as a living witness to God’s
triune revelation of himself in Jesus Christ.
February 2009 c. 180 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5856-6 c. £50.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8300-1
Liturgy in the Age of Reason
Worship and Sacraments in England
and Scotland 1662–c.1800
Bryan D. Spinks, Yale Institute of Sacred Music
and Yale Divinity School, USA
Worship has always been affected by its surrounding
in and discussions on worship styles and practices from
the Restoration to the death of Wesley, in England and
Scotland. Moving beyond the text, Spinks grounds
the discussion within the changing cultural and
intellectual framework of the period referred to as the
Enlightenment. The focus is the end of the early modern
period, when already the upheaval of the English Civil
War, the methods of the Cambridge Platonists, and the
thinking of Descartes and Spinoza were making the
period one of transition and Newtonian thought and
the thought of John Locke impacted theological thought
and worship forms. It is against this framework that
the worship in England and Scotland will be described
and assessed. As well as published and unpublished
liturgical documents, this book draws on contemporary
accounts and descriptions of worship, catechisms,
sermons and theological works, and contemporary
diaries. Musical and architectural changes are also
noted, particularly the late seventeenth century hymns
of Richard Davies of Rothwell, Joseph Stennett and
Benjamin Keach.
This book places worship in the society which it
served, and from which changes sprang, exploring
the interaction of cultural thought and worship and
drawing parallels between the Enlightenment period and
problems of late modernity and the worship wars of the
late twentieth century.
Hardback 978-0-7546-6089-7 c. £50.00
Moved by Mary
The Power of Pilgrimage
in the Modern World
Edited by Anna-Karina
Hermkens, Willy Jansen
and Catrien Notermans,
Institute for Gender Studies
and the Department of
Cultural Anthropology,
Radboud University Nijmegen,
Netherlands
The Virgin Mary continues to attract devotees to the
images and sites dedicated to her, despite modern trends
of secularisation. This book explores the ways in which
people around the world are ‘moved’ by Mary and
religiously empower themselves to face a wide range
of modern-day problems and inequalities. Linking
Marian pilgrimages to broader questions of culture,
power and politics, the authors present in-depth case
studies of particular groups of people that reveal how
they identify and join with Mary in their struggle
against social inequality, oppression, individualisation,
occupation and violence but also how Mary is
mobilized to impose norms and legitimize acts of
violence and oppression.
This book challenges the preconceived notion that
Marian pilgrimage as a traditional practice is of little
interest and relevancy in the modern day world. By
approaching Marian pilgrimage as a practice, a form
of lived religion, that is still highly relevant for and
expresses the very real concerns of a wide range of
groups across the world, the authors contribute to the
insight on the role of religion in every day life.
June 2009 c. 256 pages
Paperback 978-0-7546-6792-6 c. £16.99
Native Christians
Modes and Effects of Christianity among
Indigenous Peoples of the Americas
Edited by Aparecida Vilaça, Museu Nacional,
Federal University of Rio de Janeiro (UFRJ), Brazil
and Robin M Wright, University of Florida, USA
Vitality of Indigenous Religions Series
Native Christians reflects on the modes and effects
of Christianity among indigenous peoples of the
Americas drawing on comparative analysis of
ethnographic and historical cases. Christianity in this
region has been part of the process of conquest and
domination, through the association usually made
between civilizing and converting. While Catholic
missions have emphasized the ‘civilizing’ process,
teaching the Indians the skills which they were expected
to exercise within the context of a new societal model,
the Protestants have centered their work on promoting
a deep internal change, or ‘conversion’, based on the
recognition of God’s existence.
Various ethnologists and scholars of indigenous
societies have focused their interest on understanding
the nature of the transformations produced by the
adoption of Christianity. The contributors in this volume
take native thought as the starting point, looking at the
need to relativise these transformations. Each author
examines different ethnographic cases throughout the
Americas, both historical and contemporary, enabling
the reader to understand the indigenous points of view
in the processes of adoption and transformation of new
practices, objects, ideas and values.
February 2009 c. 284 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6355-3 £55.00
Religion & Theology 43
Nature, Space and the Sacred
Transdisciplinary Perspectives
Edited by S.Bergmann, Norwegian University
of Science and Technology, Norway, P.M. Scott,
University of Manchester, UK, M. Jansdotter,
Karlstad University, Sweden, H. Bedford-Strohm,
University of Bamberg, Germany
Nature, Space and the Sacred offers the first
investigative mapping of a new and highly significant
agenda: the spatial interactions between religion, nature
and culture. In this ground-breaking work, different
concepts of religion, theology, space and place and
their internal relations are discussed in an impressive
range of approaches. Weaving together a diversity of
perspectives, this book presents an innovative and truly
trans-disciplinary environmental science. Its broad
range offers a rich exchange of insights, methods and
theoretical engagements.
May 2009 c. 256 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6686-8 c. £50.00
Ninian Smart on World Religions:
Volume 1
Religious Experience and Philosophical
Analysis
Edited by John J. Shepherd, St Martin’s College, UK
Ashgate Contemporary Thinkers on Religion: Collected
Works
Ninian Smart came to public prominence as the
founding Professor of the first British university
Department of Religious Studies in the late 1960s.
His pioneering views on education in religion proved
hugely influential at all levels, from primary schools
to academic teaching and research. An unending string
of publications, many of them accessible to the general
public, sustained a reputation that became worldwide.
Here, for the first time, a selection of Ninian Smart’s
wide-ranging writings is organised systematically under
a set of categories which both comprehend and also
illuminate his varied output over a career spanning
half a century. The editor, John Shepherd, was Principal
Lecturer in Religion and Philosophy at St Martin’s
College, Lancaster. He first met Smart as a postgraduate
student, and recently helped establish the Ninian Smart
Archive at Lancaster University.
June 2009 c. 400 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4080-6 c. £65.00
Ninian Smart on World Religions:
Volume 2
Traditions and the Challenges of Modernity
Edited by John J. Shepherd, St Martin’s College,
Lancaster, UK
Ashgate Contemporary Thinkers on Religion:
Collected Works
Ninian Smart came to public prominence as the
founding Professor of the first British university
Department of Religious Studies in the late 1960s.
His pioneering views on education in religion proved
hugely influential at all levels, from primary schools
to academic teaching and research. An unending string
of publications, many of them accessible to the general
public, sustained a reputation that became worldwide.
Here, for the first time, a selection of Ninian Smart’s
wide-ranging writings is organised systematically under
a set of categories which both comprehend and also
illuminate his varied output over a career spanning
half a century. The editor, John Shepherd, was Principal
Lecturer in Religion and Philosophy at St Martin’s
College, Lancaster. He first met Smart as a postgraduate
student, and recently helped establish the Ninian Smart
Archive at Lancaster University.
June 2009 c. 400 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6638-7 c. £65.00
44 Religion & Theology
Phenomenology and Eschatology
Not Yet in the Now
Edited by Neal DeRoo, Boston College, USA
and John Panteleimon Manoussakis, College of
the Holy Cross, USA
Ashgate New Critical Thinking in Religion, Theology
and Biblical Studies
Given the resurgence of eschatological thought in
contemporary theology and the continued relevance
of phenomenology in philosophy, this book brings
together leading thinkers such as Lacoste, Romano,
Kearney and Hart to explore the ways in which these
two seemingly unrelated disciplines illuminate each
other. Through a series of phenomenological analyses
of key eschatological concepts and detailed readings
in some of the key figures of both disciplines, this
text reveals that phenomenology and eschatology are
fundamentally inter-related, and that neither can be
fully understood without the other: without eschatology,
phenomenology would not have developed the ethical
and temporal aspects that characterize it today; without
phenomenology, eschatology would remain relegated to
the sidelines of serious theological discourse. Along the
way, such diverse themes as time, death, parousia, and
the call are re-examined and redefined.
February 2009 c. 224 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6701-8 c. £50.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9335-2
Reading Anselm’s Proslogion
The History of Anselm’s Argument
and its Significance Today
Ian Logan, Blackfriars Hall, Oxford, UK
Ashgate New Critical Thinking in Religion, Theology
and Biblical Studies
Anselm’s Proslogion has sparked controversy from the
time it was written (c.1077) to the present day. Attempts
to provide definitive accounts of its argument have led
to a wide and contradictory variety of interpretations.
In this book, Ian Logan goes back to basics, to the Latin
text of the Proslogion with an original parallel English
translation, before tracing the twists and turns of this
controversy. Helping us to understand how the same
argument came to be regarded as based on reason alone
by some and on faith alone by others, as a logically
sound demonstration by its supporters and as fatally
flawed by its opponents, Logan considers what Anselm
is setting out to do in the Proslogion, how his argument
works, and whether it is successful.
May 2009 c.256 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6123-8 c. £50.00
This catalogue now includes details of
all those titles where an eBook version is
available. Ashgate and Gower now have over
1000 titles available in eBook format and our
constantly expanding eBook programme
adds dozens of new titles each month,
making digital and print formats available
simultaneously. Visit: www.ashgate.com/
ebooks to find a complete listing of our new
and selected backlist ebooks and discover
how to access them.
Reconstructing
Practical Theology
The Impact of Globalization
Revd Dr John Reader, Anglican
Priest and Rural Officer,
Diocese of Chester, UK and is
Associate Researcher with the
William Temple Foundation
Explorations in Practical,
Pastoral and Empirical Theology
This book argues that the
discipline of practical theology needs to be re-shaped
in the light of the impact of various influences created
through the encounter with globalization. Essential
to this is an engagement with the insights of other
disciplines, e.g. sociology, politics, economics and
philosophy. The content and authority of the Christian
tradition is being challenged by the blurred encounters
with more fluid lifestyles, alternative spiritualities and
indeed other faiths as mediated through information
technology and the breakdown of attachments to all
forms of institutional life. Traditional ways of ‘belonging’
and relating to places and structures are being eroded
leaving the established patterns of ministry, worship,
church organisation the province of an ageing
population, while those who are now more inclined to
search for ‘communities of interest’ avoid being drawn
into the practices and structures of formal religion.
What is the future for practical theology in this rapidly
changing context? By examining the familiar concerns
of the subject John Reader shows how it is in danger
of operating with ‘zombie categories’ – still alive but
only just – and presents the possibilities for a reflexive
spirituality grounded in the Christian tradition as a way
into the future.
July 2008 150 pages
Paperback 978-0-7546-6660-8 £16.99
Theology, Psychology
and the Plural Self
Léon Turner, Cambridge University, UK
Ashgate Science and Religion Series
Is the human self singular and unified or essentially
plural? This book explores the seemingly disparate ways
that Christian theology and the secular human sciences
have approached this complex question.
Through an original analysis of recent theological and
secular accounts of self and personhood, this book
examines the extent of the intertheoretical disparity
and its broader implications for theology’s dialogue
with the human sciences in general, and psychology
in particular. It explains why theologians ought to take
questions about the plurality of self very seriously, and
how they overlap with many of the central concerns
of contemporary theological anthropology, including
the notions of relationality, particularity and human
sinfulness. Introducing a novel psychological framework
to distinguish various understandings of self-disunity,
the author argues that contemporary theology’s blanket
condemnation of self-multiplicity is misconceived, and
identifies a possible means of reconciling theological
and human scientific accounts.
December 2008 238 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6519-9 £50.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9316-1

Accession and Migration
Changing Policy, Society, and Culture
in an Enlarged Europe
Edited by John Eade, University of Roehampton, UK,
Suman Gupta, Open University, UK and Yordanka
Valkanova, Roehampton University of London, UK
Studies in Migration and Diaspora
The expansion of the European Union in May 2004
through the entry of ten countries from central and
eastern Europe has generated considerable media
interest; interest which was revived by further expansion
in January 2007 when Bulgaria and Romania became
the latest nations from the east to join.
Rather than focusing exclusively on changes within
the EU labour market and policy debates about the
impact of migration on local jobs and welfare resources,
Accession and Migration offers a careful, grounded
analysis of the social and cultural processes bound up
with migration, which puts into perspective the media
hype about the dire consequences of immigration from
these new accession countries.
This book discusses the representations of people
and places through media and other forms of
communication in the light of migratory movements
between Bulgaria and Britain, as well as the consequent
social and cultural changes taking place within Bulgaria.
In addition, Bulgarian migrants’ engagement with British
locals and other migrants in Britain is scrutinized,
alongside a comparative analysis of other migration
flows from the new accession states.
As such, Accession and Migration will be of interest not
only to scholars of migration, but also to policy makers
at various local, national and international levels.
August 2009 c. 220 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7503-7 c. £55.00
Authenticity in Culture,
Self, and Society
Edited by Phillip Vannini, Royal Roads University,
Canada and Patrick Williams, Arkansas State
University, USA
Across sociology and cultural studies in particular,
the concept of authenticity has begun to occupy
a central role, yet in spite of its popularity as an ideal
and philosophical value authenticity notably suffers
from a certain vagueness; work in this area tending to
borrow ideas from outside of sociology, whilst failing to
present empirical studies which centre on the concept
itself. Authenticity in Culture, Self, and Society addresses
the problems surrounding this concept, offering a
sociological analysis of it for the first time in order
to provide readers in the social and cultural sciences
with a clear conceptualization of authenticity and with
a survey of original empirical studies focused on its
experience, negotiation, and social relevance at the
levels of self, culture, and specific social settings.
Compiled by a team of experts from a variety of
disciplinary backgrounds, this volume not only offers
important theoretical contributions to our understanding
of authenticity, but also maintains an empirical focus on
the sociology of everyday life. As such, it will appeal to
scholars across a range of subjects, including sociology,
anthropology, cultural studies, social theory, psychology
and philosophy.
April 2009 c. 288 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7516-7 c. £55.00
Sociology, Social Policy & Social Work
Black Beauty: Aesthetics,
Stylization, Politics
Shirley Anne Tate, University of Leeds, UK
Combining rich ethnographic research amongst Black
British women of Caribbean heritage, with a discussion
of the broader ‘Black Atlantic’ context, Shirley Tate
offers a unique exploration of beauty, race and identity
politics, revealing how Black women themselves speak
about, negotiate, inhabit, work on and perform Black
beauty.
March 2009 c. 192 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7145-9 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9140-2 book investigates the social aspects of making fine art
Caste, Occupation and Politics
on the Ganges
Passages of Resistance
Assa Doron, Australian National University,
Australia
Anthropology and Cultural History in Asia
and the Indo-Pacific
This intriguing anthropological study investigates how
the boatmen of Banaras have repositioned themselves
within the traditional social organization and used
their privileged position on the river to contest upper-
caste and state domination. Assa Doron examines the
evolution of the boatmen community, drawing on a
variety of sources to illuminate the cultural politics of
social and economic inequality in contemporary India.
Decmber 2008 216 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7550-1 £55.00
Children in State Care
Edited by Mark Courtney, Chapin Hall Center for
Children, University of Washington, USA and
June Thoburn, University of East Anglia, UK
The Library of Essays in Child Welfare and Development
This volume brings together a selection of the most
influential and informative English language refereed
journal articles on children in out-of-home care, their
birth relatives and carers. The articles, which include
empirical research and critiques of policy and practice,
are mainly from the UK and USA, but include some
coverage of child placement policy and practice in
Australia and mainland Europe. The volume starts with
a joint introductory chapter by the two distinguished
authors (one American, one British) reviewing the state
of knowledge on children in care and drawing attention
to other important sources not included as chapters.
January 2009 572 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2587-2 £145.00
Sociology, Social Policy & Social Work
Collective Creativity
Art and Society in the South Pacific
Katherine Giuffre, Colorado College, USA
Anthropology and Cultural History in Asia and the
Indo-Pacific
Collective Creativity offers an analysis of the explosion
of artistic creativity currently taking place on the South
Pacific island of Rarotonga, examining the reasons for
which this region is experiencing such a surge of artistic
production. Exploring the construction of this art-world,
as well as the ways in which creativity and innovation
are linked to social structures and social networks, this
in order to present a ‘collective’ theory of creativity.
With a close examination of tourism, galleries and,
of course, the artists themselves, Collective Creativity
presents a detailed picture of a complex and multi-
faceted community through the words of the art-world
participants themselves, as they face the issues of race
and class that will confront other nations on a larger
scale in the future
Theoretically sophisticated, yet grounded with rich
empirical data, this book will appeal not only to
anthropologists with an interest in the South Pacific,
but also to scholars concerned with questions of
ethnicity, creativity, globalization and network analysis.
May 2009 c. 176 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7664-5 c. £50.00
eBook 978-0-7546-7665-2
Complying With Colonialism
Gender, Race and Ethnicity
in the Nordic Region
Edited by Suvi Keskinen, University of Tampere,
Finland, Salla Tuori, Åbo Akademi University,
Finland, Sari Irni, Åbo Akademi University, Finland
and Diana Mulinari, University of Lund, Sweden
Complying with Colonialism presents a complex
analysis of the habitual weak regard attributed to the
colonial ties of Nordic Countries. It introduces the
concept of ‘colonial complicity’, whilst offering new
insights for feminist and postcolonial studies. The
contributions from numerous international academics
illustrate its importance within sociological academia,
and the invaluable source of information it holds for
governmental researchers and policy makers.
February 2009 c. 272 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7435-1 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9145-7
Cosmopolitanism in Practice
Edited by Magdalena Nowicka, Ludwig Maximilian
University, Germany and Maria Rovisco, University
of Lisbon, Portugal
Global Connections
The volume provides empirical research to show
how people actually embrace cosmopolitan ideas
and attitudes. It studies ‘cosmopolitanism in practice’,
looking at the social and institutional environments
in which cosmopolitanism shapes everyday life
experiences and identities. Contributors to the volume
include Ulrich Bech, Stephen Vertovec, Rob Kroes
and Natan Sznaider. Their research draws on a variety
of intellectual disciplines, international contexts and
methodological traditions from a range of local/global
sites.
January 2009 220 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7049-0 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8962-1
45
Culture, Social Movements,
and Protest
Edited by Hank Johnston, San Diego State
University, USA
This cutting-edge research volume advances the
perspective that cultural factors are key influences
in movement trajectories, organizational forms,
recruitment, strategies, and ideologies. Hank Johnston
brings together international experts in cultural analysis
to focus on narratives, frames, speech acts, subcultural
networks, and cultural theory. By introducing innovative
analytical methods, this title will be of key importance
to scholars in sociology, political science, geography,
anthropology, and women’s studies.
February 2009 328 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7446-7 £65.00
Defining and Classifying
Children in Need
Edited by Nick Axford, Social Research Unit at
Dartington, UK
The Library of Essays in Child Welfare and Development
Need is a popular but controversial concept in social
policy. ‘Needs-led’ has become a mantra in children’s
services in recent years, yet theorists still argue about
the meaning and value of the concept of ‘need’. There
are lots of needs assessment at the individual child
and population levels, but case files vary enormously
in quality and reports of need analyses frequently
gather dust on shelves. How, then, should we define
and measure children’s needs, and how should this
influence the design of services? This edited collection
seeks to answer these questions in order to help policy
makers, managers, practitioners and researchers with
identifying and serving children in need. It offers a
critical appraisal of the state of play regarding the theory
of need, the needs that children have, methods for
assessing children’s needs at the individual and group
levels, and approaches to designing services to meet
identified needs.
January 2009 435 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2556-8 £110.00
Flexible Organizations and the New
Working Life
A European Perspective
Edited by Egil J. Skorstad and Helge Ramsdal,
Østfold University College, Norway
What are we actually talking about when we talk of
flexibility in organizational settings? Do flexible forms
of organization lead to varied, challenging and
autonomus work or do they have a negative impact
on working conditions?
These questions are confronted by a group of specialist
authors including Stephen Ackroyd, Harriet Bradley,
Jan Ch. Karlsson, Philippe Mossé and Michael Rose,
who discuss the concept of flexibility in relation to
employment practices, organizational structure, cultural
peculiarities and network arrangements in France, Italy,
Norway, Sweden and the UK.
April 2009 c. 272 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7420-7 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9151-8 to those concerned with ethnopolitical conflict, but
46 Sociology, Social Policy & Social Work
For Durkheim
Essays in Historical and Cultural Sociology
Edward A Tiryakian, Duke University, USA
Rethinking Classical Sociology
For Durkheim is a collection of essays written by
the author over the past 40 years and follows in the
footsteps of previous volumes on For Marx and For
Weber. Many of the essays are either difficult to find
or were not widely disseminated at the time
of publication and now come together in this
comprehensive collection.
April 2009 c. 268 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7155-8 £55.00
Gendered Journeys,
Mobile Emotions
Edited by Gayle Letherby, University of Plymouth,
UK and Gillian Reynolds, Coventry University, UK
The focus of this book is the emotional relationship
that individuals and groups have with travel. Emphasis
is placed upon the experience of travel itself and
attention is given to a variety of travel experiences.
Adopting innovative approaches to valuable material
ranging from personal experience to empirical research,
‘Gendered Journeys, Mobile Emotions’ opens up
and illuminates an interdisciplinary debate about the
gendered nature of travelling.
March 2009 c. 192 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7034-6 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9272-0 and death penalty cases, as well as decision-making
Globalization and Third
World Women
Exploitation, Coping and Resistance
Edited by Ligaya Lindio-McGovern, Indiana
University, USA and Isidor Wallimann, University of
Applied Sciences, Switzerland
Global Connections
Adopting the notion of ‘third world’ as a political rather
than a geographical category, this volume analyses
marginalized women’s experiences of globalization,
unravelling the intersections of race, culture, ethnicity,
nationality and class as shaped by the position of these
women in the global political economy, their culture
and their nation’s history.
June 2009 c. 270 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7463-4 c. £55.00
Health and Health Care
in the New Russia
Edited by Nick Manning, University of Nottingham,
UK and Nataliya Tikhonova, Higher School of
Economics, Russia
This volume explores the nature of health and health-
care experiences in Russia by comparing societies and
communities with different socio-cultural conditions.
Key questions addressed by the authors include:
• How do Russians understand health and what are the
factors that influence this understanding?
• How does this influence Russian self-treatment and
prevention behaviour?
• What are the effects of poverty and standards of living
on health?
• How do Russians seek and get access to medical care?
This book is especially valuable for its collection
of original data gathered after a period of rapidly
worsening health status in Russia, and a grave decline
in male life expectancy; and in its insights into the
challenges this presents to Western European models
of health status and health care.
February 2009 c. 352 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7427-6 c. £60.00
Intellectuals and their Publics
Perspectives from the Social Sciences
Edited by Christian Fleck,University of Graz, Austria,
Andreas Hess, University College Dublin, Republic
of Ireland and E. Stina Lyon, London South Bank
University, UK
The ever changing role of an intellectual in this new age
of political uncertainty is innovatively focused on within
this exciting collection of essays. Its provocative studies
and multifaceted responses promote a vigorous debate
of individual case studies and will be of particular
interest for sociologists, political theorists and historians
of ideas.
January 2009 292 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7540-2 £35.00
Jury Psychology: Social Aspects of
Trial Processes
Psychology in the Courtroom, Volume 1
Edited by Joel D. Lieberman, University of Nevada,
USA and Daniel A. Krauss, Claremont McKenna
College, USA
Psychology, Crime and Law
The first of a two-volume set on the Psychology of the
Courtroom., Jury Psychology:Social Aspects of the Trial
Processes offers a definitive account of the influence of
trial procedures on juror decision-making. A wide range
of topics are covered including pretrial publicity and
inadmissible evidence, jury selection, jury instruction,
in civil trials. In addition, a number of global issues
are discussed, including procedural justice issues and
theoretical models of juror decision-making. Throughout
the volume the authors make recommendations for
improving trial procedures where jurors are involved,
and they discuss how the problems and potential
solutions are relevant to courts around the world.
May 2009 c. 224 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2641-1 c. £40.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9278-2
Media Discourse and the Yugoslav
Conflicts
Representations of Self and Other
Edited by Pål Kolstø, University of Oslo, Norway
In spite of the growing literature on discourse analysis,
some of which focuses on representations of self and
other, the analysis of the relationship of discourse to
violent/non-violent outcomes of conflicts is an under-
researched area. This book combines theories on ethnic
conflict, theories on identity construction and discourse
analysis with a comprehensive and inclusive survey of
the countries of the former Yugoslavia, embracing film,
radio, television and newspapers. As such, it presents
an understanding of the interrelationship between
‘words’ and ‘deeds’, grounded in close reading and
extensive analysis of specific media texts of the period,
an understanding which permits broad comparisons
with other similar conflicts.
Combining ground-breaking applications of theory
with detailed empirical case studies, Media Discourse
and the Yugoslav Conflicts will be of interest not only
to scholars across a range of social sciences including
sociology, discourse analysis and media, conflict and
peace studies.
April 2009 c. 256 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7629-4 c. £48.00
eBook 978-0-7546-7630-0
Migrant Women
Transforming Citizenship
Life Stories From Britain and Germany
Umut Erel, The Open University, UK
Studies in Migration and Diaspora
Migrant Women Transforming Citizenship develops
essential insights concerning the notion of transnational
citizenship by means of the life stories of highly
educated Turkish migrant women in Germany and
Great Britain, interweaving and developing theories
of citizenship, identity and hybridity with the lived
experiences of an immigrant group that has so far
received insufficient attention. By focusing on the
British and German contexts, it introduces a much
needed European and comparative perspective, whilst
exploring the ways in which diverging concepts
and policies of citizenship allow for a differentiated
examination of ethnicity, gender, multiculturalism
and citizenship in Europe.
Presenting a significant and welcome contribution
to our understanding of the complexities of multicultural
it challenges the Orientalist picture of women from the
East as backward and oppressed. Through engagement
with the changing realities of work, family and social
activism, this volume provides a situated account of
how the concepts of citizenship, transnationality and
hybridity play out in actual social relations
With its rich empirical material in its exploration
of the ways in which migrant women, though often
marginalized from the nation as legal or cultural
outsiders, create new meanings of belonging, this book
suggests how citizenship debates can be reframed
to be inclusive of migrant women as actors. As such
it will appeal to those working across a range of social
sciences, including sociology and the sociology of
work, race and ethnicity; citizenship, cultural and
gender studies, as well as anthropology and social
and public policy.
May 2009 c. 208 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7494-8 c. £55.00
Moral Panics over Contemporary
Children and Youth
Edited by Charles Krinsky, Northeastern University,
USA
A truly international collection, this volume features
new global research examining the cultural construction
of youth, through the dissemination of moral panics.
This is the first book to make the most of the latest
contemporary research to examine this controversial
social issue. Its accessible manner and multidisciplinary
approach will appeal to researchers and students across
the social sciences and humanities.
December 2008 270 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7465-8 £55.00
Mortality, Mourning and Mortuary
Practices in Indigenous Australia
Edited by Katie Glaskin, University of Western
Australia, Australia, Myrna Tonkinson, University of
Western Australia, Australia, Yasmine Musharbash,
University of Western Australia, Australia and
Victoria Burbank University of Western Australia,
Australia
Anthropology and Cultural History in Asia and the
Indo-Pacific
Drawing on ethnography of Aboriginal and Torres Strait
Islander communities across Australia, this volume
focuses on the current ways in which indigenous
people confront and manage various aspects of death.
The contributors construct rich accounts of indigenous
practices and beliefs and engage with questions relating
to the frequent experience of death within the context of
unprecedented change and premature mortality.
January 2009 260 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7449-8 £55.00
Multi-Sited Ethnography
Theory, Praxis and Locality in Contemporary
Social Research
Edited by Mark-Anthony Falzon, University of Malta,
Malta and Clare Hall, Cambridge, UK
Multi-Sited Ethnography has established itself as a full-
fledged research method among anthropologists and
sociologists in recent years. It responds to the challenge
of combining multi-sited work with the need for
in-depth analysis, allowing for a more considered
study of social worlds.
Its clear contribution to a rapidly emerging field
will be of interest to scholars of human geography,
anthropology, sociology and development and
migration studies.
April 2009 c. 208 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7318-7 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9144-0 New Critical Writings in Political
The Multiplicities of Internet
Addiction
The Misrecognition of Leisure and Learning
Nicola F. Johnson, University of Wollongong,
Australia
This timely volume contests the popular claim that
computers are addictive by arguing that using the
Internet is now a form of everyday leisure engaged in by
many in Western Societies. Offering an analysis of the
nature of addiction alongside a detailed empirical study
of home computer use, this book will be of interest to
sociologists of culture, popular culture, and scholars of
media, ICT and education.
February 2009 c. 160 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7496-2 c. £50.00
Paradoxes of Cultural Recognition
Perspectives from Northern Europe
Edited by Sharam Alghasi, University of Oslo,
Norway, Thomas Hylland Eriksen, University of Oslo,
Norway and Halleh Ghorashi, Vrije Universiteit, The
Netherlands
Research in Migration and Ethnic Relations Series
Explicitly comparative in its approach, Paradoxes of
Cultural Recognition discusses central issues regarding
multiculturalism in today’s Europe, based on studies of
Norway and the Netherlands. Distinguishing clearly
the four social fields of the media, education, the
labour market and issues relating to gender, it presents
empirical case studies, which offer valuable insights
into the nature of majority/minority relationships,
whilst raising theoretical questions relevant for further
comparisons.
February 2009 c. 272 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7469-6 c. £55.00
Polish Migration to the UK in the
‘New’ European Union
After 2004
Edited by Kathy Burrell, De Montfort University, UK
Studies in Migration and Diaspora
Since the 2004 enlargement of the European Union
over half a million Polish migrants have registered to
work in the United Kingdom, constituting one of the
largest migration movements in contemporary Europe.
Drawing on research undertaken across a wide range
of disciplines, this edited collection investigates what
is actually new about this migration flow, what its
causes and consequences are, and how these migrants’
lives have changed by moving to the United Kingdom.
May 2009 c. 240 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7387-3 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9153-2
Sociology, Social Policy & Social Work
New Critical Writings in Political
Sociology, Volume One
Power, State and Inequality
Edited by Alan Scott, University of Innsbruck,
Austria, Kate Nash, Goldsmiths College, University
of London, UK and Anna Marie Smith, Cornell
University, USA
New Critical Writings in Political Sociology
This essential collection comprises three volumes
which reprint the most important and influential journal
articles and papers in modern political sociology, with
introductions to each volume by the series editors.
February 2009 c. 588 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2750-0 c. £145.00
Sociology, Volume Two
Conventional and Contentious Politics
Edited by Alan Scott, University of Innsbruck,
Austria, Kate Nash, Goldsmiths College, University
of London, UK and Anna Marie Smith, Cornell
University, USA
New Critical Writings in Political Sociology
What social conditions, ideas and values facilitate
or discourage political activity? How is it that some
people are systematically disempowered in democratic
societies in comparison with others? What social forms
offer the most promise for extending and deepening
democracy? The influential articles collected in this
volume are a record of how political sociologists since
the 1970s have framed questions about the range
and limits of democratic political engagement, and
developed concepts and methodologies in order to
research the answers to those questions.
February 2009 c. 500 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2754-8 c. £125.00
New Critical Writings in Political
Sociology, Volume Three
Globalization and Contemporary Challenges
to the Nation-State
Edited by Alan Scott, University of Innsbruck,
Austria, Kate Nash, Goldsmiths College, University
of London, UK and Anna Marie Smith, Cornell
University, USA
New Critical Writings in Political Sociology
This essential collection comprises three volumes
which reprint the most important and influential journal
articles and papers in modern political sociology, with
introductions to each volume by the series editors.
February 2009 c. 468 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2756-2 c. £125.00
New Critical Writings in Political
Sociology, 3 Volume Set
Edited by Alan Scott, University of Innsbruck,
Austria, Kate Nash, Goldsmiths College, University
of London, UK and Anna Marie Smith, Cornell
University, USA
New Critical Writings in Political Sociology
This essential collection comprises three volumes
which reprint the most important and influential journal
articles and papers in modern political sociology, with
introductions to each volume by the series editors.
February 2009 c. 1500 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2759-3 c. £315.00
47
The Politics of Unemployment
in Europe
Policy Responses and Collective Action
Edited by Marco Giugni, University of Geneva,
Switzerland
This book offers a state-of the-art discussion of the
political issues surrounding unemployment in Europe.
Marco Giugni has produced a number of genuinely
cross-national chapters and specific national cases
resulting from his three year cross-national comparative
research project. This expert research is combined with
studies from invited experts in the field producing
a must-have text on the issues of unemployment.
February 2009 c. 208 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7348-4 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9071-9 They also provide a comparative analysis exploring
Poverty Among Older People and
Pensions Policy in the EU
Edited by Asghar Zaidi, European Centre for Social
Welfare Policy and Research, Austria
Public Policy and Social Welfare
Based on research work financed by the European
Commission, under their programme of Community
Action to Combat Social Exclusion, this book offers a
comprehensive picture of the present state of later-life
poverty across the 25 member states of the European
Union. In Part 1, the authors analyse the poverty risks
presently faced by older people, while in part 2 they
analyse the possible impact of recent pensions reforms
on the retirment incomes of future generations of older
people.
March 2009 c. 224 pages
Paperback 978-0-7546-7362-0 c. £27.50
Preference Organisation
and Peer Disputes
How Young Children Resolve Conflict
Amelia Church, University of Melbourne, Australia
Directions in Ethnomethodology and Conversation
Analysis
What is the most effective way of pursuing one’s own
goals in the pre-school playroom?
This fascinating book offers a conversation analysis
of children’s arguments, revealing disputing as a highly
ordered, rule-governed activity, even amongst very
young children. The author provides a rich theoretical
discussion of work in conversation analysis and speech
act theory dealing with moves in disputes, offering
a sophisticated review of a literature which has largely
concentrated on adults to date and revealing how
it relates to children’s culture.
March 2009 c. 208 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7441-2 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9146-4
48 Sociology, Social Policy & Social Work
Psychological Expertise in Court
Psychology in the Courtroom, Volume II
Psychology, Crime and Law
Psychological Expertise in Court is the second of a
two-volume set on the Psychology of the Courtroom.
The authors, a renowned group of psychology and
legal scholars, offer definitive coverage of the use of
psychological expert testimony and evidence in a
variety of legal contexts. They explore the controversies
that surround it, from questions of its admissibility to
its effects on eventual juror decisions. A wide range
of topics are covered including system and estimator
variables in eyewitness identification, expert testimony
on psychological syndromes, the insanity defence and
sexual harassment, how child sexual abuse is used by
the courts, and recent research on false confessions.
how different types of psychological expert testimony
and eveidence are used by different countries’ legal
systems. All the chapters conclude by making specific
recommendations for how psychological research and
information could be better utilized by courts around
the world.
May 2009 c. 192 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7687-4 c. £40.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9380-2 Edited by Geoff Cooper, University of Surrey, UK,
Queer Movie Medievalisms
Edited by Kathleen Coyne Kelly, Northeastern
University, USA and Tison Pugh, University of
Central Florida, USA
Queer Interventions
How is history even possible, since it involves the
recuperation of a past that is already lost? In the urge
to understand and even to feel or experience history,
‘medieval’ films attempt to re-create the past, but can
only do so through a queer re-visioning that inevitably
replicates modernity. In these mediations between
past and present, history becomes misty, and so, too,
do constructions of gender and sexuality. Hence the
impossibility of heterosexuality, or of any sexuality,
predicated upon cinematic medievalism: identity
as constructed through the past cannot escape the
charge of presentism, and thus queerness can serve
as the defining metaphor for studying both sexuality
and historical films. In Queer Movie Medievalisms,
contributors grapple with the ways in which mediations
between past and present, as registered on the silver
screen, queerly undercut assumptions about sexuality
throughout time.
April 2009 c. 240 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7592-1 c. £55.00
Rural Identities
Ethnicity and Community in the
Contemporary English Countryside
Sarah Neal, Open University, UK
Rural Identities investigates and engages with the
role played by the English countryside in fashioning
identities and narratives of Englishness, as well as
examining the structure of both rural social relations
and the processes and practices through which rural
attachments are formed. Drawing on a substantial
research project, it presents important new empirical
material in the analysis of the dominant forms of
ethnicity which underpin the English countryside,
arriving at a presentation of the ways in which various
populations are included in and excluded from the
discourses of rurality.
The rich empirical material and the conceptual
apparatus employed in this volume render it appealing
to policy makers, as well as to scholars of sociology,
geography and race and ethnicity.
May 2009 c. 176 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7306-4 c. £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9143-3
Social Work and Migration
Immigrant and Refugee Settlement
and Integration
Kathleen Valtonen, University of the West Indies,
Trinidad & Tobago
Contemporary Social Work Studies
Across societies, social work is fashioning theory and
practice for the current era of migration. Social change
and the new diversity call for conventional notions
of ethics and equity to be revisited. This book fills a
gap in the social work literature by providing scholars,
practitioners and students with a critical knowledge
base that will strengthen their ability to engage with
issues of immigration and integration and to open up
options for effective practice with growing numbers
of immigrant and refugee clients.
January 2009 232 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7194-7 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8953-9
Sociological Objects
Reconfigurations of Social Theory
Andrew King and Ruth Rettie, Kingston
University, UK
What are the aims of sociology? How do they relate to
the classical tradition? How, today, can we understand
the relation between sociology and its object of study?
This volume interrogates the changing relationship
between contemporary and classical sociology and
the conceptual and theoretical foundations of the
discipline. The contributors argue that recent historical
and conceptual developments make a reconsideration
of these questions timely.
February 2009 c. 208 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7268-5 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8868-6
Well-Being of Older People
in Ageing Societies
Asghar Zaidi, European Centre for Social Welfare
Policy and Research, Vienna, Austria
Public Policy and Social Welfare
Asghar Zaidi poses answers to the question of how
we can measure and conceptualize the well-being
of older people given the context of our ageing
populations, by focusing on the future research
agenda and policy reforms necessary to maintain
a decent well-being.
This title will be essential reading to anyone with an
interest in gerontology and the effect society, public
policy and governance can have on the welfare of older
people.
November 2008 224 pages
Paperback 978-0-7546-7596-9 £30.00
Women’s Work and Lives
in Rural Greece
Appearances and Realities
Gabriella Lazaridis, University of Leicester, UK
This new volume explores the limits and possibilities
of economic change in transforming the lives of women
in rural Greece at a time of great economic and political
change. Through her rich and fascinating account of the
changing dynamics of rural life in a still-remote part of
Europe, Lazaridis provides an important contribution to
social anthropology, rural sociology and to the literature
on gender and development.
March 2009 c. 240 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-1212-4 c. £55.00
 Recently Published Titles
Art History & Fine Art
The Avant-Garde Icon
Russian Avant-Garde Art and the Icon
Painting Tradition
Andrew Spira
Includes 90 colour and 40 b&w illustrations
October 2008 224 pages
Hardback 978-0-85331-975-7 £40.00
Published by Lund Humphries
Ben Nicholson
Drawings and Painted Reliefs
Peter Khoroche
Includes 80 colour and 40 b&w illustrations
July 2008 160 pages
Paperback 978-1-84822-004-1 £19.99
Published by Lund Humphries
Botanical Riches
Stories of Botanical Exploration
Includes 300 colour illustrations
September 2008 256 pages
Paperback 978-1-84822-010-2 £19.99
Published by Lund Humphries
Not available through Lund Humphries in Australia and
New Zealand.
Crusader Art
The Art of the Crusaders in the Holy Land,
1099-1291
Jaroslav Folda
Includes 90 colour, 30 b&w illustrations and 13 maps
October 2008 176 pages
Hardback 978-0-85331-995-5 £45.00
Published by Lund Humphries
George de Forest Brush
The Indian Paintings
Nancy K. Anderson with contributions by James C.
Boyles, Diane Dillon, Patricia Junker, Mary Lublin,
Jennifer Roberts and Emily D. Shapiro
Includes 110 colour and 25 b&w illustrations
September 2008 224 pages
Hardback 978-1-84822-006-5 £30.00
Published by Lund Humphries
Imperishable Beauty
Art Nouveau Jewelry
Yvonne Markowitz and Elyse Zorn Karlin
Includes 132 colour illustrations
July 2008 176 pages
Hardback 978-0-85331-997-9 £25.00
Published by Lund Humphries
Not available through Lund Humphries in North America
(July 2008 – December 2008)
London Transport Posters
A Century of Art and Design
Edited by David Bownes and Oliver Green
With contributions by Jonathan Black, David
Bownes, Emmanuelle Dirix, Claire Dobbin,
Catherine Flood, Oliver Green, Bex Lewis,
Alan Powers, Paul Rennie and Brian Webb
Includes 240 colour and 30 b&w illustrations
September 2008 240 pages
Hardback 978-0-85331-984-9 £30.00
Published by Lund Humphries
Louis XIV’s Botanical Engravings
Alain Renaux
Includes 70 colour illustrations
July 2008 144 pages
Hardback 978-1-84822-000-3 £30.00
Published by Lund Humphries
Representing Slavery
Art, artefacts and archives in the collections
of the National Maritime Museum
Edited by Douglas Hamilton and Robert J. Blyth
with essays by James Walvin, David Richardson,
John Oldfield, Hakim Adi, Marcus Wood, Geoff
Quilley, Paul Lovejoy and Jane Webster
Includes 120 colour and 76 b&w illustrations
December 2008 320 pages
Paperback 978-0-85331-966-5 £50.00
Published by Lund Humphries
Stepping Out
Three Centuries of Shoes
Revised Edition
Louise Mitchell with Lindie Ward
Includes 113 colour and 7 b&w illustrations
August 2008 96 pages
Paperback 978-1-86317-124-3 £14.99
Published by Lund Humphries
Not available through Lund Humphries in Australia and
New Zealand.
Unique Act
Five Abstract Painters: Frederic Matys Thursz,
Sean Scully, Carmengloria Morales, Seán
Shanahan, Ruth Root
Giovanni Maria Accame, David Carrier, Sue
Hubbard, Gavin Morrison, Jasper Sharp and
Lilly Wei
Includes 80 colour illustrations
July 2008 152 pages
Paperback 978-1-84822-002-7 £19.99
Published by Lund Humphries
Art, Sex and Eugenics
Corpus Delecti
Edited by Fae Brauer, University of New South
Wales, Australia and Research Professor in Visual
Theory, University of East London, UK. Anthea
Callen, University of Nottingham, UK
Includes 70 b&w illustrations
December 2008 316 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5827-6 £60.00
At the Edges of Vision
A Phenomenological Aesthetics of
Contemporary Spectatorship
Renée van de Vall, University of Maastricht,
The Netherlands
Histories of Vision
Includes 16 b&w illustrations
September 2008 190 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4073-8 £55.00
The Borghese Collections and the
Display of Art in the Age of the
Grand Tour
Carole Paul, University of California at Santa
Barbara, USA
Includes 24 colour and 104 b&w illustrations.
November 2008 358 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6134-4 £65.00
A Fine Regard
Essays in Honor of Kirk Varnedoe
Edited by Patricia G. Berman, Wellesley College,
USA and Gertje R. Utley
Includes 65 colour and 64 b&w illustrations
December 2008 356 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6217-4 £25.00
Images of Children in Byzantium
Cecily Hennessy, Christie’s Education, UK
Includes 16 colour and 57 b&w illustrations
December 2008 296 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5631-9 £55.00
Liliana Porter and the Art
of Simulation
Florencia Bazzano-Nelson, Tulane University, USA
Includes 4 colour and 37 b&w illustrations
December 2008 184 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6465-9 £55.00
Recently Published Titles 49
The Netherlandish Image Business, Management
after Iconoclasm, 1566–1672 & Training
Material Religion in the Dutch Golden Age
Mia M. Mochizuki, Jesuit School of Theology, and
Graduate Theological Union, Berkeley, California, Business Wargaming The Manager’s Guide to Discipline
USA Securing Corporate Value Derek Eccleston and Kate Goschen
Includes 158 colour and 61 b&w illustrations and 4 ground plans Daniel F. Oriesek and Jan Oliver Schwarz October 2008 124 pages
November 2008 424 pages August 2008 152 pages Paperback 978-0-566-08855-1 £15.00
Hardback 978-0-7546-6104-7 £65.00 Hardback 978-0-566-08837-7 £60.00 Published by Gower
eBook 978-0-7546-9096-2
Published by Gower

Re-framing Representations Price Management in Financial

of Women Services
Figuring, Fashioning, Portraiting and Telling in Checklists for Due Diligence Smart Strategies for Growth
the ‘Picturing’ Women Project Peter Howson Georg Wuebker, Jens Baumgarten, Dirk Schmidt-
August 2008 150 pages
Edited by Susan Shifrin, The Philip and Muriel Gallas and Martin Koderisch
Paperback and CD-ROM 978-0-566-08862-9 £39.50
Berman Museum of Art and Ursinus College, USA October 2008 212 pages
Published by Gower
Includes 109 colour and 41 b&w illustrations and 1 CD Hardback 978-0-566-08821-6 £60.00
October 2008 354 pages Published by Gower
Hardback 978-0-7546-6077-4 £85.00
Creating Food Futures
Trade, Ethics and the Environment Project Reviews, Assurance
Visions of the Industrial Age, Edited by Cathy Rozel Farnworth, Janice Jiggins, and Governance
Wageningen University Research, The Netherlands,
1830–1914 and Emyr Vaughan Thomas, Open University, UK Graham Oakes
Modernity and the Anxiety of Representation October 2008 288 pages
Corporate Social Responsibility
in Europe October 2008 268 pages
Hardback 978-0-566-08807-0 £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8146-5
Edited by Minsoo Kang, University of Missouri - St. Hardback 978-0-7546-4907-6 £55.00
Published by Gower
Louis, USA and Amy Woodson-Boulton, Loyola Published by Gower
Marymount University, USA
Includes 60 b&w illustrations
August 2008 394 pages
Enterprise 2.0 Teaching and Learning at Business
Hardback 978-0-7546-6488-8 £60.00
How Social Software Will Change the Future Schools
of Work Transforming Business Education
Niall Cook Edited by Pär Mårtensson, Magnus Bild and
Visualizing Medieval Performance Kristina Nilsson
July 2008 180 pages
Perspectives, Histories, Contexts August 2008 330 pages
Hardback 978-0-566-08800-1 £45.00
Edited by Elina Gertsman, Southern Illinois Published by Gower Hardback 978-0-566-08820-9 £47.50
University Carbondale eBook 978-0-7546-8178-6
Includes 41 b&w illustrations and 1 music example Published by Gower
October 2008 366 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6436-9 £60.00
Hacking the Human
Social Engineering Techniques and Security
Countermeasures
Training for Project Management
Volume 1: Skills and Principles
Women’s Contributions to Visual Ian Mann Second Edition
November 2008 266 pages
Culture, 1918–1939 Hardback 978-0-566-08773-8 £60.00 Ian Stokes, Metanaction, France
December 2008 338 pages
Edited by Karen E. Brown, School of Art History and eBook 978-0-7546-9351-2
A4 Looseleaf 978-0-566-08869-8 £199.00
Cultural Policy, University College Dublin, Ireland Published by Gower
CD-ROM Individual user 978-0-566-08872-8 £199.00 + VAT
Includes 18 b&w illustrations
Published by Gower
July 2008 200 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6400-0 £55.00
Hoshin Kanri
The Strategic Approach to Continuous
Improvement
Training for Project Management
Volume 2: Methods and Techniques
David Hutchins Second Edition
September 2008 308 pages
Hardback 978-0-566-08740-0 £75.00 Ian Stokes, Metanaction, France
eBook 978-0-7546-9098-6 December 2008 448 pages
Published by Gower A4 Looseleaf 978-0-566-08870-4 £199.00
CD-ROM Individual user 978-0-566-08873-5 £199.00 + VAT
Published by Gower

The Invisible Organization

How Informal Networks can Lead
Organizational Change
Training for Project Management
Volume 3: Innovation, Value and Performance
Neil Farmer, Informal Networks Ltd, UK
Ian Stokes, Metanaction, France
November 2008 224 pages
January 2009 300 pages
Hardback 978-0-566-08877-3 £60.00
A4 Looseleaf 978-0-566-08871-1 c. £150.00
Published by Gower
CD-ROM Individual user 978-0-566-08874-2 c. £150.00 + VAT
Published by Gower

50 Recently Published Titles

Training for Project Management Economics History
Three Volume Set
Second Edition
January 2009
A4 Looseleaf
c. 1000 pages
978-0-566-08901-5 c. £350.00
The Korean Economic System Archaeology and History in Roman,
CD-ROM Individual user 978-0-566-08902-2 c. £350.00 + VAT
Governments, Big Business and Financial Medieval and Post-Medieval Greece
Published by Gower Institutions Studies on Method and Meaning in Honor of
Jae-Seung Shim, BaekSeok University, South Korea Timothy E. Gregory
and Moosung Lee, University of Myongji, South
Edited by William R. Caraher, University of North
Korea
The Ashgate Research Companion Dakota, USA, Linda Jones Hall, St. Mary’s College
Asian Finance and Development of Maryland, USA and R. Scott Moore, Indiana
to Corporate Social Responsibility November 2008 220 pages University of Pennsylvania, USA
Edited by David Crowther, De Montfort University, Hardback 978-0-7546-7078-0 £55.00 October 2008 372 pages
UK and Nicholas Capaldi, Loyola University New eBook 978-0-7546-9181-5 Hardback 978-0-7546-6442-0 £60.00
Orleans, USA
August 2008 424 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4777-5 £75.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8992-8
On the Role of Paradigms The Art of Words:
in Finance Bede and Theodulf
Kavous Ardalan, Marist College, USA Paul Meyvaert
Corporate Social Responsibility Alternative Voices in Contemporary Economics Variorum Collected Studies Series: CS913
Reporting in Developing Countries August 2008
Hardback
190 pages
978-0-7546-4524-5 £55.00
October 2008 352 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5977-8 £65.00
The Case of Bangladesh eBook 978-0-7546-8994-2
Ataur Rahman Belal, Aston University, UK
Corporate Social Responsibility Series
The Art, Science, and Technology
October 2008 182 pages
Technical Change and Economic
Hardback 978-0-7546-4588-7 £55.00 of Medieval Travel
eBook 978-0-7546-8883-9 Growth Edited by Robert Bork, University of Iowa, USA, and
Inside the Knowledge Based Economy Andrea Kann
Second Edition
AVISTA Studies in the History of Medieval Technology,
Masculinities and Management George M. Korres, University of the Aegean, Greece, Science and Art: 6
and University of Leeds, UK
in Agricultural Organizations December 2008 392 pages
October 2008
Hardback
240 pages
978-0-7546-6307-2 £55.00
Worldwide Hardback 978-1-84014-992-0 £65.00
Barbara Pini, Curtin University of Technology, eBook 978-0-7546-8991-1
Australia
Britain, the Empire, and the World
Gender and Organizational Theory
September 2008 168 pages Transition and Development at the Great Exhibition of 1851
Edited by Jeffrey A. Auerbach, California State
Hardback
eBook
978-0-7546-4734-8
978-0-7546-9084-9
£50.00
in China University, Northridge, USA and Peter H.
Towards Shared Growth Hoffenberg, University of Hawai‘i, Manoa, USA
Yun Chen, Fudan University, China August 2008 238 pages
Transition and Development Hardback 978-0-7546-6241-9 £55.00
Youth Entrepreneurship and Local March 2009 c. 222 pages
Development in Central and Hardback 978-0-7546-4834-5 c. £55.00
Eastern Europe eBook 978-0-7546-9083-2
Buying for the Home
Edited by Paul Blokker, University of Sussex, UK and Shopping for the Domestic from the
Bruno Dallago, University of Trento, Italy Seventeenth Century to the Present
July 2008 256 pages
Edited by David Hussey, University of
Hardback 978-0-7546-7095-7 £55.00
Wolverhampton, UK and Margaret Ponsonby,
eBook 978-0-7546-8591-3
University of Wolverhampton, UK
The History of Retailing and Consumption
July 2008 236 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5807-8 £55.00

The Chancery of God

Protestant Print, Polemic and Propaganda
against the Empire, Magdeburg 1546–1551
Nathan Rein, Ursinus College, USA
St Andrews Studies in Reformation History
July 2008 282 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5686-9 £55.00

‘The Contending Kingdoms’

France and England 1420–1700
Edited by Glenn Richardson, St Mary’s University
College, UK.
July 2008 210 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5789-7 £55.00

Recently Published Titles 51

Defining Community in Early
Modern Europe
Edited by Michael J. Halvorson, Pacific Lutheran
University, USA and Karen E. Spierling, Ohio State
University , USA
St Andrews Studies in Reformation History
November 2008 372 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6153-5 £60.00
The Development of Marketing
Management
The Case of the USA c. 1910-1940
Kazuo Usui, Saitama University, Japan and
University of Edinburgh, UK
The History of Retailing and Consumption
September 2008 178 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-0606-2 £55.00
The Diary of Edmund Harrold,
Wigmaker of Manchester 1712–15
Edited by Craig Horner, Manchester Metropolitan
University, UK
November 2008 216 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6172-6 £55.00
Doctrine and Reform in the British
Cavalry 1880–1918
Stephen Badsey, University of Wolverhampton, UK
Birmingham Studies in First World War History
July 2008 378 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6467-3 £60.00
Dreambooks in Byzantium
Six Oneirocritica in Translation, with
Commentary and Introduction
Steven M. Oberhelman, Texas A&M University,
College Station, USA
September 2008 260 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6084-2 £50.00
Economics in Russia
Studies in Intellectual History
Edited by Vincent Barnett, Bedfordshire University,
UK and Joachim Zweynert, Hamburg Institute of
International Economics, Germany
Modern Economic and Social History
November 2008 220 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6149-8 £55.00
Entropic Creation
Religious Contexts of Thermodynamics and
Cosmology
Helge S. Kragh, University of Aarhus, Denmark
Science, Technology and Culture, 1700–1945
May 2008 278 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6414-7 £60.00
The Extreme Right in Interwar
France
The Faisceau and the Croix de Feu
Samuel Kalman, St Francis Xavier University,
Canada
August 2008 278 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6240-2 £55.00
52 Recently Published Titles
Female Monasticism in Early
Modern Europe
An Interdisciplinary View
Edited by Cordula van Wyhe, University of York, UK
Catholic Christendom, 1300–1700
November 2008 302 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5337-0 £55.00
Finance and Modernization
A Transnational and Transcontinental
Perspective for the Nineteenth and Twentieth
Centuries
Edited by Gerald D Feldman, University of California,
Berkeley, USA and Peter Hertner, University of
Halle, Germany
Studies in Banking and Financial History
December 2008 320 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6271-6 £60.00
Finding the Family in Medieval
and Early Modern Scotland
Edited by Elizabeth Ewan, University of Guelph,
Canada and Janay Nugent, University of Lethbridge,
Canada
Women and Gender in the Early Modern World
October 2008 206 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6049-1 £55.00
The Fourth Crusade: Event,
Aftermath, and Perceptions
Papers from the Sixth Conference of the
Society for the Study of the Crusades and the
Latin East, Istanbul, Turkey, 25-29 August 2004
Edited by Thomas F. Madden, Saint Louis University,
USA
Crusades - Subsidia: 2
August 2008 208 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6319-5 £50.00
From Byzantium to Modern Greece
Medieval Texts and their Modern Reception
Roderick Beaton, King’s College London, UK
Variorum Collected Studies Series: CS911
October 2008 320 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5969-3 £65.00
Hellenisms
Culture, Identity, and Ethnicity from Antiquity
to Modernity
Edited by Katerina Zacharia, Loyola Marymount
University, USA
September 2008 492 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6525-0 £60.00
Humanism and the Reform of
Sacred Music in Early Modern
England
John Merbecke the Orator and The Booke of
Common Praier Noted (1550)
Hyun-Ah Kim, University of Toronto, Canada
St Andrews Studies in Reformation History
November 2008 274 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6268-6 £55.00
The Impact of the European
Reformation
Princes, Clergy and People
Edited by Bridget Heal, University of St Andrews,
UK and Ole Grell, The Open University, UK
St Andrews Studies in Reformation History
July 2008 326 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6212-9 £60.00
Ireland and Anglo-Irish Relations
since 1800: Critical Essays,
Volume I
Union to the Land War
Edited by N.C. Fleming, Cardiff University, UK and
Alan O’Day, Greyfriars, University of Oxford, UK
Ireland and Anglo-Irish Relations Since 1800: Critical
Essays
September 2008 582 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2774-6 £140.00
Ireland and Anglo-Irish Relations
since 1800: Critical Essays,
Volume II
Parnell and his Legacy to the Treaty
Edited by N.C. Fleming, Cardiff University, UK and
Alan O’Day, Greyfriars, University of Oxford, UK
Ireland and Anglo-Irish Relations Since 1800: Critical
Essays
September 2008 594 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2778-4 £140.00
Ireland and Anglo-Irish Relations
since 1800: Critical Essays,
Volume III
From the Treaty to the Present
Edited by N.C. Fleming, Cardiff University, UK and
Alan O’Day, Greyfriars, University of Oxford, UK
Ireland and Anglo-Irish Relations Since 1800: Critical
Essays
September 2008 580 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2781-4 £140.00
Ireland and Anglo-Irish Relations
since 1800, Three Volume Set
Critical Essays
Edited by N.C. Fleming, Cardiff University, UK and
Alan O’Day, Greyfriars, University of Oxford, UK
Ireland and Anglo-Irish Relations Since 1800: Critical
Essays
September 2008 1756 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2784-5 £375.00
Italian Reform and English
Reformations, c.1535–c.1585
M. Anne Overell, The Open University, UK
Catholic Christendom, 1300–1700
November 2008 264 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5579-4 £55.00
Love, Lust, and License in Early
Modern England
Illicit Sex and the Nobility
Johanna Rickman, Gainesville State College USA
Women and Gender in the Early Modern World
November 2008 244 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6135-1 £55.00
‘Material Delight and the Joy
of Living’
Cultural Consumption in the Age of
Enlightenment in Germany
Michael North, Ernst Moritz Arndt University
Greifswald, Germany. Translated by Pamela Selwyn
October 2008 288 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5842-9 £50.00
The Military Orders Volume 4
On Land and by Sea
Edited by Judi Upton-Ward, Independent Scholar
researching the Crusades and Ottoman history
November 2008 310 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6287-7 £55.00
Natural Law and Laws of Nature
in Early Modern Europe
Jurisprudence, Theology, Moral and Natural
Philosophy
Edited by Lorraine Daston and Michael Stolleis,
Max-Planck-Institut für Wissenschaftsgeschichte,
Germany
December 2008 350 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5761-3 £60.00
Parliaments, Estates &
Representation/Parlements, États &
Représentation
Volume 28
Parliaments, Estates and Representation – Parlements,
États et Représentation
December 2008 272 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6486-4 £70.00
Patents, Pictures and Patronage
John Day and the Tudor Book Trade
Elizabeth Evenden, Newnham College, University
of Cambridge, UK
St Andrews Studies in Reformation History
August 2008 236 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5480-3 £55.00
Port Cities of Atlantic Iberia,
c. 1500–1900
Patrick O’Flanagan, University College Cork, Ireland
October 2008 350 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6109-2 £75.00
A Protestant Purgatory
Theological Origins of the Penitentiary Act,
1779
Laurie Throness
October 2008 390 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6392-8 £60.00
Reassessing Suez 1956
New Perspectives on the Crisis
and its Aftermath
Edited by Simon C. Smith, University of Hull, UK
October 2008 270 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6170-2 £60.00
Saint Cicero and the Jesuits
The Influence of the Liberal Arts on the
Adoption of Moral Probabilism
Robert Aleksander Maryks, City University, New York
Catholic Christendom, 1300–1700
August 2008 182 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6293-8 £55.00
Thomas White and the Blackloists
Between Politics and Theology during the
English Civil War
Stefania Tutino, University of California at Santa
Barbara, USA
Catholic Christendom, 1300–1700
November 2008 228 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5817-7 £55.00
Urban Societies in East-Central
Europe, 1500–1700
Jaroslav Miller, Palacký University, Czech Republic
Historical Urban Studies Series
July 2008 316 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5739-2 £55.00
Vittoria Colonna and the Spiritual
Poetics of the Italian Reformation
Abigail Brundin, University of Cambridge, UK
Catholic Christendom, 1300–1700
May 2008 240 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4049-3 £55.00
Warfare in Europe 1919–1938
Edited by Geoffrey Jensen, Virginia Military Institute,
USA
The International Library of Essays on Military History
May 2008 558 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2519-3 £135.00
Witchcraft and Gender in Early
Modern Society
Finland and the Wider European Experience
Raisa Maria Toivo, University of Tampere, Finland
Women and Gender in the Early Modern World
August 2008 242 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6454-3 £55.00
Writing the History of the Mind
Philosophy and Science in France,
1900 to 1960s
Cristina Chimisso, The Open University, UK
Science, Technology and Culture, 1700–1945
July 2008 220 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5705-7 £55.00
Before and After Darwin
Origins, Species, Cosmogonies,
and Ontologies
M.J.S. Hodge, University of Leeds, UK
Variorum Collected Studies Series: CS897
July 2008 362 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5938-9 £75.00
Bishops, Saints, and Historians
Studies in the Ecclesiastical History
of Medieval Britain and Italy
Robert Brentano, formerly University of California,
Berkeley, USA and edited by William North,
Carleton College, USA
Variorum Collected Studies Series: CS898
August 2008 448 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5942-6 £77.50
Classical Islamic Theology:
The Ash`arites
Texts and Studies on the Development and
History of Kalam, Vol. III
Richard M. Frank, Catholic University of America,
USA
Variorum Collected Studies Series: CS835
September 2008 440 pages
Hardback 978-0-86078-979-6 £77.50
Enamels, Crowns, Relics and Icons
Studies on Luxury Arts in Byzantium
Paul Hetherington
Variorum Collected Studies Series: CS908
December 2008 328 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5950-1 £80.00
Field Systems and Farming
Systems in Late Medieval England
Bruce M.S. Campbell, The Queen’s University
of Belfast, UK
Variorum Collected Studies Series: CS903
December 2008 332 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5946-4 £70.00
Hospitals and Healing from
Antiquity to the Later Middle Ages
Peregrine Horden, Royal Holloway, University of
London, UK
Variorum Collected Studies Series: CS881
August 2008 352 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6181-8 £70.00
The Medieval Frontiers of Latin
Christendom
Expansion, Contraction, Continuity
Edited by James Muldoon, The John Carter Brown
Library, and Rutgers University, USA and Felipe
Fernández-Armesto, Tufts University, USA
The Expansion of Latin Europe, 1000-1500
December 2008 418 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5973-0 £80.00
Recently Published Titles 53
Studies in the Transmission of
Wyclif’s Writings
Anne Hudson, Lady Margaret Hall, University of
Oxford, UK
Variorum Collected Studies Series: CS907
September 2008 392 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5964-8 £75.00
Venice Besieged
Politics and Diplomacy in the Italian Wars,
1494–1534
Robert Finlay, University of Arkansas, USA
Variorum Collected Studies Series: CS910
August 2008 316 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5968-6 £70.00
54 Recently Published Titles
Human Factors & Aviation
Aviation and Tourism
Implications for Leisure Travel
Edited by Anne Graham, University of Westminster,
UK, Andreas Papatheodorou, University of the
Aegean, Greece and Peter Forsyth, Monash
University, Australia
August 2008 408 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7187-9 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9248-5
Aviation Project Management
Triant G. Flouris, Daniel Webster College, USA and
Dennis Lock
October 2008 314 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7395-8 £60.00
Cognitive Work Analysis: Coping
with Complexity
Daniel P. Jenkins, Neville A. Stanton, Paul M.
Salmon and Guy H. Walker, Brunel University, UK
Human Factors in Defence
December 2008 298 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7026-1 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9184-6
Evolution of International Aviation
Phoenix Rising
Second Edition
Dawna L. Rhoades, Embry-Riddle Aeronautical
University, USA
November 2008 296 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7389-7 £35.00
The Human Contribution
Unsafe Acts, Accidents and Heroic
Recoveries
James Reason, Professor Emeritus, The University
of Manchester, UK
December 2008 310 pages
Paperback 978-0-7546-7402-3 £19.95
Hardback 978-0-7546-7400-9 £60.00
In the Company of Cars
Driving as a Social and Cultural Practice
Sarah Redshaw, Macquarie University, Australia
Human Factors in Road and Rail Transport
July 2008 208 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7198-5 £45.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9086-3
Introduction to Air Transport
Economics
From Theory to Applications
Bijan Vasigh, Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University,
USA, Ken Fleming, Embry-Riddle Aeronautical
University, USA, and Thomas Tacker, Embry-Riddle
Aeronautical University, USA
August 2008 382 pages
Paperback 978-0-7546-7081-0 £25.00
Hardback 978-0-7546-7079-7 £65.00
Leadership and Organization in the
Aviation Industry
Marc-Philippe Lumpé, A.T, Kearney, Germany.
July 2008 308 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7144-2 £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8999-7
Macrocognition in Teams
Theories and Methodologies
Edited by Michael P. Letsky, Office of Naval
Research, Arlington, USA, Norman W. Warner,
Naval Air Systems Command, USA, Stephen M.
Fiore, University of Central Florida, USA and C.A.P.
Smith, Colorado State University, USA
Human Factors in Defence
September 2008 436 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7325-5 £65.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9192-1
Modelling Command and Control
Event Analysis of Systemic Teamwork
Neville A. Stanton, Brunel University, UK, Chris
Baber, University of Birmingham, UK and Don
Harris, Cranfield University, UK
Human Factors in Defence
July 2008 274 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7027-8 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8998-0
The Multisensory Driver
Implications for Ergonomic Car Interface
Design
Cristy Ho, The Daiwa-Anglo Japanese Foundation,
Japan and Charles Spence, University of Oxford, UK
Human Factors in Road and Rail Transport
September 2008 158 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7068-1 £50.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8889-1
Naturalistic Decision Making and
Macrocognition
Edited by Jan Maarten Schraagen, TNO Defence,
Human Factors, The Netherlands, Laura Militello,
University of Dayton Research Institute, USA, Tom
Ormerod, Lancaster University, UK and Raanan
Lipshitz, The University of Haifa, Israel
July 2008 432 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7020-9 £65.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8019-2
Safety Management Systems in
Aviation
Alan J. Stolzer, Embry-Riddle Aeronautical
University, USA, Carl D. Halford and John J. Goglia
Ashgate Studies in Human Factors for Flight
Operations
October 2008 322 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7304-0 £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9087-0
Straight and Level
Practical Airline Economics
Third Edition
Stephen Holloway
October 2008 614 pages
Paperback 978-0-7546-7258-6 £27.50
Hardback 978-0-7546-7256-2 £75.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9090-0
Human Geography
Beyond Walls: Re-inventing the
Canada-United States Borderlands
Victor Konrad, Carleton University, Canada and
Heather Nicol, Trent University, USA
Border Regions Series
November 2008 368 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7202-9 £65.00
The City as a Terminal
The Urban Context of Logistics and Freight
Transport
Markus Hesse, University of Luxembourg,
Luxembourg
Transport and Mobility
November 2008 224 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-0913-1 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8903-4
A City of One’s Own
Blurring the Boundaries Between Private and
Public
Edited by Sophie Body-Gendrot, Jacques Carré
and Romain Garbaye, all at the Université
Paris IV-Sorbonne, France.
December 2008 232 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7502-0 £55.00
The City
Critical Essays in Human Geography
Edited by Jacques Lévy, Swiss Federal Institute of
Technology (EPFL), Switzerland
Contemporary Foundations of Space and Place
November 2008 648 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2814-9 £155.00
Contemporary Foundations of
Space and Place
Critical Essays in Human Geography - 10
Volume Set
Edited by John Agnew, UCLA, USA
Contemporary Foundations of Space and Place
December 2008 5968 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2818-7 £1150.00
Culture and Society
Critical Essays in Human Geography
Edited by Nuala C. Johnson, Queen’s University
Belfast, UK
Contemporary Foundations of Space and Place
November 2008 522 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2691-6 £130.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8901-0 Hardback 978-0-7546-7125-1 £65.00
Development
Critical Essays in Human Geography
Edited by Stuart Corbridge, London School of
Economics and Political Science, UK
Contemporary Foundations of Space and Place
November 2008 586 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2681-7 £140.00
Economy
Critical Essays in Human Geography
Edited by Ron Martin, Department of Geography
and St Catharine’s College, University of
Cambridge, UK
Contemporary Foundations of Space and Place
October 2008 588 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2745-6 £140.00
Environment
Critical Essays in Human Geography
Edited by Kay Anderson, University of Western
Sydney, Australia and Bruce Braun, University of
Minnesota, USA
Contemporary Foundations of Space and Place
November 2008 604 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2705-0 £150.00
The Ethics of Mobilities
Rethinking Place, Exclusion, Freedom and
Environment
Edited by Sigurd Bergmann, Norwegian University
of Science and Technology, Norway and Tore Sager,
Norwegian University of Science and Technology,
Norway
Transport and Society
November 2008 292 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7283-8 £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8815-0
Everyday Culture in Europe
Approaches and Methodologies
Edited by Máiréad Nic Craith and Ullrich Kockel,
both at the University of Ulster, UK and Reinhard
Johler, Eberhard-karls University of Tuebingen,
Germany
Progress in European Ethnology
September 2008 200 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4690-7 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9262-1 Racism
Globalising Worlds and New
Economic Configurations
Edited by Christine Tamásy University of Auckland,
New Zealand and Mike Taylor, University of
Birmingham, UK
The Dynamics of Economic Space
December 2008 328 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7377-4 £60.00
Homes, Cities and Neighbourhoods
Planning and the Residential Landscapes of
Modern Britain
Barry Goodchild, Sheffield Hallam University, UK
August 2008 356 pages
The Implementation and
Effectiveness of Transport Demand
Management Measures
An International Perspective
Edited by Stephen Ison, Loughborough University,
UK and Tom Rye, Napier University, UK
December 2008 278 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4953-3 £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9358-1
Jewish Topographies
Visions of Space, Traditions of Place
Edited by Julia Brauch, Anna Lipphardt, and
Alexandra Nocke
Heritage, Culture and Identity
September 2008 390 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7118-3 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9031-3
Mobility and Place
Enacting Northern European Peripheries
Edited by Jørgen Ole Bærenholdt, Roskilde
University, Denmark and Brynhild Granås,
University of Tromsø, Norway
July 2008 272 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7141-1 £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8816-7
The Moving Frontier
The Changing Geography of Production in
Labour-Intensive Industries
Edited by Lois Labrianidis, University of Macedonia,
Greece
Ashgate Economic Geography Series
October 2008 356 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7448-1 £65.00
Network Strategies in Europe
Developing the Future for Transport and ICT
Edited by Maria Giaoutzi, National Technical
University of Athens, Greece and Peter Nijkamp,
Free University, The Netherlands
Ashgate Economic Geography Series
July 2008 322 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7330-9 £65.00
New Geographies of Race and
Edited by Claire Dwyer and Caroline Bressey,
University College London, UK
September 2008 326 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7085-8 £65.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8918-8
Planning in Crisis?
Theoretical Orientations for Architecture and
Planning
Walter Schoenwandt, University of Stuttgart,
Germany
July 2008 180 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7276-0 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9365-9
Politics
Critical Essays in Human Geography
Edited by John Agnew, UCLA, USA and Virginie
Mamadouh, University of Amsterdam, The
Netherlands
Contemporary Foundations of Space and Place
October 2008 572 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2690-9 £140.00
Recently Published Titles 55
The Politics of the Piazza
The History and Meaning of the Italian Square
Eamonn Canniffe, Manchester Metropolitan
University UK
Design and the Built Environment
July 2008 304 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4716-4 £40.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8907-2 Brazilian School of Public and Business
Primary Health Care: People,
Practice, Place
Edited by Valorie A. Crooks, Simon Fraser University,
Canada and Gavin J. Andrews, McMaster University,
Canada
Ashgate’s Geographies of Health series
December 2008 296 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7247-0 £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8919-5 Edited by Marco Amati, Macquarie University in
Regions
Critical Essays in Human Geography
Edited by J. Nicholas Entrikin, University of
California at Los Angeles, USA
Contemporary Foundations of Space and Place
November 2008 636 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2692-3 £150.00
The Rural
Critical Essays in Human Geography
Edited by Richard Munton, University College
London, UK
Contemporary Foundations of Space and Place
October 2008 562 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2721-0 £140.00
Sense of Place, Health and Quality
of Life
Edited by John Eyles, McMaster University, Canada
and Allison Williams, McMaster University, Canada
Ashgate’s Geographies of Health series
October 2008 246 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7332-3 £55.00
Theory and Methods
Critical Essays in Human Geography
Edited by Chris Philo, University of Glasgow, UK
Contemporary Foundations of Space and Place
October 2008 698 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2709-8 £165.00
Transport
Critical Essays in Human Geography
Edited by Susan Hanson, Clark University and
Mei-Po Kwan, Ohio State University, USA
Contemporary Foundations of Space and Place
November 2008 552 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2703-6 £130.00
56 Recently Published Titles
Upgrading Clusters and Small
Enterprises in Developing
Countries
Environmental, Labor, Innovation and Social
Issues
Edited by Jose Antonio Puppim de Oliveira,
Administration, Getulio Vargas Foundation, Rio de
Janeiro, Brazil
Ashgate Economic Geography Series
December 2008 192 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7297-5 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9424-3
Urban Green Belts in the Twenty-
first Century
Sydney, Australia
Urban Planning and Environment
November 2008 268 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4959-5 £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8819-8
Law
Against the Death Penalty
International Initiatives and Implications
Edited by Jon Yorke, University of Surrey, UK
Law, Justice and Power
December 2008 334 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7413-9 £65.00
Animal Rights
Edited by Clare Palmer, Washington University in St
Louis, USA
The International Library of Essays on Rights
August 2008 582 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2741-8 £145.00
Child Labour in a Globalized World
A Legal Analysis of ILO Action
Edited by Giuseppe Nesi, University of Trento, Italy,
Luca Nogler, University of Trento, Italy and Marco
Pertile, University of Trento, Italy
November 2008 492 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7222-7 £65.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9133-4
Children’s Rights in Africa
A Legal Perspective
Edited by Julia Sloth-Nielsen, University of the
Western Cape, South Africa
October 2008 362 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4887-1 £65.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8935-5
Criminal Liability for Non-
Aggressive Death
Edited by C.M.V. Clarkson, University of Leicester,
UK and Sally Cunningham, University of Leicester,
UK
July 2008 272 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7334-7 £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9029-0
Deconstructing the Reconstruction
Human Rights and Rule of Law in Postwar
Bosnia and Herzegovina
Edited by Dina Francesca Haynes, New England
School of Law, USA
November 2008 338 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7493-1 £65.00
Demanding Sex: Critical
Reflections on the Regulation
of Prostitution
Edited by Vanessa E. Munro, University of
Nottingham, UK and Marina della Giusta, University
of Reading, UK
September 2008 216 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7150-3 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8846-4
Domestic Violence
Edited by Michael Freeman, University College
London, UK
The Family, Law & Society
September 2008 638 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2644-2 £135.00
Drafting Legislation
A Modern Approach
Edited by Constantin Stefanou and Helen Xanthaki,
University of London, UK
November 2008 320 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4903-8 £65.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8843-3
Driving Offences
Law, Policy and Practice
Sally Cunningham, University of Leicester, UK
August 2008 270 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4905-2 £60.00
Electronic Commerce and
International Private Law
A Study of Electronic Consumer Contracts
Lorna E. Gillies, University of Leicester, UK
Markets and the Law
October 2008 286 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4855-0 £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8835-8
Epistemic Uncertainty and Legal
Theory
Brian Burge-Hendrix, Churchill College, University
of Cambridge, UK
Applied Legal Philosophy
December 2008 210 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7521-1 £55.00
Ethical Issues in Governing
Biobanks
Global Perspectives
Edited by Bernice Elger, University of Geneva,
Switzerland, Nikola Biller-Andorno, University of
Zurich, Switzerland, Alexandre Mauron, University
of Geneva, Switzerland and Alexander M. Capron,
University of Southern California, USA
December 2008 268 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7255-5 £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8928-7
Paradoxes of European Legal
Integration
Edited by Hanne Petersen, Anne Lise Kjær, Helle
Krunke and Mikael Rask Madsen, University of
Copenhagen, Denmark
October 2008 356 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7371-2 £65.00
The Family, Law and Society
5 Volume Set
Edited by Michael Freeman, University College
London, UK
The Family, Law & Society
November 2008 2502 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2821-7 £580.00
The Future of Consumer Credit
Regulation
Creative Approaches to Emerging Problems
Edited by Michelle Kelly-Louw, University of
South Africa, South Africa, James Nehf, Indiana
University, School of Law-Indianapolis, USA and
Peter Rott, University of Bremen, Germany
Markets and the Law
November 2008 256 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7417-7 £55.00
Gender and the Open Method of
Coordination
Perspectives on Law, Governance and
Equality in the EU
Edited by Fiona Beveridge, University of Liverpool,
UK and Samantha Velluti, University of Liverpool,
UK
October 2008 226 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7343-9 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9051-1
Global Business, Local Law
The Indian Legal System as a Communal
Resource in Foreign Investment Relations
Amanda Perry-Kessaris, Birkbeck, University of
London, UK
Globalization and Law
September 2008 198 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4525-2 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8838-9
Governing the Heroin Trade
From Treaties to Treatment
Melissa Bull, Griffith University, Australia
Law, Ethics and Governance
July 2008 202 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7121-3 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8845-7
Gun Crime
Edited by Rob Hornsby, Northumbria University, UK
and Dick Hobbs, London School of Economics and
Political Science, UK
International Library of Criminology, Criminal Justice
and Penology - Second Series
July 2008 578 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2585-8 £140.00
Hindu Divorce
A Legal Anthropology
Livia Holden, Griffith University, Australia
November 2008 280 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4960-1 £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8836-5
Human Rights in the Market Place
The Exploitation of Rights Protection by
Economic Actors
Christopher Harding, Uta Kohl and Naomi Salmon,
all at Aberystwyth University, UK
Markets and the Law
October 2008 264 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4694-5 £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9271-3
The International Criminal Court
and National Jurisdictions
Edited by Mauro Politi and Federica Gioia, both at
the International Criminal Court, The Netherlands
August 2008 192 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7436-8 £55.00
International Drug Control into the
21st Century
Edited by Hamid Ghodse, University of London, UK
July 2008 242 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7215-9 £55.00
International Law and Islamic Law
Edited by Mashood A. Baderin, School of Oriental
and African Studies, University of London, UK
The Library of Essays in International Law
April 2008 706 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2715-9 £170.00
Law and Science, Volumes I and II
Volume I: Epistemological, Evidentiary, and
Relational Engagements
Volume II: Regulation of Property, Practices,
and Products
Edited by Susan S. Silbey, Massachusetts Institute
of Technology, USA
The International Library of Essays in Law and Society
May 2008 1136 pages in 2 volumes
Hardback 978-0-7546-2500-1 £270.00
Law as Resistance
Modernism, Imperialism, Legalism
Peter Fitzpatrick, Birkbeck, University of London, UK
Collected Essays in Law
July 2008 354 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2685-5 £80.00
The Law of Intervening Causation
Douglas Hodgson, University of Western Australia,
Australia
July 2008 292 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7366-8 £60.00
Recently Published Titles 57
Law’s Task
The Tragic Circle of Law, Justice and Human
Suffering
Louis E. Wolcher, University of Washington, USA
Applied Legal Philosophy
October 2008 278 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7132-9 £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9337-6
Parents and Children
Edited by Andrew Bainham, University of
Cambridge, UK
The Family, Law & Society
August 2008 638 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2645-9 £155.00
Resolving Family Conflicts
Edited by Jana Singer, University of Maryland, USA
and Jane Murphy, University of Baltimore, USA
The Family, Law & Society
October 2008 594 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2659-6 £150.00

Patenting Lives Responsibility, Law and the Family

Lawyers and the Legal Profession,
Volumes I and II
Volume I: Sociolegal Studies on the Legal
Profession: An Overview
Volume II: Elite Practices, Personal Legal
Services, and Political Causes
Edited by Tanina Rostain, New York Law School,
USA
The International Library of Essays in Law and Society
August 2008 1002 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2527-8 £250.00
Life Patents, Culture and Development
Edited by Johanna Gibson, Queen Mary, University
of London, UK
Intellectual Property, Theory, Culture
September 2008 212 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7104-6 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9461-8
The Pillars of Global Law
Giuliana Ziccardi Capaldo, University of Salerno,
Italy
September 2008 452 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7345-3 £65.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8926-3
Edited by Jo Bridgeman, Heather Keating and Craig
Lind, all at the University of Sussex, UK
August 2008 296 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7109-1 £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8840-2
Statutory Priorities in Corporate
Insolvency Law
An Analysis of Preferred Creditor Status
Christopher F. Symes, Flinders University, Australia
Markets and the Law
December 2008 314 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7519-8 £65.00

Legal Scholarship and Education

Mark Tushnet, Harvard Law School, USA
Collected Essays in Law
September 2008 302 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2673-2 £70.00
Marriage and Cohabitation
Regulating Intimacy, Affection and Care
Edited by Alison Diduck, University College London,
UK
The Family, Law & Society
September 2008 622 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2680-0 £150.00
Migration, Work and Citizenship in
the Enlarged European Union
Samantha Currie, University of Liverpool, UK
Law and Migration
December 2008
Hardback
266 pages
978-0-7546-7351-4 £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9320-8
The Multi-Cultural Family
Edited by Ann Laquer Estin, University of Iowa, USA
The Family, Law & Society
September 2008 604 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2648-0 £145.00
The Principle of Sustainability Tomorrow’s Criminals
Transforming Law and Governance The Development of Child Delinquency and
Klaus Bosselmann, University of Auckland, New
Effective Interventions
Zealand Edited by Rolf Loeber, University of Pittsburgh, USA,
September 2008 252 pages N. Wim Slot, Peter H. van der Laan and Machteld
Hardback 978-0-7546-7355-2 £55.00 Hoeve
eBook 978-0-7546-9052-8 December 2008 390 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7151-0 £65.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8927-0
Public Law and Politics
The Scope and Limits of Constitutionalism
Towards a Public Law of Tort
Edited by Emilios Christodoulidis, University of
Glasgow, UK and Stephen Tierney, University of Tom Cornford, University of Essex, UK
Edinburgh, UK November 2008 278 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4683-9 £60.00
The Edinburgh Centre for Law and Society
eBook 978-0-7546-8929-4
July 2008 232 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7363-7 £55.00
Trials
Public Reason and Applied Ethics Edited by Martha Merrill Umphrey, Amherst
The Ways of Practical Reason in a Pluralist College, USA
Society The International Library of Essays in Law and Society
October 2008 606 pages
Edited by Adela Cortina, University of Valencia,
Hardback 978-0-7546-2512-4 £150.00
Spain, Domingo García-Marzá, University of
Castellón, Spain and Jesús Conill, University of
Valencia, Spain
Law, Ethics and Economics
August 2008 204 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7287-6 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8934-8

Obscurity and Clarity in the Law

Prospects and Challenges
Edited by Anne Wagner, Université du Littoral Côte
d’Opale, France and Sophie Cacciaguidi-Fahy,
National University of Ireland, Galway
August 2008 284 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7143-5 £60.00
Reputation, Celebrity and
Defamation Law
David Rolph, University of Sydney, Australia
October 2008 244 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7124-4 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9027-6

58 Recently Published Titles

Library & Information
Management
Digital Images for the Information
Professional
Melissa M. Terras, University College London, UK
November 2008 258 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4860-4 £60.00
The Virtual Representation of the
Past
Edited by Mark Greengrass, University of Sheffield,
UK and Lorna Hughes, King’s College London, UK
Digital Research in the Arts and Humanities
December 2008 276 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7288-3 £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9194-5
What are Archives?
Cultural and Theoretical Perspectives: a
reader
Edited by Louise Craven, The National Archives, UK
November 2008 214 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7310-1 £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9094-8
Literary Studies
Architecture and the Politics of
Gender in Early Modern Europe
Edited by Helen Hills, University of York, UK
Women and Gender in the Early Modern World
December 2003 232 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-0309-2 £60.00
British Short Fiction in the Early
Nineteenth Century
The Rise of the Tale
Tim Killick, Cardiff University, UK
September 2008 200 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6413-0 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8212-7
The Brontës in the World of the Arts
Edited by Sandra Hagan, Vancouver Island
University, Canada, and Juliette Wells,
Manhattanville College, USA
The Nineteenth Century Series
September 2008 270 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5752-1 £55.00
The Cartographic Imagination in
Early Modern England
Re-writing the World in Marlowe, Spenser,
Raleigh and Marvell
D.K. Smith, Kansas State University, USA
September 2008 214 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5620-3 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8216-5
Catechisms Written for Mothers,
Schoolmistresses and Children,
1575-1750
Essential Works for the Study of Early Modern
Women: Series III, Part Three, Volume 2
Paula McQuade, DePaul University, USA
The Early Modern Englishwoman: A Facsimile Library of
Essential Works – Essential Works Series III, Part Three
July 2008 326 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5165-9 £85.00
Commodity Culture in Dickens’s
Household Words
The Social Life of Goods
Catherine Waters, University of New England,
Australia
The Nineteenth Century Series
October 2008 192 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5578-7 £50.00
Court Politics, Culture and
Literature in Scotland and England,
1500-1540
Jon Robinson, Northumbria University, UK and The
Open University, UK
July 2008 198 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6079-8 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8218-9
Diderot’s Part
Andrew H. Clark, Fordham University, USA
July 2008 242 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5438-4 £55.00
The Early Modern Englishwoman:
A Facsimile Library of Essential
Works. Essential Works for the
Study of Early Modern Women,
Series III, Part Two
8 Volume Set
General Editors Betty S. Travitsky and Anne Lake
Prescott General Editor Emeritus Patrick Cullen
The Early Modern Englishwoman: A Facsimile Library of
Essential Works – Essential Works Series III, Part Two
August 2008 3496 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5305-9 £540.00
The Early Modern Englishwoman:
A Facsimile Library of Essential
Works. Essential Works for the
Study of Early Modern Women,
Series III, Part Three
5 Volume Set
General Editors Betty S. Travitsky and Anne Lake
Prescott General Editor Emeritus Patrick Cullen
The Early Modern Englishwoman: A Facsimile Library of
Essential Works – Essential Works Series III, Part Three
October 2008 2262 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5306-6 £395.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8242-4
Faustus and the Promises of the
New Science, c. 1580-1730
From the Chapbooks to Harlequin Faustus
Christa Knellwolf King, University of Konstanz,
Germany and Australian National University,
Australia
December 2008 216 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6133-7 £55.00
Figuring Modesty in Feminist
Discourse Across the Americas,
1633-1700
Tamara Harvey, George Mason University, USA
Women and Gender in the Early Modern World
September 2008 174 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6452-9 £50.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8117-5
Gender and the Garden in Early
Modern English Literature
Jennifer Munroe, The University of North Carolina at
Charlotte, USA
Women and Gender in the Early Modern World
July 2008 146 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5826-9 £50.00
Recently Published Titles 59
Henry Irving
A Re-Evaluation of the Pre-Eminent Victorian
Actor-Manager
Edited by Richard Foulkes, University of Leicester,
UK
The Nineteenth Century Series
September 2008 228 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5829-0 £55.00
The Human Satan in Seventeenth-
Century English Literature
From Milton to Rochester
Nancy Rosenfeld, University of Haifa and English
Studies Unit, Max Stern College of Jezreel Valley,
Israel
July 2008 224 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6468-0 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8551-7
Intertextual Masculinity in French
Renaissance Literature
Rabelais, Brantôme, and the Cent nouvelles
nouvelles
David P. Laguardia, Dartmouth College, USA
Women and Gender in the Early Modern World
October 2008 262 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6216-7 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8552-4
The Literary Manuscripts and
Letters of Hannah More
Nicholas D. Smith, Victoria and Albert Museum, UK
November 2008 230 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6270-9 £55.00
Masculinity, Corporality and the
English Stage 1580–1635
Christian M. Billing, University of Hull, UK
December 2008 248 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5651-7 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9223-2 Elizabeth Spiller, Florida State University, USA
Philip Sidney and the Poetics of
Renaissance Cosmopolitanism
Robert E. Stillman, University of Tennessee, USA
July 2008 284 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6369-0 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8119-9
Public School Literature, Civic
Education and the Politics of Male
Adolescence
Jenny Holt, Meiji University, Japan
Ashgate Studies in Childhood, 1700 to the Present
December 2008 280 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5662-3 £55.00
Queer (Re)Readings in the French
Renaissance
Homosexuality, Gender, Culture
Gary Ferguson, University of Delaware, USA
October 2008 386 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6377-5 £60.00
60 Recently Published Titles
The Reformation in Rhyme
Sternhold, Hopkins and the English Metrical
Psalter, 1547–1603
Beth Quitslund, Ohio University, USA
St Andrews Studies in Reformation History
October 2008 340 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6326-3 £60.00
G.W.M. Reynolds
Nineteenth-Century Fiction, Politics, and the
Press
Edited by Anne Humpherys, Lehman College, City
University of New York, USA, and Louis James,
University of Kent, UK
The Nineteenth Century Series
August 2008 314 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5854-2 £60.00
Seducing the Eighteenth-Century
French Reader
Reading, Writing, and the Question of
Pleasure
Paul J. Young, Georgetown University, USA
September 2008 174 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6417-8 £50.00
Seeing Suffering in Women’s
Literature of the Romantic Era
Elizabeth A. Dolan, Lehigh University, USA
August 2008 260 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5491-9 £55.00
Seventeenth-Century English
Recipe Books: Cooking, Physic
and Chirurgery in the Works of
Elizabeth Talbot Grey and Aletheia
Talbot Howard
Essential Works for the Study of Early Modern
Women: Series III, Part Three, Volume 3
The Early Modern Englishwoman: A Facsimile Library of
Essential Works – Essential Works Series III, Part Three
September 2008 616 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5196-3 £110.00
Seventeenth-Century English
Recipe Books: Cooking, Physic
and Chirurgery in the Works of
W.M. and Queen Henrietta Maria,
and of Mary Tillinghast
Essential Works for the Study of Early Modern
Women: Series III, Part Three, Volume 4
Elizabeth Spiller, Florida State University, USA
The Early Modern Englishwoman: A Facsimile Library of
Essential Works – Essential Works Series III, Part Three
September 2008 384 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5195-6 £85.00
Shakespeare and the Eighteenth
Century
Edited by Peter Sabor, McGill University, Canada
and Paul Yachnin, McGill University, Canada
October 2008 202 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6295-2 £55.00
Shakespeare’s Companies
William Shakespeare’s Early Career and the
Acting Companies, 1577–1594
Terence G. Schoone-Jongen, Independent Scholar
Studies in Performance and Early Modern Drama
December 2008 264 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6434-5 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9010-8
The Shakespearean International
Yearbook
Volume 8: Special section, European
Shakespeares
Edited by Graham Bradshaw, Chuo University,
Japan, Tom Bishop, University of Auckland, New
Zealand, Ton Hoenselaars, Utrecht University, The
Netherlands and Clara Calvo, University of Murcia,
Spain.
The Shakespearean International Yearbook
October 2008 310 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6572-4 £55.00
The Sources of Chaucer’s Poetics
Amanda Holton, St Hilda’s College, Oxford, UK
August 2008 178 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6394-2 £55.00
Tennyson’s Name
Identity and Responsibility in the Poetry of
Alfred Lord Tennyson
Anna Barton, Keele University, UK
The Nineteenth Century Series
November 2008 174 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6408-6 £50.00
Texts from the Querelle, 1521–1615
Essential Works for the Study of Early Modern
Women: Series III, Part Two, Volume 1
Selected and Introduced by Pamela J. Benson
The Early Modern Englishwoman: A Facsimile Library of
Essential Works – Essential Works Series III, Part Two
July 2008 534 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-3112-5 £90.00
Texts from the Querelle, 1616–1640
Essential Works for the Study of Early Modern
Women: Series III, Part Two, Volume 2
Selected and Introduced by Pamela J. Benson
The Early Modern Englishwoman: A Facsimile Library of
Essential Works – Essential Works Series III, Part Two
July 2008 594 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-3114-9 £90.00
Their Hands Before Our Eyes:
A Closer Look at Scribes
The Lyell Lectures Delivered in the University
of Oxford 1999
M.B. Parkes, University of Oxford, UK
September 2008 278 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6337-9 £65.00
Understanding Genre and Medieval
Romance
K.S. Whetter, Acadia University, Canada
August 2008 218 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6142-9 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9018-4
Urban Poetics in the French
Renaissance
Elisabeth Hodges, Miami University of Ohio, USA
December 2008 162 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6206-8 £50.00
Voluntary Servitude and the Erotics
of Friendship
From Classical Antiquity to Early Modern
France
Marc D. Schachter, Duke University, USA
October 2008 242 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6459-8 £55.00
Women in Service in Early Modern
England
Essential Works for the Study of Early Modern
Women: Series III, Part Three, Volume 5
Jeannie Dalporto, Charleston University, USA
The Early Modern Englishwoman: A Facsimile Library of
Essential Works – Essential Works Series III, Part Three
July 2008 478 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5160-4 £85.00
Women Writing the Home Tour,
1682-1812
Zoë Kinsley, Liverpool Hope University, UK
September 2008 216 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5663-0 £55.00
Writing Robert Greene
Essays on England’s First Notorious
Professional Writer
Edited by Kirk Melnikoff, University of North
Carolina-Charlotte, USA and Edward Gieskes,
University of South Carolina-Columbia, USA
April 2008 258 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5701-9 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9024-5 Déodat de Séverac
Yeats and Joyce
Cyclical History and the Reprobate Tradition
Alistair Cormack, University of East Anglia, UK
July 2008 228 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6028-6 £55.00
Music
A.F.C. Kollmann’s Quarterly Musical
Register (1812)
An Annotated Edition with an Introduction to
his Life and Works
Michael Kassler, Michael Kassler and Associates,
Australia
November 2008 510 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6064-4 £75.00
The Ashgate Research Companion
to Japanese Music
Edited by Alison Tokita, Monash University, Australia
and David W. Hughes
SOAS Musicology Series
October 2008 472 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5699-9 £65.00
Bolognese Instrumental Music,
1660–1710
Spiritual Comfort, Courtly Delight, and
Commercial Triumph
Gregory Barnett, Rice University, USA
November 2008 414 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5871-9 £60.00
Composing the Modern Subject:
Four String Quartets by Dmitri
Shostakovich
Sarah Reichardt, University of Oklahoma, USA
November 2008 238 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5884-9 £45.00
Dark Side of the Tune: Popular
Music and Violence
Bruce Johnson, University of Turku, Finland,
Macquarie University, Australia, University of
Glasgow, UK and Martin Cloonan, University of
Glasgow, UK
Ashgate Popular and Folk Music Series
December 2008 254 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5872-6 £50.00
Musical Identity in Fin de Siècle France
Robert F. Waters, Seton Hall University, USA
November 2008 288 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4105-6 £60.00
Frederick the Great and his
Musicians: The Viola da Gamba
Music of the Berlin School
Michael O’Loghlin, University of Queensland,
Australia
November 2008 272 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5885-6 £55.00
Genesis and The Lamb Lies Down
on Broadway
Kevin Holm-Hudson, University of Kentucky, USA
Ashgate Popular and Folk Music Series
November 2008 184 pages
Paperback 978-0-7546-6147-4 £16.99
Hardback 978-0-7546-6139-9 £55.00
The Making of a Musical Canon in
Chinese Central Asia: The Uyghur
Twelve Muqam
Rachel Harris, SOAS, UK
SOAS Musicology Series
November 2008 176 pages
Hardback and CD-ROM 978-0-7546-6382-9 £27.50
Music, Experiment and
Mathematics in England, 1653–1705
Benjamin Wardhaugh, All Souls College, Oxford,
UK
December 2008 222 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6526-7 £55.00
Music, Informal Learning and
the School: A New Classroom
Pedagogy
Lucy Green, The Institute of Education, University of
London, UK
Ashgate Popular and Folk Music Series
May 2008 226 pages
Paperback 978-0-7546-6522-9 £16.99
Pop Idols and Pirates
Mechanisms of Consumption and the Global
Circulation of Popular Music
Charles Fairchild, University of Sydney, Australia
Ashgate Popular and Folk Music Series
July 2008 192 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6383-6 £45.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9002-3
The Rock Canon
Canonical Values in the Reception of Rock
Albums
Carys Wyn Jones
Ashgate Popular and Folk Music Series
September 2008 182 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6244-0 £50.00
Roman Catholic Church Music in
England, 1791–1914: A Handmaid of
the Liturgy?
T.E. Muir
Music in Nineteenth-Century Britain
October 2008 310 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6105-4 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9008-5
Recently Published Titles 61
Sgt. Pepper and the Beatles
It Was Forty Years Ago Today
Edited by Olivier Julien, Universities of Paris-
Sorbonne (Paris IV) and Paris-Sorbonne Nouvelle
(Paris III), France
Ashgate Popular and Folk Music Series
August 2008 208 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6249-5 £55.00
Guilhermina Suggia: Cellist
Philosophy Research Ethics
Edited by Kenneth D. Pimple, Poynter Center for the
Study of Ethics and American Institutions, Indiana
University Center for Bioethics, Indiana University at
The Ashgate Companion to Bloomington, USA
Contemporary Philosophy of The International Library of Essays in Public and
Physics Professional Ethics
September 2008 550 pages
Edited by Dean Rickles, University of Sydney,
Hardback 978-0-7546-2621-3 £135.00
Australia
October 2008 396 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5518-3 £65.00

Anita Mercier, The Juilliard School, USA

September 2008 186 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6169-6 £50.00
Thresholds: Rethinking Spirituality
Through Music
Marcel Cobussen, Leiden University, The
Netherlands
October 2008 182 pages
Paperback 978-0-7546-6482-6 £15.99
Hardback 978-0-7546-6479-6 £55.00
Epistemology and Emotions
Edited by Georg Brun, ETH Zürich, Switzerland,
Ulvi Doguoglu, University of Zürich, Switzerland
and Dominique Kuenzle, University of Zürich,
Switzerland
Ashgate Epistemology and Mind Series
August 2008 220 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6114-6 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9372-7
Thomas Kuhn’s “Linguistic
Turn” and the Legacy of Logical
Empiricism
Incommensurability, Rationality and the
Search for Truth
Stefano Gattei, University of Pisa, Italy
Ashgate New Critical Thinking in Philosophy
November 2008 292 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6160-3 £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9300-0

The Ethics of the Environment Vagueness, Logic and Ontology

Understanding the Classical
Music Profession
The Past, the Present and Strategies for the
Future
Dawn Bennett, Curtin University of Technology,
Australia
October 2008 186 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5959-4 £50.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9366-6
The Unknown Schubert
Edited by Barbara M. Reul, Luther College,
University of Regina, Canada and Lorraine Byrne
Bodley, National University of Ireland, Maynooth,
Ireland
September 2008 294 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6192-4 £50.00
A Woman’s Voice in Baroque
Music: Mariane von Ziegler and
J.S. Bach
Mark A. Peters, Trinity Christian College, USA
August 2008 210 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5810-8 £55.00
Dominic Hyde, University of Queensland, Australia
Edited by Robin Attfield, Cardiff University, UK
Ashgate New Critical Thinking in Philosophy
The International Library of Essays in Public and
Professional Ethics
July 2008 238 pages
December 2008 650 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-1532-3 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8766-5
Hardback 978-0-7546-2786-9 £160.00
Free Will and Reactive Attitudes
Perspectives on P.F. Strawson’s “Freedom and
Resentment”
Edited by Michael McKenna, Florida State
University, USA and Paul Russell, University of
British Columbia, Canada
December 2008 340 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4059-2 £65.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8675-0
Greek–Latin Philosophical
Interaction
Collected Essays of Sten Ebbesen Volume 1
Sten Ebbesen, SAXO Institute, University of
Copenhagen, Denmark
Ashgate Studies in Medieval Philosophy
November 2008 238 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5837-5 £55.00

Identity Politics in Deconstruction

Women Writing Music in Late
Eighteenth-Century England
Social Harmony in Literature and
Performance
Leslie Ritchie, Queen’s University, Canada
Performance in the Long Eighteenth Century: Studies
in Theatre, Music, Dance
July 2008 280 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6333-1 £60.00
Calculating with the Incalculable
Carolyn D’Cruz, La Trobe University, Australia
Ashgate New Critical Thinking in Philosophy
October 2008 140 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6208-2 £50.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9298-0
Military Ethics
Edited by C.A.J. Coady and Igor Primoratz,
University of Melbourne, Australia
The International Library of Essays in Public and
Professional Ethics
November 2008 572 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2487-5 £140.00

62 Recently Published Titles

Politics & International Relations
Bloody Nations
Moral Dilemmas for Nations, States and
International Relations
Cherry Bradshaw
Ethics and Global Politics
September 2008 194 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7120-6 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9161-7 Edited by Markus Kaim, German Institute for
Defunct Federalisms
Critical Perspectives on Federal Failure
Edited by Emilian Kavalski, University of Western
Sydney, Australia and Magdalena Zolkos, University
of Alberta, Canada
Federalism Studies
September 2008 220 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4984-7 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8986-7 Hardback 978-0-7546-7411-5 £55.00
Development Without Freedom
The Politics of Asian Globalization
Songok Han Thornton and William H. Thornton,
both at the National Cheng Kung University, Taiwan
August 2008 246 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7227-2 £55.00
Embedding Global Markets
An Enduring Challenge
Edited by John G. Ruggie, Harvard University, USA
November 2008 272 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7454-2 £65.00
Ethics in an Era of Globalization
Edited by Wim Vandekerckhove, M.S. Ronald
Commers and An Verlinden, all at Ghent University,
Belgium
Ethics and Global Politics
July 2008 264 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7195-4 £55.00
Gendered Struggles against
Globalisation in Mexico
Teresa Healy, Canadian Labour Congress, Canada
Gender in a Global/Local World
July 2008 196 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-3701-1 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9077-1
Globalization - The Juggernaut of
the 21st Century
Jan-Erik Lane, The University of the South Pacfic in
Fiji, South Pacific
September 2008 282 Pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7393-4 £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9304-8 International Library of Essays in the History of Social
Governing Agrobiodiversity
Plant Genetics and Developing Countries
Regine Andersen, Fridtjof Nansen Institute, Norway
Global Environmental Governance
August 2008 442 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4741-6 £65.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8983-6
Governing Global Derivatives
Challenges and Risks
Chiara Oldani, University of Viterbo “La Tuscia”, Italy
Global Finance
November 2008 230 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7464-1 £55.00
Great Powers and Regional Orders
The United States and the Persian Gulf
International and Security Affairs, Germany and
University of Jena, Germany
US Foreign Policy and Conflict in the Islamic World
August 2008 290 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7197-8 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8980-5
The Human Right to Development
in a Globalized World
Daniel Aguirre
October 2008 360 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7471-9 £55.00
Immanuel Kant
Edited by Arthur Ripstein, University of Toronto,
Canada
International Library of Essays in the History of Social
and Political Thought
July 2008 580 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2788-3 £145.00
International Environmental
Governance
Edited by Peter M. Haas, University of
Massachusetts-Amherst, USA
The Library of Essays in International Relations
September 2008 618 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2561-2 £150.00
International Law and Politics
Edited by Joel Trachtman, Tufts University, USA
The Library of Essays in International Relations
September 2008 632 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2766-1 £155.00
James Madison
Edited by Terence Ball, Arizona State University,
USA
International Library of Essays in the History of Social
and Political Thought
September 2008 542 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2727-2 £130.00
John Rawls
Edited by David A. Reidy, University of Tennessee
- Knoxville, USA
and Political Thought
May 2008 632 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2713-5 £155.00
Managing Civil-Military
Cooperation
A 24/7 Joint Effort for Stability
Edited by Sebastiaan J.H. Rietjens and Myriame
T.I.B. Bollen, both at the Netherlands Defence
Academy, The Netherlands
Military Strategy and Operational Art
July 2008 280 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7281-4 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8981-2
New Perspectives on Globalization
and Antiglobalization
Prospects for a New World Order?
Edited by Henry Veltmeyer, St Mary’s University,
Canada and Universidad Autonoma de Zacatecas,
Mexico
The International Political Economy of New
Regionalisms Series
August 2008 264 pages
On the Way to Statehood
Secession and Globalization
Edited by Aleksandar Pavkovic and Peter Radan,
both at Macquarie University, Australia
July 2008 188 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7379-8 £55.00
Public Finance and Post-
Communist Party Development
Edited by Steven D. Roper, Eastern Illinois
University, USA and Janis Ikstens, University of
Latvia, Latvia
No to ebook
August 2008 174 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7179-4 £50.00
Stealth Conflicts
How the World’s Worst Violence Is Ignored
Virgil Hawkins, Osaka University, Japan
October 2008 248 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7506-8 £55.00
Strategic US Foreign Assistance
The Battle Between Human Rights and
National Security
Rhonda L. Callaway, Sam Houston State University,
USA, and Elizabeth G. Matthews, California State
University, USA
October 2008 236 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7326-2 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9170-9
Targeting Terrorists
A License to Kill?
Avery Plaw, University of Massachusetts, USA
Ethics and Global Politics
September 2008 306 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4526-9 £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9282-9
Recently Published Titles 63
Governing Global Derivatives
Challenges and Risks
Chiara Oldani, University of Viterbo “La Tuscia”, Italy
Global Finance
November 2008 230 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7464-1 £55.00
Great Powers and Regional Orders
The United States and the Persian Gulf
Managing Civil-Military
Cooperation
A 24/7 Joint Effort for Stability
Edited by Sebastiaan J.H. Rietjens and Myriame
T.I.B. Bollen, both at the Netherlands Defence
Academy, The Netherlands
Military Strategy and Operational Art
July 2008 280 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7281-4 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8981-2
The Ashgate Research Companion
to the Politics of Democratization in
Europe
Concepts and Histories
Edited by Kari Palonen and Tuija Pulkkinen, both at
the University of Jyväskylä, Finland and José María
Rosales, University of Málaga, Spain
December 2008 436 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7250-0 £75.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8879-2

Edited by Markus Kaim, German Institute for

International and Security Affairs, Germany and
University of Jena, Germany
US Foreign Policy and Conflict in the Islamic World
August 2008 290 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7197-8 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8980-5
New Perspectives on Globalization
and Antiglobalization
Prospects for a New World Order?
Edited by Henry Veltmeyer, St Mary’s University,
Canada and Universidad Autonoma de Zacatecas,
Mexico
Theories of International Relations
Edited by David A. Baldwin, Princeton University,
USA
The Library of Essays in International Relations
December 2008 744 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2747-0 £150.00

The International Political Economy of New

The Human Right to Development Regionalisms Series
in a Globalized World August 2008 264 pages Thomas Hobbes
Hardback 978-0-7546-7411-5 £55.00
Daniel Aguirre Edited by Gabriella Slomp, University of St Andrews,
October 2008 360 pages UK
Hardback 978-0-7546-7471-9 £55.00 International Library of Essays in the History of Social
On the Way to Statehood and Political Thought
Secession and Globalization August 2008 568 pages

Immanuel Kant Edited by Aleksandar Pavkovic and Peter Radan, Hardback 978-0-7546-2702-9 £140.00
both at Macquarie University, Australia
Edited by Arthur Ripstein, University of Toronto,
July 2008 188 pages
Canada
International Library of Essays in the History of Social
Hardback 978-0-7546-7379-8 £55.00
Trusted Guardian
and Political Thought Information Sharing and the Future of the
July 2008 580 pages Atlantic Alliance
Hardback 978-0-7546-2788-3 £145.00 Public Finance and Post- Damon Coletta, United States Air Force Academy,
Communist Party Development USA
October 2008 188 pages
Edited by Steven D. Roper, Eastern Illinois
International Environmental University, USA and Janis Ikstens, University of Hardback 978-0-7546-7481-8 £55.00

Governance Latvia, Latvia

Edited by Peter M. Haas, University of
Massachusetts-Amherst, USA
The Library of Essays in International Relations
September 2008 618 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2561-2 £150.00
International Law and Politics
Edited by Joel Trachtman, Tufts University, USA
The Library of Essays in International Relations
September 2008 632 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2766-1 £155.00
James Madison
Edited by Terence Ball, Arizona State University,
USA
International Library of Essays in the History of Social
and Political Thought
September 2008 542 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2727-2 £130.00
August 2008 174 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7179-4 £50.00
Stealth Conflicts
How the World’s Worst Violence Is Ignored
Virgil Hawkins, Osaka University, Japan
October 2008
Hardback
248 pages
978-0-7546-7506-8 £55.00
Strategic US Foreign Assistance
The Battle Between Human Rights and
National Security
Rhonda L. Callaway, Sam Houston State University,
USA, and Elizabeth G. Matthews, California State
University, USA
October 2008 236 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7326-2 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9170-9

John Rawls
Edited by David A. Reidy, University of Tennessee
- Knoxville, USA
International Library of Essays in the History of Social
and Political Thought
May 2008 632 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2713-5 £155.00
Targeting Terrorists
A License to Kill?
Avery Plaw, University of Massachusetts, USA
Ethics and Global Politics
September 2008 306 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4526-9 £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9282-9

64 Recently Published Titles

Religion & Theology
Anamnesis and the Eucharist
Contemporary Anglican Approaches
Julie Gittoes, Vicar of All Saints Hampton, UK
New Critical Thinking in Religion, Theology and Biblical
Studies
August 2008 162 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6176-4 £50.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9230-0 Edited by Darren C. Marks, Huron University
Caribbean Diaspora in the USA
Diversity of Caribbean Religions in New York
City
Bettina Schmidt, University of Wales - Bangor, UK
Vitality of Indigenous Religions Series
August 2008 208 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6365-2 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9232-4
The Centrality of Religion in Social
Life
Essays in Honour of James A. Beckford
Edited by Eileen Barker, London School of
Economics, UK
October 2008 260 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6515-1 £55.00
Contradiction in the Book of
Proverbs
The Deep Waters of Counsel
Peter Hatton, Minister, Methodist Church, UK
Society for Old Testament Study
August 2008 214 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6304-1 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9233-1
The Cult of Saint Catherine of
Siena
A Study in Civil Religion
Gerald Parsons, Open University, UK
September 2008 202 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5645-6 £55.00
Eucharistic Sacramentality in an
Ecumenical Context
The Anglican Epiclesis
David J. Kennedy, Durham Cathedral, UK
New Critical Thinking in Religion, Theology and Biblical
Studies
November 2008 270 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6376-8 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9286-7 Leuven, Belgium
Evagrius Ponticus
The Making of a Gnostic
Julia Konstantinovsky, Wolfson College, University
of Oxford, UK
New Critical Thinking in Religion, Theology and Biblical
Studies
January 2009 230 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6265-5 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9235-5 September 2008 176 pages
Exodus Church and Civil Society
Public Theology and Social Theory in the
Work of Jürgen Moltmann
Scott R. Paeth, DePaul University, USA
New Critical Thinking in Religion, Theology and Biblical
Studies
October 2008 232 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6201-3 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9289-8
Liturgical Space
Christian Worship and Church Buildings in
Western Europe 1500-2000
Nigel Yates, University of Wales, Lampeter, UK
Liturgy, Worship & Society Series
July 2008 212 pages
Paperback 978-0-7546-5797-2 £17.99
eBook 978-0-7546-8045-1
Liturgical Space
Christian Worship and Church Buildings in
Western Europe 1500-2000
Nigel Yates, University of Wales, Lampeter, UK
Liturgy, Worship & Society Series
July 2008 212 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5795-8 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8045-1
Meeting Jesus at University
Rites of Passage and Student Evangelicals
Edward Dutton, Oulu University, Finland
October 2008 176 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6520-5 £50.00
Peace and Reconciliation
In Search of Shared Identity
Edited by Sebastian C. H. Kim, Pauline Kollontai
and Greg Hoyland, York St John University, UK
September 2008 218 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6461-1 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9252-2
Reading Spiritualities
Constructing and Representing the Sacred
Edited by Dawn Llewellyn, Lancaster University, UK
and Deborah F. Sawyer, Lancaster University, UK
November 2008 254 pages
Hardback
eBook
978-0-7546-6329-4
978-0-7546-9294-2
£55.00
Reason, Faith and History
Philosophical Essays for Paul Helm
Edited by Martin Stone, Katholieke Universiteit
November 2008 258 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-0926-1 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9237-9 On Prayer and the Nature of Faith
Religious America, Secular Europe?
A Theme and Variations
Peter Berger, Boston University, USA , Grace Davie,
University of Exeter, UK and Effie Fokas, London
School of Economics and Political Science, UK
Hardback 978-0-7546-5833-7 £55.00
Religious America, Secular Europe?
A Theme and Variations
Peter Berger, Boston University, USA Grace Davie,
University of Exeter, UK and Effie Fokas, The London
School of Economics and Political Science, UK
September 2008 176 pages
Paperback 978-0-7546-6011-8 £16.99
Shaping a Global Theological Mind
College at the University of Western Ontario,
Canada
November 2008
Paperback
210 pages
978-0-7546-6006-4 £16.99
Hardback 978-0-7546-6003-3 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9253-9
South Asian Christian Diaspora
Invisible Diaspora in Europe and North
America
Edited by Knut A. Jacobsen, University of Bergen,
Norway and Selva J. Raj, formerly Albion College,
USA
December 2008 284 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-6261-7 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9254-6
Theological Aesthetics after von
Balthasar
Edited by Oleg V. Bychkov and James Fodor, St.
Bonaventure University, USA
Ashgate Studies in Theology, Imagination and the Arts
July 2008 272 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5834-4 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9255-3
Theology without Words
Theology in the Deaf Community
Wayne Morris, University of Chester, UK
Explorations in Practical, Pastoral and Empirical
Theology
August 2008 192 pages
Paperback 978-0-7546-6227-3 £17.99
Hardback 978-0-7546-6222-8 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9240-9
Visions of Agapé
Problems and Possibilities in Human and
Divine Love
Edited by Craig A. Boyd, Azusa Pacific University,
USA
October 2008 164 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-5818-4 £50.00
What Are We Doing When We
Pray?
Vincent Brümmer, Emeritus, University of Utrecht,
The Netherlands
September 2008
Paperback
198 pages
978-0-7546-6209-9 £16.99
Hardback 978-0-7546-6205-1 £55.00
Recently Published Titles 65
Sociology, Social Policy
& Social Work
Cinesexuality
Patricia MacCormack, Anglia Ruskin University, UK
Queer Interventions
July 2008 184 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7175-6 £50.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9292-8
Compliance in the Enlarged
European Union
Living Rights or Dead Letters?
Gerda Falkner, Institute for European Integration
Research of the Austrian Academy of Sciences,
Austria, Oliver Treib, Institute for Advanced Studies,
Austria and Elisabeth Holzleithner, University of
Vienna, Austria
August 2008 224 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7509-9 £35.00
Counseling Psychology
Edited by Frederick T.L. Leong, Michigan State
University, USA and Mark M. Leach, University of
Southern Mississippi, Hattiesburg, USA
The International Library of Psychology
July 2008 584 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2544-5 £135.00
The Culture of Homelessness
Megan Ravenhill, Kingston University, UK
October 2008 298 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7190-9 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8864-8
Deconstructing Sexuality in the
Middle East
Challenges and Discourses
Edited by Pinar Ilkkaracan
September 2008 230 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7235-7 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9279-9
Domestic Goddesses
Maternity, Globalization and Middle-class
Identity in Contemporary India
Henrike Donner, London School of Economics and
Political Science, UK
Urban Anthropology
September 2008 230 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4942-7 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8957-7
Ethnographies of Reason
Eric Livingston, University of New England,
Australia
Directions in Ethnomethodology and Conversation
Analysis
October 2008 282 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7106-0 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9066-5
66 Recently Published Titles
Exposing Lifestyle Television
The Big Reveal
Edited by Gareth Palmer, University of Salford, UK
September 2008 206 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7430-6 £55.00
Freedom and Consumerism
A Critique of Zygmunt Bauman’s Sociology
Mark Davis, University of Leeds, UK
October 2008 198 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7271-5 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8867-9
Gendering Migration
Masculinity, Femininity and Ethnicity in Post-
War Britain
Edited by Louise Ryan, Middlesex University,
UK and Wendy Webster, University of Central
Lancashire, UK
Studies in Migration and Diaspora
September 2008 224 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7178-7 £55.00
Indigenous Social Work around the
World
Towards Culturally Relevant Education and
Practice
Edited by Mel Gray, University of Newcastle,
Australia, John Coates, St. Thomas University,
Canada and Michael Yellow Bird, University of
Kansas, USA
Contemporary Social Work Studies
September 2008 368 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4838-3 £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8958-4
The Institutional Dynamics of
Culture, Volumes I and II
The New Durkheimians
Edited by Perri 6, Nottingham Trent University, UK
and Gerald Mars, University College London, UK
The International Library of Essays in Anthropology
November 2008 1134 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2617-6 £285.00
Journalism, Ethics and Society
David Berry, Southampton Solent University, UK
December 2008 164 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4780-5 £50.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9142-6
Karl Mannheim and the Legacy of
Max Weber
Retrieving a Research Programme
David Kettler, Bard College, USA, Colin Loader,
University of Nevada, USA and Volker Meja,
Memorial University of Newfoundland, Canada
Rethinking Classical Sociology
November 2008 228 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7224-1 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8959-1
Labour Migration from Turkey to
Western Europe, 1960-1974
A Multidisciplinary Analysis
Ahmet Akgündüz, University of Amsterdam, The
Netherlands
Research in Migration and Ethnic Relations Series
August 2008 234 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7390-3 £55.00
Making Digital Cultures
Access, Interactivity, and Authenticity
Martin Hand, Queen’s University, Canada
August 2008 198 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4840-6 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9356-7
Max Weber Matters
Interweaving Past and Present
Edited by David Chalcraft, University of Derby, UK,
Fanon Howell, The New School for Social Research,
New York, USA, Marisol Lopez Menendez, The New
School for Social Research, USA and Hector Vera,
The New School for Social Research, New York,
USA
Rethinking Classical Sociology
December 2008 334 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7340-8 £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9069-6
Mediation in Family Disputes
Principles of Practice
Third Edition
Marian Roberts
August 2008 292 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4619-8 £60.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8859-4
Mediation in Family Disputes
Principles of Practice
Third Edition
Marian Roberts
August 2008 292 pages
Paperback 978-0-7546-4624-2 £22.50
eBook 978-0-7546-8859-4
Medical Anthropology
Edited by Cecil G. Helman, Brunel University, UK
The International Library of Essays in Anthropology
October 2008 580 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-2655-8 £145.00
Networked Urbanism
Social Capital in the City
Edited by Talja Blokland, Delft University of
Technology, The Netherlands and Mike Savage,
University of Manchester, UK
July 2008 256 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7201-2 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8951-5
The Power of Looks
Social Stratification of Physical Appearance
Bonnie Berry, Social Problems Research Group,
USA
July 2008 154 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4758-4 £50.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9326-0
Thinking Popular Culture
War, Terrorism and Writing
Tara Brabazon, University of Brighton, UK
December 2008 272 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7529-7 £30.00

Violence and Gender in the

Racist Victimization
International Reflections and Perspectives
Edited by John Winterdyk, Mount Royal College,
Canada and Georgios Antonopoulos, University of
Teesside, UK
July 2008 236 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7320-0 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9067-2
Globalized World
The Intimate and the Extimate
Edited by Sanja Bahun-Radunovic, University of
Essex, UK and V.G. Julie Rajan, Rutgers University,
USA
Global Connections
August 2008 244 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7364-4 £55.00

Riotous Citizens Ways of Walking

Ethnic Conflict in Multicultural Britain
Paul Bagguley and Yasmin Hussain, both at the
University of Leeds, UK
August 2008 200 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4627-3 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8862-4
Ethnography and Practice on Foot
Edited by Tim Ingold, University of Aberdeen, UK
and Jo Lee Vergunst, University of Aberdeen, UK
Anthropological Studies of Creativity and Perception
July 2008 218 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7374-3 £55.00

The Social Dynamics of Information Women Police in a Changing

and Communication Technology
Edited by Eugène Loos and Enid Mante-Meijer,
both at the Utrecht School of Governance, The
Netherlands and Leslie Haddon, London School of
Economics and Political Science, UK
August 2008 244 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7082-7 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8963-8
Society
Back Door to Equality
Mangai Natarajan, John Jay College of Criminal
Justice, City University of New York, USA
September 2008 246 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4932-8 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8853-2

Young Disabled People

Talk and Social Interaction in the
Playground
Carly W. Butler, Queensland University of
Technology, Australia
Directions in Ethnomethodology and Conversation
Analysis
October 2008 230 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7416-0 £55.00
Aspirations, Choices and Constraints
Sonali Shah, University of Leeds, UK
Monitoring Change in Education
December 2008 132 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7422-1 £40.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9152-5
v

A Taste for Gardening

Classed and Gendered Practices
Lisa Taylor, Leeds Metropolitan University, UK
August 2008 228 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-7221-0 £55.00
eBook 978-0-7546-8950-8

There is No Such Thing as a Social

Science
In Defence of Peter Winch
Phil Hutchinson, Manchester Metropolitan
University, UK, Rupert Read, University of East
Anglia, UK and Wes Sharrock, University of
Manchester, UK
Directions in Ethnomethodology and Conversation
Analysis
August 2008 156 pages
Hardback 978-0-7546-4776-8 £50.00
eBook 978-0-7546-9062-7

Recently Published Titles 67